System Basics and Services Command Reference PDF
System Basics and Services Command Reference PDF
Release 9.3
www.juniper.net
Part Number: 530-027209-01, Revision 1
This product includes the Envoy SNMP Engine, developed by Epilogue Technology, an Integrated Systems Company. Copyright 1986-1997, Epilogue
Technology Corporation. All rights reserved. This program and its documentation were developed at private expense, and no part of them is in the public
domain.
This product includes memory allocation software developed by Mark Moraes, copyright 1988, 1989, 1993, University of Toronto.
This product includes FreeBSD software developed by the University of California, Berkeley, and its contributors. All of the documentation and software
included in the 4.4BSD and 4.4BSD-Lite Releases is copyrighted by the Regents of the University of California. Copyright 1979, 1980, 1983, 1986, 1988,
1989, 1991, 1992, 1993, 1994. The Regents of the University of California. All rights reserved.
GateD software copyright 1995, the Regents of the University. All rights reserved. Gate Daemon was originated and developed through release 3.0 by
Cornell University and its collaborators. Gated is based on Kirtons EGP, UC Berkeleys routing daemon (routed), and DCNs HELLO routing protocol.
Development of Gated has been supported in part by the National Science Foundation. Portions of the GateD software copyright 1988, Regents of the
University of California. All rights reserved. Portions of the GateD software copyright 1991, D. L. S. Associates.
This product includes software developed by Maker Communications, Inc., copyright 1996, 1997, Maker Communications, Inc.
Juniper Networks, the Juniper Networks logo, JUNOS, NetScreen, ScreenOS, and Steel-Belted Radius are registered trademarks of Juniper Networks, Inc. in
the United States and other countries. JUNOSe is a trademark of Juniper Networks, Inc. All other trademarks, service marks, registered trademarks, or
registered service marks are the property of their respective owners.
Juniper Networks assumes no responsibility for any inaccuracies in this document. Juniper Networks reserves the right to change, modify, transfer, or
otherwise revise this publication without notice.
Products made or sold by Juniper Networks or components thereof might be covered by one or more of the following patents that are owned by or licensed
to Juniper Networks: U.S. Patent Nos. 5,473,599, 5,905,725, 5,909,440, 6,192,051, 6,333,650, 6,359,479, 6,406,312, 6,429,706, 6,459,579, 6,493,347,
6,538,518, 6,538,899, 6,552,918, 6,567,902, 6,578,186, and 6,590,785.
JUNOS Software System Basics and Services Command Reference
Release 9.3
Copyright 2008, Juniper Networks, Inc.
All rights reserved. Printed in USA.
Writing: Philomena Dolla, Andrea Couvrey, Walter Goralski, Lisa Kelly, Ines Salazar, Albert Statti, Alan Twhigg, Stephen Meiers, and Rekha J
Editing: Stella Hackell, Nancy Kurahashi, and Sonia Saruba
Cover Design: Edmonds Design
Revision History
10 October 2008Revision 1
The information in this document is current as of the date listed in the revision history.
YEAR 2000 NOTICE
Juniper Networks hardware and software products are Year 2000 compliant. The JUNOS software has no known time-related limitations through the year
2038. However, the NTP application is known to have some difficulty in the year 2036.
ii
iii
6. Confidentiality. The Parties agree that aspects of the Software and associated documentation are the confidential property of Juniper. As such, Customer
shall exercise all reasonable commercial efforts to maintain the Software and associated documentation in confidence, which at a minimum includes
restricting access to the Software to Customer employees and contractors having a need to use the Software for Customers internal business purposes.
7. Ownership. Juniper and Junipers licensors, respectively, retain ownership of all right, title, and interest (including copyright) in and to the Software,
associated documentation, and all copies of the Software. Nothing in this Agreement constitutes a transfer or conveyance of any right, title, or interest in
the Software or associated documentation, or a sale of the Software, associated documentation, or copies of the Software.
8. Warranty, Limitation of Liability, Disclaimer of Warranty. The warranty applicable to the Software shall be as set forth in the warranty statement that
accompanies the Software (the Warranty Statement). Nothing in this Agreement shall give rise to any obligation to support the Software. Support services
may be purchased separately. Any such support shall be governed by a separate, written support services agreement. TO THE MAXIMUM EXTENT PERMITTED
BY LAW, JUNIPER SHALL NOT BE LIABLE FOR ANY LOST PROFITS, LOSS OF DATA, OR COSTS OR PROCUREMENT OF SUBSTITUTE GOODS OR SERVICES,
OR FOR ANY SPECIAL, INDIRECT, OR CONSEQUENTIAL DAMAGES ARISING OUT OF THIS AGREEMENT, THE SOFTWARE, OR ANY JUNIPER OR
JUNIPER-SUPPLIED SOFTWARE. IN NO EVENT SHALL JUNIPER BE LIABLE FOR DAMAGES ARISING FROM UNAUTHORIZED OR IMPROPER USE OF ANY
JUNIPER OR JUNIPER-SUPPLIED SOFTWARE. EXCEPT AS EXPRESSLY PROVIDED IN THE WARRANTY STATEMENT TO THE EXTENT PERMITTED BY LAW,
JUNIPER DISCLAIMS ANY AND ALL WARRANTIES IN AND TO THE SOFTWARE (WHETHER EXPRESS, IMPLIED, STATUTORY, OR OTHERWISE), INCLUDING
ANY IMPLIED WARRANTY OF MERCHANTABILITY, FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE, OR NONINFRINGEMENT. IN NO EVENT DOES JUNIPER
WARRANT THAT THE SOFTWARE, OR ANY EQUIPMENT OR NETWORK RUNNING THE SOFTWARE, WILL OPERATE WITHOUT ERROR OR INTERRUPTION,
OR WILL BE FREE OF VULNERABILITY TO INTRUSION OR ATTACK. In no event shall Junipers or its suppliers or licensors liability to Customer, whether
in contract, tort (including negligence), breach of warranty, or otherwise, exceed the price paid by Customer for the Software that gave rise to the claim, or
if the Software is embedded in another Juniper product, the price paid by Customer for such other product. Customer acknowledges and agrees that Juniper
has set its prices and entered into this Agreement in reliance upon the disclaimers of warranty and the limitations of liability set forth herein, that the same
reflect an allocation of risk between the Parties (including the risk that a contract remedy may fail of its essential purpose and cause consequential loss),
and that the same form an essential basis of the bargain between the Parties.
9. Termination. Any breach of this Agreement or failure by Customer to pay any applicable fees due shall result in automatic termination of the license
granted herein. Upon such termination, Customer shall destroy or return to Juniper all copies of the Software and related documentation in Customers
possession or control.
10. Taxes. All license fees payable under this agreement are exclusive of tax. Customer shall be responsible for paying Taxes arising from the purchase of
the license, or importation or use of the Software. If applicable, valid exemption documentation for each taxing jurisdiction shall be provided to Juniper prior
to invoicing, and Customer shall promptly notify Juniper if their exemption is revoked or modified. All payments made by Customer shall be net of any
applicable withholding tax. Customer will provide reasonable assistance to Juniper in connection with such withholding taxes by promptly: providing Juniper
with valid tax receipts and other required documentation showing Customers payment of any withholding taxes; completing appropriate applications that
would reduce the amount of withholding tax to be paid; and notifying and assisting Juniper in any audit or tax proceeding related to transactions hereunder.
Customer shall comply with all applicable tax laws and regulations, and Customer will promptly pay or reimburse Juniper for all costs and damages related
to any liability incurred by Juniper as a result of Customers non-compliance or delay with its responsibilities herein. Customers obligations under this
Section shall survive termination or expiration of this Agreement.
11. Export. Customer agrees to comply with all applicable export laws and restrictions and regulations of any United States and any applicable foreign
agency or authority, and not to export or re-export the Software or any direct product thereof in violation of any such restrictions, laws or regulations, or
without all necessary approvals. Customer shall be liable for any such violations. The version of the Software supplied to Customer may contain encryption
or other capabilities restricting Customers ability to export the Software without an export license.
12. Commercial Computer Software. The Software is commercial computer software and is provided with restricted rights. Use, duplication, or disclosure
by the United States government is subject to restrictions set forth in this Agreement and as provided in DFARS 227.7201 through 227.7202-4, FAR 12.212,
FAR 27.405(b)(2), FAR 52.227-19, or FAR 52.227-14(ALT III) as applicable.
13. Interface Information. To the extent required by applicable law, and at Customer's written request, Juniper shall provide Customer with the interface
information needed to achieve interoperability between the Software and another independently created program, on payment of applicable fee, if any.
Customer shall observe strict obligations of confidentiality with respect to such information and shall use such information in compliance with any applicable
terms and conditions upon which Juniper makes such information available.
14. Third Party Software. Any licensor of Juniper whose software is embedded in the Software and any supplier of Juniper whose products or technology
are embedded in (or services are accessed by) the Software shall be a third party beneficiary with respect to this Agreement, and such licensor or vendor
shall have the right to enforce this Agreement in its own name as if it were Juniper. In addition, certain third party software may be provided with the
Software and is subject to the accompanying license(s), if any, of its respective owner(s). To the extent portions of the Software are distributed under and
subject to open source licenses obligating Juniper to make the source code for such portions publicly available (such as the GNU General Public License
(GPL) or the GNU Library General Public License (LGPL)), Juniper will make such source code portions (including Juniper modifications, as appropriate)
available upon request for a period of up to three years from the date of distribution. Such request can be made in writing to Juniper Networks, Inc., 1194
N. Mathilda Ave., Sunnyvale, CA 94089, ATTN: General Counsel. You may obtain a copy of the GPL at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/gpl.html, and
a copy of the LGPL at http://www.gnu.org/licenses/lgpl.html.
15. Miscellaneous. This Agreement shall be governed by the laws of the State of California without reference to its conflicts of laws principles. The provisions
of the U.N. Convention for the International Sale of Goods shall not apply to this Agreement. For any disputes arising under this Agreement, the Parties
hereby consent to the personal and exclusive jurisdiction of, and venue in, the state and federal courts within Santa Clara County, California. This Agreement
constitutes the entire and sole agreement between Juniper and the Customer with respect to the Software, and supersedes all prior and contemporaneous
iv
agreements relating to the Software, whether oral or written (including any inconsistent terms contained in a purchase order), except that the terms of a
separate written agreement executed by an authorized Juniper representative and Customer shall govern to the extent such terms are inconsistent or conflict
with terms contained herein. No modification to this Agreement nor any waiver of any rights hereunder shall be effective unless expressly assented to in
writing by the party to be charged. If any portion of this Agreement is held invalid, the Parties agree that such invalidity shall not affect the validity of the
remainder of this Agreement. This Agreement and associated documentation has been written in the English language, and the Parties agree that the English
version will govern. (For Canada: Les parties aux prsents confirment leur volont que cette convention de mme que tous les documents y compris tout
avis qui s'y rattach, soient redigs en langue anglaise. (Translation: The parties confirm that this Agreement and all related documentation is and will be
in the English language)).
vi
Part 1
xxi
Part 2
3
27
47
55
71
System Management
Chapter 6
Chapter 7
Chapter 8
Chapter 9
Chapter 10
Chapter 11
Chapter 12
Chapter 13
Part 3
113
121
329
349
369
427
433
461
Class of Service
Chapter 14
Part 4
675
Services
Chapter 15
Chapter 16
Chapter 17
Chapter 18
Chapter 19
Chapter 20
Chapter 21
Chapter 22
Chapter 23
Chapter 24
723
729
735
751
807
821
887
911
917
927
vii
Chapter 25
Chapter 26
Chapter 27
Part 5
Index
Index
Index of Statements and Commands
viii
931
969
977
1017
1033
Table of Contents
About This Guide
xxi
Objectives .....................................................................................................xxi
Audience .....................................................................................................xxii
Supported Platforms ...................................................................................xxiii
Using the Indexes .......................................................................................xxiii
Documentation Conventions ......................................................................xxiii
List of Technical Publications .......................................................................xxv
Documentation Feedback ..........................................................................xxxii
Requesting Technical Support ....................................................................xxxii
Part 1
Chapter 1
ping .................................................................................................................4
ping atm ..........................................................................................................7
ping clns ..........................................................................................................9
ping mpls l2circuit .........................................................................................11
ping mpls l2vpn ............................................................................................13
ping mpls l3vpn ............................................................................................15
ping mpls ldp ................................................................................................17
ping mpls lsp-end-point .................................................................................19
ping mpls rsvp ..............................................................................................21
ping vpls instance ..........................................................................................25
Chapter 2
27
Table of Contents
ix
test
test
test
test
test
test
Chapter 3
47
55
71
Part 2
System Management
Chapter 6
113
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Chapter 7
121
Table of Contents
xi
329
349
xii
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Chapter 10
369
427
ssh ..............................................................................................................428
telnet ...........................................................................................................430
Chapter 12
433
461
Table of Contents
xiii
xiv
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
xv
Part 3
Class of Service
Chapter 14
675
Part 4
Services
Chapter 15
723
729
xvi
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Chapter 17
735
751
807
Table of Contents
xvii
Chapter 20
821
887
xviii
Table of Contents
Table of Contents
Chapter 22
911
917
927
931
969
977
Table of Contents
xix
Part 5
Index
Index .........................................................................................................1017
Index of Statements and Commands ........................................................1033
xx
Table of Contents
Objectives
This guide provides descriptions of the JUNOS software commands that you use to
monitor and troubleshoot basic system operations and services on the router.
For additional commands, see these references:
NOTE: This guide documents Release 9.3 of the JUNOS software. For additional
information about the JUNOS softwareeither corrections to or information that
might have been omitted from this guidesee the software release notes at
http://www.juniper.net/.
For information about configuration statements and guidelines related to the
commands described in this reference, see the following configuration guides:
JUNOS CLI User GuideDescribes how to use the JUNOS command-line interface
(CLI) to configure, monitor, and manage Juniper Networks routing platforms.
Objectives
xxi
For information about related tasks performed by network operations center (NOC)
personnel, see the following Network Operations Guides:
Audience
This guide is designed for network administrators who are configuring and monitoring
a Juniper Networks M-series, MX-series, T-series, EX-series, or J-series router or switch.
To use this guide, you need a broad understanding of networks in general, the Internet
in particular, networking principles, and network configuration. You must also be
familiar with one or more of the following Internet routing protocols:
xxii
Audience
Personnel operating the equipment must be trained and competent; must not conduct
themselves in a careless, willfully negligent, or hostile manner; and must abide by
the instructions provided by the documentation.
Supported Platforms
For the features described in this manual, the JUNOS software currently supports
the following platforms:
J-series
M-series
MX-series
T-series
EX-series
Documentation Conventions
Table 1 on page xxiii defines notice icons used in this guide.
Table 1: Notice Icons
Icon
Meaning
Description
Informational note
Caution
Warning
Laser warning
Table 2 on page xxiv defines the text and syntax conventions used in this guide.
Supported Platforms
xxiii
Description
Examples
| (pipe symbol)
broadcast | multicast
# (pound sign)
[ ] (square brackets)
; (semicolon)
xxiv
Documentation Conventions
[edit]
root@# set system domain-name
domain-name
To configure a stub area, include
the stub statement at the [edit
protocols ospf area area-id]
hierarchy level.
[edit]
routing-options {
static {
route default {
nexthop address;
retain;
}
}
}
Description
Examples
Description
Access Privilege
Class of Service
Feature Guide
xxv
xxvi
Book
Description
High Availability
MPLS Applications
Multicast Protocols
Multiplay Solutions
Describes how you can deploy IPTV and voice over IP (VoIP)
services in your network.
Network Interfaces
Network Management
Policy Framework
Routing Protocols
Description
Services Interfaces
Subscriber Access
System Basics
VPNs
JUNOS References
xxvii
Description
Hardware Documentation
Hardware Guide
PIC Guide
DPC Guide
JUNOScope Documentation
xxviii
Description
Administration Guide
Release Notes
Description
Baseline
Describes the most basic tasks for running a network using Juniper
Networks products. Tasks include upgrading and reinstalling JUNOS
software, gathering basic system management information,
verifying your network topology, and searching log messages.
Interfaces
xxix
Description
MPLS
Describes MPLS status and error messages that appear in the output
of the show mpls lsp extensive command. The guide also describes
how and when to configure Constrained Shortest Path First (CSPF)
and RSVP trace options, and how to examine a CSPF or RSVP
failure in a sample network.
Hardware
To configure and operate a J-series Services Router running JUNOS software with
enhanced services, you must also use the configuration statements and operational
mode commands documented in JUNOS configuration guides and command
references. To configure and operate a WX Integrated Services Module, you must
also use WX documentation.
Table 5: JUNOS Software with Enhanced Services Documentation
Book
Description
All Platforms
xxx
Description
J-series Only
Description
Interdomain Multicast
Routing
Provides background and in-depth analysis of multicast routing using Protocol Independent
Multicast sparse mode (PIM SM) and Multicast Source Discovery Protocol (MSDP); details
any-source and source-specific multicast delivery models; explores multiprotocol BGP (MBGP)
and multicast IS-IS; explains Internet Gateway Management Protocol (IGMP) versions 1, 2, and
3; lists packet formats for IGMP, PIM, and MSDP; and provides a complete glossary of multicast
terms.
JUNOS Cookbook
Provides detailed examples of common JUNOS software configuration tasks, such as basic router
configuration and file management, security and access control, logging, routing policy, firewalls,
routing protocols, MPLS, and VPNs.
MPLS-Enabled Applications
xxxi
Description
Explores the full range of characteristics and capabilities for the two major link-state routing
protocols: Open Shortest Path First (OSPF) and IS-IS. Explains architecture, packet types, and
addressing; demonstrates how to improve scalability; shows how to design large-scale networks
for maximum security and reliability; details protocol extensions for MPLS-based traffic
engineering, IPv6, and multitopology routing; and covers troubleshooting for OSPF and IS-IS
networks.
Provides a brief history of the Internet, explains IP addressing and routing (Routing Information
Protocol [RIP], OSPF, IS-IS, and Border Gateway Protocol [BGP]), explores ISP peering and
routing policies, and displays configurations for both Juniper Networks and other vendors'
routers.
Provides the insight and practical solutions necessary to understand the IS-IS protocol and how
it works by using a multivendor, real-world approach.
Documentation Feedback
We encourage you to provide feedback, comments, and suggestions so that we can
improve the documentation. You can send your comments to
[email protected], or fill out the documentation feedback form at
https://www.juniper.net/cgi-bin/docbugreport/. If you are using e-mail, be sure to include
the following information with your comments:
Document name
Page number
Software release version (not required for Network Operations Guides [NOGs])
JTAC Hours of Operation The JTAC centers have resources available 24 hours
a day, 7 days a week, 365 days a year.
xxxii
Documentation Feedback
For quick and easy problem resolution, Juniper Networks has designed an online
self-service portal called the Customer Support Center (CSC) that provides you with
the following features:
To verify service entitlement by product serial number, use our Serial Number
Entitlement (SNE) Tool located at https://tools.juniper.net/SerialNumberEntitlementSearch/.
Opening a Case with JTAC
You can open a case with JTAC on the Web or by telephone.
xxxiii
xxxiv
Part 1
Chapter 1
Command
ping on page 4
NOTE: For information about related tasks performed by network operations center
(NOC) personnel, see the JUNOS Baseline Network Operations Guide.
ping
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
ping host
<bypass-routing>
<count requests>
<detail>
<do-not-fragment>
<inet | inet6>
<interface source-interface>
<interval seconds>
<logical-system (all | logical-system-name)>
<loose-source value>
<no-resolve>
<pattern string>
<rapid>
<record-route>
<routing-instance routing-instance-name>
<size bytes>
<source source-address>
<strict strict-source value>
<tos type-of-service>
<ttl value>
<verbose>
<wait seconds>
received.
do-not-fragment(Optional) Set the do-not-fragment (DF) bit in the IP header of the
ping packets.
inet(Optional) Ping Packet Forwarding Engine IPv4 routes.
inet6(Optional) Ping Packet Forwarding Engine IPv6 routes.
ping
set of values.
no-resolve(Optional) Do not attempt to determine the hostname that corresponds
to the IP address.
pattern string(Optional) Specify a hexadecimal fill pattern to include in the ping
packet.
rapid(Optional) Send ping requests rapidly. The results are reported in a single
message, not in individual messages for each ping request. By default, five ping
requests are sent before the results are reported. To change the number of
requests, include the count option.
record-route(Optional) Record and report the packet's path (IPv4).
routing-instance routing-instance-name(Optional) Name of the routing instance for
is sent in the IP source address field of the ping request. If this option is not
specified, the default address is usually the loopback interface (lo.0).
strict(Optional) Use the strict source route option (IPv4).
strict-source value(Optional) Intermediate strict source route entry (IPv4). Open a
set of values.
tos type-of-service(Optional) Set the type-of-service (ToS) field in the IP header of
the ping packets. The range of values is 0 through 255.
ttl value(Optional) Time-to-live (TTL) value to include in the ping request (IPv6).
The range of values is 0 through 255.
verbose(Optional) Display detailed output.
wait seconds(Optional) Delay, in seconds, after sending the last packet. If this option
is not specified, the default delay is 10 seconds. If this option is used without
the count option, a default count of 5 packets is used.
Required Privilege Level
network
ping
Output Fields
ping hostname
ping hostname
size count
time=1.028
time=1.053
time=1.025
time=1.098
time=1.032
time=1.044
time=1.759 ms
time=2.075 ms
time=1.843 ms
time=1.803 ms
time=17.898 ms
--- skye.net ping statistics --5 packets transmitted, 5 packets received, 0% packet loss
round-trip min/avg/max = 1.759/5.075/17.898 ms
ping
ms
ms
ms
ms
ms
ms
ping atm
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
and ATM 2 interfaces, you must include a logical unit number in the interface
name
vci vciATM point-to-point virtual circuit identifier. It can be a virtual circuit identifier
(vci) or a virtual private identifier (vpi.vci).
brief(Optional) Display only the ATM ping summary statistics. These are displayed
after you type Ctrl+c to interrupt the ping atm command.
count count(Optional) Number of ping requests to send. The range of values is 0
through 10,000. The default value is an unlimited number of requests.
end-to-end(Optional) Cells are sent to the end node. This is the default.
segment(Optional) Cells are sent only to the intermediate node.
interval seconds(Optional) How often to send ping requests. The range of values,
in seconds, is 1 through 10,000. The default value is 1.
sequence-number sequence-number(Optional) Starting sequence number (correlation
tag). The range of values is 0 through 65,468. The default value is 1.
Required Privilege Level
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
network
ping atm on page 8
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request. An exclamation point (!) indicates that an echo reply was received. A period
(.) indicates that an echo reply was not received within the timeout period. An x
indicates that an echo reply was received with an error code these packets are not
counted in the received packets count. They are accounted for separately.
ping atm
ping atm
ping atm
ping clns
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
received.
do-not-fragment(Optional) Set the do-not-fragment (DF) bit in the IP header of the
ping packets.
interval seconds(Optional) How often to send ping requests. The range of values,
in seconds, is 1 through infinity. The default value is 1.
no-resolve(Optional) Do not attempt to determine the hostname that corresponds
to the IP address.
pattern string(Optional) Specify a hexadecimal fill pattern to include in the ping
packet.
rapid(Optional) Send ping requests rapidly. The results are reported in a single
message, not in individual messages for each ping request. By default, five ping
requests are sent before the results are reported. To change the number of
request, include the count option.
routing-instance routing-instance-name (Optional) Name of the routing instance for
ping clns
size bytes(Optional) Size of ping request packets. The range of values, in bytes, is
0 through 65,468. The default value is 56, which is effectively 64 bytes because
is sent in the IP source address field of the ping request. If this option is not
specified, the default address is usually the loopback interface.
ttl value(Optional) Time-to-live (TTL) value to include in the ping request (IPv6).
The range of values is 0 through 255.
verbose(Optional) Display detailed output.
wait seconds(Optional) Delay, in seconds, after sending the last packet. If this option
is not specified, the default delay is 10 seconds. If this option is used without
the count option, a default count of 5 packets is used.
Required Privilege Level
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
ping clns
10
ping clns
network
ping clns on page 10
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request. An exclamation point (!) indicates that an echo reply was received. A period
(.) indicates that an echo reply was not received within the timeout period. An x
indicates that an echo reply was received with an error code these packets are not
counted in the received packets count. They are accounted for separately.
user@host> ping clns 47.0005.9000.f800.0000.0108.0001.1921.6812.4058.00
PING 47.0005.9000.f800.0000.0108.0001.1921.6812.4058.00
(47.0005.9000.f800.0000.0108.0001.1921.6812.4058.00): 55 data bytes
64 bytes from 47.0005.9000.f800.0000.0108.0001.1921.6812.4058.00: seq=0 ttl=30
time=15.051 ms
64 bytes from 47.0005.9000.f800.0000.0108.0001.1921.6812.4058.00: seq=1 ttl=30
time=10.370 ms
64 bytes from 47.0005.9000.f800.0000.0108.0001.1921.6812.4058.00: seq=2 ttl=30
time=10.367 ms
--- ping statistics --3 packets transmitted, 3 packets received, 0% packet loss
round-trip min/avg/max/stddev = 10.367/11.929/15.051/2.207 ms
Release Information
Description
Options
circuit identifier on the egress PE router and the IPv4 prefix, testing the integrity
of the Layer 2 circuit between the ingress and egress PE routers.
count count(Optional) Number of ping requests to send. If count is not specified,
five ping requests are sent. The range of values is 1 through 1,000,000. The
default value is 5.
destination address(Optional) Specify an address other than the default
(127.0.0.1/32) for the ping echo requests. The address can be anything within
the 127/8 subnet.
detail(Optional) Display detailed information about the echo requests sent and
received.
exp forwarding class(Optional) Value of the forwarding class for the MPLS ping
packets.
source source-address(Optional) IP address of the outgoing interface. This address
is sent in the IP source address field of the ping request. If this option is not
specified, the default address is usually the loopback interface (lo.0).
v1(Optional) Use the type 9 Layer 2 circuit type, length, and value (TLV).
Additional Information
You must configure MPLS at the [edit protocols mpls] hierarchy level on the egress
PE router (the router receiving the MPLS echo packets) to ping a Layer 2 circuit.
network
ping mpls l2circuit interface detail on page 12
ping mpls l2circuit virtual-circuit detail on page 12
11
Output Fields
12
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request. An exclamation point (!) indicates that an echo reply was received. A period
(.) indicates that an echo reply was not received within the timeout period. An x
indicates that an echo reply was received with an error code these packets are not
counted in the received packets count. They are accounted for separately.
user@host> ping mpls l2circuit interface so-1/0/0.1
Request for seq 1, to interface 69, labels <100000, 100208>
Reply for seq 1, return code: Egress-ok, time: 0.439 ms
user@host> ping mpls l2circuit virtual-circuit 200 neighbor 10.255.245.122/32
detail
Request for seq 1, to interface 68, labels <100048, 100128>
Reply for seq 1, return code: Egress-ok time: 0.539 ms
Release Information
Description
Options
name, the local site identifier, and the remote site identifier, testing the integrity
of the Layer 2 VPN circuit (specified by the identifiers) between the ingress and
egress provider edge (PE) routers.
interface interface-namePing an interface configured for the Layer 2 VPN on the
egress PE router.
bottom-label-ttl(Optional) Display the time-to-live value for the bottom label in the
label stack.
count count(Optional) Number of ping requests to send. If count is not specified,
five ping requests are sent. The range of values is 1 through 1,000,000. The
default value is 5.
destination address(Optional) Specify an address other than the default
(127.0.0.1/32) for the ping echo requests. The address can be anything within
the 127/8 subnet.
detail(Optional) Display detailed information about the echo requests sent and
received.
exp forwarding class(Optional) Value of the forwarding class for the MPLS ping
packets.
source source-address(Optional) IP address of the outgoing interface. This address
is sent in the IP source address field of the ping request. If this option is not
specified, the default address is usually the loopback interface (lo.0).
13
Additional Information
You must configure MPLS at the [edit protocols mpls] hierarchy level on the egress
PE router (the router receiving the MPLS echo packets) to ping a Layer 2 circuit.
network
ping mpls l2vpn instance on page 14
ping mpls l2vpn instance detail on page 14
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request. An exclamation point (!) indicates that an echo reply was received. A period
(.) indicates that an echo reply was not received within the timeout period. An x
indicates that an echo reply was received with an error code these packets are not
counted in the received packets count. They are accounted for separately.
14
Release Information
Description
Options
router's VPN routing and forwarding (VRF) table, by means of a Layer 3 VPN
destination prefix. This option does not test the connection between a PE router
and a customer edge (CE) router.
l3vpn-name(Optional) Layer 3 VPN name.
bottom-label-ttl(Optional) Display the time-to-live value for the bottom label in the
label stack.
count count(Optional) Number of ping requests to send. If count is not specified,
five ping requests are sent. The range of values is 1 through 1,000,000. The
default value is 5.
destination address(Optional) Specify an address other than the default
(127.0.0.1/32) for the ping echo requests. The address can be anything within
the 127/8 subnet.
detail(Optional) Display detailed information about the echo requests sent and
received.
exp forwarding class(Optional) Value of the forwarding class for the MPLS ping
packets.
source source-address(Optional) IP address of the outgoing interface. This address
is sent in the IP source address field of the ping request. If this option is not
specified, the default address is usually the loopback interface.
Additional Information
You must configure MPLS at the [edit protocols mpls] hierarchy level on the egress
PE router (the router receiving the MPLS echo packets) to ping a Layer 2 circuit.
network
ping mpls l3vpn on page 16
ping mpls l3vpn detail on page 16
15
Output Fields
16
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request. An exclamation point (!) indicates that an echo reply was received. A period
(.) indicates that an echo reply was not received within the timeout period. An x
indicates that an echo reply was received with an error code these packets are not
counted in the received packets count. They are accounted for separately.
user@host> ping mpls l3vpn vpn1 prefix 10.255.245.122/32
!!!!!
--- lsping statistics --5 packets transmitted, 5 packets received, 0% packet loss
user@host> ping mpls l3vpn vpn1 prefix 10.255.245.122/32 detail
Request for seq 1, to interface 68, labels <100128, 100112>
Reply for seq 1, return code: Egress-ok
Request for seq 2, to interface 68, labels <100128, 100112>
Reply for seq 2, return code: Egress-ok
Request for seq 3, to interface 68, labels <100128, 100112>
Reply for seq 3, return code: Egress-ok
Request for seq 4, to interface 68, labels <100128, 100112>
Reply for seq 4, return code: Egress-ok
Request for seq 5, to interface 68, labels <100128, 100112>
Reply for seq 5, return code: Egress-ok
--- lsping statistics --5 packets transmitted, 5 packets received, 0% packet loss
Release Information
Description
Options
received.
exp forwarding class(Optional) Value of the forwarding class for the MPLS ping
packets.
source source-address(Optional) IP address of the outgoing interface. This address
is sent in the IP source address field of the ping request. If this option is not
specified, the default address is usually the loopback interface.
Additional Information
If the LSP changes, the label and interface information displayed when the ping
command was issued continues to be used. You must configure MPLS at the [edit
protocols mpls] hierarchy level on the remote router to ping an LSP terminating there.
You must configure MPLS even if you intend to ping only LDP forwarding equivalence
classes (FECs).
network
ping mpls ldp fec count on page 18
17
Output Fields
18
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request. An exclamation point (!) indicates that an echo reply was received. A period
(.) indicates that an echo reply was not received within the timeout period. An x
indicates that an echo reply was received with an error code these packets are not
counted in the received packets count. They are accounted for separately.
user@host> ping mpls ldp 10.255.245.222 count 10
!!!xxx...x--- lsping statistics ---10 packets transmitted, 3 packets received,
70% packet loss4 packets received with error status, not counted as received.
Release Information
Description
Options
received.
exp forwarding class(Optional) Value of the forwarding class for the MPLS ping
packets.
source source-address(Optional) IP address of the outgoing interface. This address
is sent in the IP source address field of the ping request. If this option is not
specified, the default address is usually the loopback interface.
Additional Information
If the LSP changes, the label and interface information displayed when the ping
command was issued continues to be used. You must configure MPLS at the [edit
protocols mpls] hierarchy level on the remote router to ping an LSP terminating there.
You must configure MPLS even if you intend to ping only LDP forwarding equivalence
classes (FECs).
network
ping mpls lsp-end-point detail on page 20
19
Output Fields
20
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request. An exclamation point (!) indicates that an echo reply was received. A period
(.) indicates that an echo reply was not received within the timeout period. An x
indicates that an echo reply was received with an error code these packets are not
counted in the received packets count. They are accounted for separately.
user@host> ping mpls lsp-end-point 10.255.245.119 detail
Route to end point address is via LDP FEC
Request for seq 1, to interface 67, label 100032
Reply for seq 1, return code: Egress-ok
Request for seq 2, to interface 67, label 100032
Reply for seq 2, return code: Egress-ok
Request for seq 3, to interface 67, label 100032
Reply for seq 3, return code: Egress-ok
Request for seq 4, to interface 67, label 100032
Reply for seq 4, return code: Egress-ok
Request for seq 5, to interface 67, label 100032
Reply for seq 5, return code: Egress-ok
--- lsping statistics --5 packets transmitted, 5 packets received, 0% packet loss
Release Information
Command introduced before JUNOS Release 7.4. The egress and multipoint options
were introduced in JUNOS Release 9.2.
Description
Options
received.
egress egress-address(Optional) Only the specified egress router responds to the
ping request.
exp forwarding class(Optional) Value of the forwarding class for the MPLS ping
packets.
multipoint(Optional) For point-to-multipoint LSPs (P2MP LSPs), sends ping requests
to each of the egress routers participating in a P2MP LSP. You can also include
the egress option to ping a specific egress router participating in a P2MP LSP.
source source-address(Optional) IP address of the outgoing interface. This address
is sent in the IP source address field of the ping request. If this option is not
specified, the default address is usually the loopback interface.
standby standby-path-name(Optional) Name of the standby path.
Additional Information
If the LSP changes, the label and interface information displayed when the ping
command was issued continues to be used. You must configure MPLS at the [edit
protocols mpls] hierarchy level on the remote router to ping an LSP terminating there.
21
You must configure MPLS even if you intend to ping only LDP forwarding equivalence
classes (FECs).
Required Privilege Level
22
network
ping
ping
ping
ping
ping
mpls
mpls
mpls
mpls
mpls
rsvp
rsvp
rsvp
rsvp
rsvp
Output Fields
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request. An exclamation point (!) indicates that an echo reply was received. A period
(.) indicates that an echo reply was not received within the timeout period. An x
indicates that an echo reply was received with an error code these packets are not
counted in the received packets count. They are accounted for separately.
Reply for seq 1, egress 192.168.1.3, return code: Egress-ok, time: 0.242 ms
Local transmit time: 1205310695s 215737us
Remote receive time: 1205310695s 215979us
--- lsping, egress 192.168.1.3 statistics --1 packets transmitted, 1 packets received, 0% packet loss
23
--- lsping, egress 192.168.1.3 statistics --1 packets transmitted, 1 packets received, 0% packet loss
--- lsping, egress 192.168.1.4 statistics --1 packets transmitted, 0 packets received, 100% packet loss
--- lsping, egress 192.168.1.13 statistics --1 packets transmitted, 1 packets received, 0% packet loss
--- lsping, egress 192.168.1.14 statistics --1 packets transmitted, 0 packets received, 100% packet loss
24
Release Information
Description
Options
requests.
source ip addressIP address of the outgoing interface.
count number(Optional) Number of ping requests to send. If count is not specified,
five ping requests are sent. The range of values is 1 through 1,000,000. The
default value is 5.
data-plane-response(Optional) Request VPLS OAM responses using the data plane.
detail(Optional) Display detailed information about the echo requests sent and
received.
learning-vlan-id number(Optional) Specify a learning VLAN identifier for the ping
echo requests. The range of values is 0 through 4094.
logical-system logical-system-name(Optional) Specify a logical system name for the
This statement is only supported on the MX-series routers, the M120, and the M320.
network
ping vpls instance on page 25
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request. An exclamation point (!) indicates that an echo reply was received. A period
(.) indicates that an echo reply was not received within the timeout period. An x
indicates that an echo reply was received with an error code these packets are not
counted in the received packets count. They are accounted for separately.
user@host> ping vpls instance red destination-mac 00:89:67:1a:23:6f source-ip
10.255.17.138
! -> sample-router:red:ge-4/1/1.0
! -> sample-router:red:ge-4/1/1.0
! -> sample-router:red:ge-4/1/1.0
25
! -> sample-router:red:ge-4/1/1.0
--- vpls ping statistics --4 packets transmitted, 4 packets received, 0% packet loss
26
Chapter 2
Command
test interface
feac-loop-terminate on page 38
test interface
inband-payload-loop on page 40
test interface
restart-auto-negotiation on page 41
27
Command
NOTE: For information about how to configure interface test parameters, see the
JUNOS Network Interfaces Configuration Guide. For information about related tasks
performed by network operations center (NOC) personnel, see the JUNOS Interfaces
Network Operations Guide.
28
Before starting a BERT, you must disable the interface. To do so, include the disable
statement at the [edit interfaces interface-name] hierarchy level. You can run a BERT
on only one interface per PIC at a time.
view
test interface ds0-bert-start on page 29
Output Fields
To display the results of the BERT, use the show interfaces extensive command.
test interface
ds0-bert-start
29
30
view
test interface ds0-bert-stop on page 30
Output Fields
To display the results of the BERT, use the show interfaces extensive command.
test interface
ds0-bert-stop
Before starting a BERT, you must disable the interface. To do this, include the disable
statement at the [edit interfaces interface-name] hierarchy level. You can run a BERT
on only one interface per PIC at a time.
view
test interface e1-bert-start on page 31
Output Fields
To display the results of the BERT, use the show interfaces extensive command.
test interface
e1-bert-start
31
32
view
test interface e1-bert-stop on page 32
Output Fields
To display the results of the BERT, use the show interfaces extensive command.
test interface
e1-bert-stop
Before starting a BERT, you must disable the interface. To do so, include the disable
statement at the [edit interfaces interface-name] hierarchy level. You can run a BERT
on only one interface per PIC at a time.
view
test interface e3-bert-start on page 33
Output Fields
To display the results of the BERT, use the show interfaces extensive command.
test interface
e3-bert-start
33
34
view
test interface e3-bert-stop on page 34
Output Fields
To display the results of the BERT, use the show interfaces extensive command.
test interface
e3-bert-stop
Release Information
Description
Options
On Channelized DS3-to-DS1 and Multichannel DS3 PICs, this command can only
be initiated by T1 interfaces. These types of T1 interfaces cannot accept a request
for this test sent by another router.
channelized interface.
Required Privilege Level
List of Sample Output
view
test interface fdl-line-loop on page 35
Output Fields
To display the state and the number of times the interface has placed itself into
remote loopback, use the show interfaces extensive command.
test interface
fdl-line-loop
35
Release Information
Description
Options
On Channelized DS3-to-DS1 and Multichannel DS3 PICs, this command can only
be initiated by T1 interfaces. These types of T1 interfaces cannot accept a request
for this test sent by another router.
channelized interface.
Required Privilege Level
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
test interface
fdl-payload-loop
36
view
test interface fdl-payload-loop on page 36
To display the state and the number of times the interface has placed itself into
remote loopback, use the show interfaces extensive command.
user@host> test interface fdl-payload-loop ansi initiate t1-1/0/0
NOTE: This command is not supported for T3 interfaces configured on DS3 and
Channelized OC12 PICs.
Options
channelized interface.
Required Privilege Level
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
test interface
feac-loop-initiate
view
test interface feac-loop-initiate on page 37
To display the state and the number of times the interface has placed itself into
remote loopback, use the show interfaces extensive command.
user@host> test interface feac-loop-initiate t3-1/0/0
37
NOTE: This command is not supported for T3 interfaces configured on DS3 and
Channelized OC12 PICs.
Options
channelized interface.
Required Privilege Level
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
test interface
feac-loop-terminate
38
view
test interface feac-loop-terminate on page 38
To display the state and the number of times the interface has placed itself into
remote loopback, use the show interfaces extensive command.
user@host> test interface feac-loop-terminate t3-1/0/0
Release Information
Description
Options
On Channelized DS3-to-DS1 and Multichannel DS3 PICs, this command can only
be initiated by T1 interfaces. These types of T1 interfaces cannot accept a request
for this test sent by another router.
channelized interface.
Required Privilege Level
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
test interface
inband-line-loop
view
test interface inband-line-loop on page 39
To display the state and the number of times the interface has placed itself into
remote loopback, use the show interfaces extensive command.
user@host> test interface inband-line-loop ansi initiate t1-1/0/0
39
Release Information
Description
Options
On Channelized DS3-to-DS1 and Multichannel DS3 PICs, this command can only
be initiated by T1 interfaces. These types of T1 interfaces cannot accept a request
for this test sent by another router.
channelized interface.
Additional Information
Required Privilege Level
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
test interface
inband-payload-loop
40
view
test interface restart-auto-negotiation on page 41
Use the show interfaces extensive command to see the state for auto-negotiation.
user@host> test interface restart-auto-negotiation fe-1/0/0
41
42
Before starting a BERT, you must disable the interface. To do so, include the disable
statement at the [edit interfaces interface-name] hierarchy level. You can run a BERT
on only one interface per PIC at a time.
view
test interface t1-bert-start on page 42
Output Fields
To display the results of the BERT, use the show interfaces extensive command.
test interface
t1-bert-start
Release Information
Description
Options
view
test interface t1-bert-stop on page 43
Output Fields
To display the results of the BERT, use the show interfaces extensive command.
test interface
t1-bert-stop
43
44
Before starting a BERT, you must disable the interface. To do this, include the disable
statement at the [edit interfaces interface-name] hierarchy level. You can run a BERT
on only one interface per PIC at a time.
view
test interface t3-bert-start on page 44
Output Fields
To display the results of the BERT, use the show interfaces extensive command.
test interface
t3-bert-start
Release Information
Description
Options
Required Privilege Level
List of Sample Output
view
test interface t3-bert-stop on page 45
Output Fields
To display the results of the BERT, use the show interfaces extensive command.
test interface
t3-bert-stop
45
46
Chapter 3
Command
47
Options
view
test access profile on page 49
test access profile detail on page 49
Table 10 on page 48 lists the output fields for the test access profile command.
Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Table 10: test access profile Output Fields
48
Field Name
Field Description
Profile Name
Client Username
Client Password
Num Servers
Server List
IP Address
UDP Port
Source Address
Timeout
Retry Count
Secret
The shared secret used for authentication with the RADIUS server.
Field Name
Field Description
Status
Attempts
Attribute List
(Attribute) Name
(Attribute) Length
(Attribute) Value
The following example uses the test access profile command to access and display
basic information about the RADIUS server(s) shown in the resulting output:
user@host> test access profile alpha user TEST password TEST
user@host> test access profile alpha user TEST password TEST
Test Radius Profile Access
Profile Name
: alpha
Client Username
: TEST
Client Password
: TEST
Num Servers
: 5
Server List
UDP
Source
Retry
IP Address
Port
Address
Timeout Count Secret
Attempts
1.1.1.1
1812
10.10.10.10
2
1
TEST
2
1.2.3.4
1812
Default
1
2
TEST
3
192.168.10.10
1812
Default
3
3
TEST
1
Status
Timeout
Timeout
Accepted
The following example uses the test access profile detail command to access and
display detailed information about the RADIUS server(s) shown in the resulting output:
user@host> test access profile alpha user TEST password TEST detail
user@host> test access profile alpha user TEST password TEST detail
Test Radius Profile Access Detailed
Profile Name
: alpha
Client Username
: TEST
Client Password
: TEST
Num Servers
: 5
Radius Server List
IP Address
UDP Port
Source Address
Timeout
Retry Count
:
:
:
:
:
1.2.3.4
1812
192.168.10.10
2
1
49
Secret
Status
Attempts
: TEST
: Timeout
: 2
IP Address
UDP Port
Source Address
Timeout
Retry Count
Secret
Status
Attempts
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
1.2.3.5
1812
Default
1
2
TEST
Timeout
3
IP Address
UDP Port
Source Address
Timeout
Retry Count
Secret
Status
Attempts
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
192.168.10.10
1812
Default
3
3
TEST
Accepted
1
Name
Class
Acct-Interim-Interval
Callback-Id
Callback-Number
Class
Filter-Id
Filter-Id
Framed-Compression
Framed-IP-Address
Framed-IP-Netmask
Framed-IPv6-Route
Framed-MTU
Framed-Pool
Framed-Protocol
Framed-Route
Framed-Routing
Vendor-Specific
Idle-Timeout
Vendor-Specific
Vendor-Specific
Login-IP-Host
Login-LAT-Group
Login-LAT-Node
Login-LAT-Port
Login-LAT-Service
Login-Service
Login-TCP-Port
Vendor-Specific
Vendor-Specific
Vendor-Specific
Vendor-Specific
Vendor-Specific
Vendor-Specific
Vendor-Specific
Vendor-Specific
Vendor-Specific
50
Attribute List
Length
52
4
12
13
15
4
6
4
4
4
15
4
9
4
8
4
11
4
10
14
4
10
9
9
12
4
4
10
38
10
9
16
10
10
10
9
Value
SBR2CL
5
123-456-789
555-555-1212
Class information
999
12345
0
1:2:3:4
255:255:255:255
1:2:3:4:5:6:7:8
1024
pool sbr
1
iproute
0
583
3
a4c
a4c
10:1:1:1
lat group
lat node
lat port
lat service
0
1812
137
137
137
137
137
137
137
137
137
Vendor-Specific
Vendor-Specific
Vendor-Specific
Vendor-Specific
Password-Retry
Port-Limit
Prompt
Reply-Message
Service-Type
Session-Timeout
Termination-Action
Tunnel-Assignment-ID
Tunnel-Client-Auth-ID
Tunnel-Client-Endpoint
Tunnel-Password
Tunnel-Type
MS BAP Usage
MS-CHAP MPPE-Keys
MS-CHAP2 Success
MS Filter
MS Link Drop Time Limit
MS Link Utilization Threshold
MS MPPE Encryption Policy
MS MPPE Encryption Types
MS Primary DNS Server
MS Primary NBNS Server
MS Secondary DNS Server
MS Secondary NBNS Server
10
10
10
10
4
4
4
18
4
4
4
4
6
4
19
4
4
32
3
10
4
4
4
3
4
4
4
4
137
137
137
137
3
100
Radius Server SB
2
10
1
12
0
-1234567890
123456789
ms-filter
5
6
1
-556677889
1:1:1:1
2:2:2:2
3:3:3:3
4:4:4:4
51
Release Information
Description
Options
test access radius-server address user username password password secret secret
<authentication-port port>
<retry number>
<source-address address>
<timeout number>
view
test access radius-server user password secret on page 53
Table 11 on page 52 lists the output fields for the test access radius-server command.
Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Table 11: test access radius-server Output Fields
52
Field Name
Field Description
Server
UDP port
Source IP Address
Server timeout
Secret
The shared secret used for authentication with the RADIUS server.
test access
radius-server user
password secret
Field Name
Field Description
Client Username
Client Password
Status
The following example command tests RADIUS authentication with a specific server
(172.28.30.95), user (JOHNDOE), secret (No1Knows), and password (JohnPass); and
displays the resulting output:
user@host> test access radius-server 172.28.30.95 user JOHNDOE password JohnPass
secret No1Knows
Test Radius Server Access
Server
: 172.28.30.95
UDP port
: 1812
Source IP Address
: Default
Server timeout
: 3
Sever retry count
: 3
Secret
: No1Knows
Client Username
: JOHNDOE
Client Password
: JohnPass
Status
: Accepted, retransmits: 0
53
54
Chapter 4
Command
NOTE: For information about how to configure RPM, see the JUNOS Services Interfaces
Configuration Guide.
55
Release Information
Description
Options
Required Privilege Level
56
clear
Options
Required Privilege Level
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
Field Name
Field Description
Protocol
Port
57
Release Information
Description
Options
view
show services rpm history-results on page 59
show services rpm history-results detail on page 60
Table 14 on page 58 lists the output fields for the show services rpm history-results
command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Field Description
Level of Output
Owner
Probe owner.
All levels
Test
All levels
Probe received
All levels
All levels
Probe results
detail
58
Displays the results for the current test by probe at the time each probe was
completed, as well as the status of the current test at the time the probe was
completed.
detail
Field Description
Level of Output
Probes sent
detail
Probes received
detail
Loss percentage
detail
Measurement
Increment of measurement. Possible values are round-trip time delay and, for
the probe type icmp-pin-timestamp, the egress and ingress delay:
detail
2004
2004
2004
2004
2004
2004
2004
2004
2004
2004
2004
2004
2004
2004
2004
2004
2004
2004
2004
2004
2004
Round trip
158
218
161
184
332
132
226
191
179
217
141
230
248
234
251
134
272
181
216
227
133
time
usec
usec
usec
usec
usec
usec
usec
usec
usec
usec
usec
usec
usec
usec
usec
usec
usec
usec
usec
usec
usec
59
60
Release Information
Description
Options
view
show services rpm probe-results on page 64
show services rpm probe-results (BGP Neighbor Discovery) on page 66
Table 15 on page 61 lists the output fields for the show services rpm probe-results
command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Field Description
Owner
Owner name. When you configure the probe owner statement at the [edit services rpm] hierarchy
level, this field displays the configured owner name. When you configure BGP neighbor discovery
through RPM, the output for this field is Rpm-Bgp-Owner.
Test
Name of a test representing a collection of probes. When you configure the test test-name statement
at the [edit services rpm probe owner] hierarchy level, the field displays the configured test name.
When you configure BGP neighbor discovery through RPM, the output for this field is Rpm-BGP-Testn, where n is a cumulative number.
Target address
Source address
Probe type
Reflects the protocol configured on the receiving probe server. The following protocol types can be
configured: http-get, http-metadata-get, icmp-ping, icmp-ping-timestamp, tcp-ping, udp-ping, and
udp-ping-timestamp.
Test size
61
Field Description
(BGP neighbor discovery) Name of the configured (if any) routing instance, logical system name, or
both, in which the probe is configured:
Probe results
When a routing instance is defined within a logical system, the logical system name is followed
by the routing instance name. A slash ( / ) is used to separate the two entities. For example,
if the routing instance called R1 is configured within the logical system called LS, the name in
the output field is LS/R1.
When a routing instance is configured but the default logical system is used, the name in the
output field is the name of the routing instance.
When a logical system is configured but the default routing instance is used, the name in the
output field is the name of the logical system followed by default. A slash (/) is used to separate
the two entities. For example, LS/default.
Raw measurement of a particular probe sample done by a remote host. This data is provided
separately from the calculated results. The following information is contained in the raw measurement:
Client and server hardware timestampsIf timestamps are configured, an entry appears at this
point.
62
Field Description
Probes are grouped into tests, and the statistics are calculated for each test. If a test contains 10
probes, the average, minimum, and maximum results are calculated from the results of those 10
probes. If the command is issued while the test is in progress, the statistics use information from
the completed probes.
MeasurementMeasurement type. Possible values are round-trip time, positive round-trip jitter,
negative round-trip jitter, egress time, positive egress jitter, negative egress jitter, ingress time,
positive ingress jitter, negative ingress jitter, and, for the probe type icmp-ping-timestamp, the
egress delay and ingress delay.
For each measurement type, the following individual calculated results are provided:
SamplesNumber of probes.
MinimumMinimum RTT, ingress delay, or egress delay measured over the course of the
current test.
MaximumMaximum RTT, ingress delay, or egress delay measured over the course of the
current test.
AverageAverage RTT, ingress delay, or egress delay measured over the course of the
current test.
SumStatistical sum.
Results for the most recently completed test. If the command is issued while the first test is in
progress, this information is not displayed
Probes sentNumber of probes sent for the most recently completed test.
Probes receivedNumber of probe responses received for the most recently completed test.
Loss percentagePercentage of lost probes for the most recently completed test.
MeasurementMeasurement type. Possible values are round-trip time, positive round-trip jitter,
negative round-trip jitter, egress time, positive egress jitter, negative egress jitter, ingress time,
positive ingress jitter, negative ingress jitter, and, for the probe type icmp-ping-timestamp, the
egress delay and ingress delay.
For each measurement type, the following individual calculated results are provided:
SamplesNumber of probes.
MinimumMinimum RTT, ingress delay, or egress delay measured for the most recently
completed test.
MaximumMaximum RTT, ingress delay, or egress delay measured for the most recently
completed test.
AverageAverage RTT, ingress delay, or egress delay measured for the most recently
completed test.
SumStatistical sum.
63
Field Description
Displays statistics made for all the probes, independently of the grouping into tests, as well as statistics
for the current test.
MeasurementMeasurement type. Possible values are round-trip time, positive round-trip jitter,
negative round-trip jitter, egress time, positive egress jitter, negative egress jitter, ingress time,
positive ingress jitter, negative ingress jitter, and, for the probe types icmp-ping-timestamp and
udp-ping-timestamp, the egress delay and ingress delay.
For each measurement type, the following individual calculated results are provided:
SamplesNumber of probes.
MinimumMinimum RTT, ingress delay, or egress delay measured over the course of the
current test.
MaximumMaximum RTT, ingress delay, or egress delay measured over the course of the
current test.
AverageAverage RTT, ingress delay, or egress delay measured over the course of the
current test.
SumStatistical sum.
64
65
Peak to peak: 2049 usec, Stddev: 679 usec, Sum: xxxx usec
Measurement: Negative Egress jitter
Samples: 5, Minimum: 5 usec, Maximum: 1812 usec, Average: 926 usec,
Peak to peak: 1807 usec, Stddev: 665 usec, Sum: xxxx usec
Measurement: Ingress time
Samples: 10, Minimum: 805 usec, Maximum: 2859 usec, Average: 1644 usec,
Peak to peak: 2054 usec, Stddev: 738 usec, Sum: xxxx usec
Measurement: Positive Ingress jitter
Samples: 5, Minimum: 5 usec, Maximum: 2054 usec, Average: 876 usec,
Peak to peak: 2049 usec, Stddev: 679 usec, Sum: xxxx usec
Measurement: Negative Ingress jitter
Samples: 5, Minimum: 5 usec, Maximum: 1812 usec, Average: 926 usec,
Peak to peak: 1807 usec, Stddev: 665 usec, Sum: xxxx usec
66
Release Information
Description
Options
ID.
Required Privilege Level
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
view
show services rpm twamp server connection on page 67
Table 16 on page 67 lists the output fields for the show services rpm twamp server
connection command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they
appear.
Table 16: show services rpm twamp server connection Output Fields
Field Name
Field Description
Connection ID
Connection ID that uniquely identifies the connection between the TWAMP server and a particular
client.
Client address
Client IP address.
Client port
Server address
Server IP address.
Server port
Session count
Session count.
Auth mode
Authentication mode.
address
4
78
234
1.1.1.1
3.22.1.55
192.168.219.203
port
12345
address
192.168.219.203
Server
Session
Auth
port
count
mode
890
16
none
345
22.2.2.2
89022
none
2345
2.2.22.2
3333
16
none
67
221.4.1.1
82345
2.2.2.2
45909
16
2394
16
authenticated
1
192.168.1.1
encrypted
68
645
32.2.2.23
Release Information
Description
Options
Required Privilege Level
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
view
show services rpm twamp server session on page 69
Table 17 on page 69 lists the output fields for the show services rpm twamp server
session command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they
appear.
Table 17: show services rpm twamp server session Output Fields
Field Name
Field Description
Session ID
Session ID that uniquely identifies the session between the TWAMP server and a particular client.
Connection ID
Connection ID that uniquely identifies the connection between the TWAMP server and a particular
client.
Sender address
Sender IP address.
Sender port
Reflector address
Reflector IP address.
Reflector port
Reflector
port
890
89022
3333
45909
2394
69
70
Chapter 5
Command
monitor
label-switched-path on page 78
mtrace on page 90
traceroute on page 99
71
Command
NOTE: For information about how to configure interface parameters, see the JUNOS
Network Interfaces Configuration Guide.
For information about how to configure IP multicast parameters, see the JUNOS
Multicast Protocols Configuration Guide.
For information about related tasks performed by network operations center (NOC)
personnel, see the JUNOS Baseline Network Operations Guide.
72
monitor interface
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
monitor interface
<interface-name | traffic <detail>>
Additional Information
The output of this command shows how much each field has changed since you
started the command or since you cleared the counters by using the c key. For a
description of the statistical information provided in the output of this command,
see the show interfaces extensive command for a particular interface type in the
JUNOS Interfaces Command Reference. To control the output of the monitor
interface interface-name command while it is running, use the keys listed in
Table 19 on page 73. The keys are not case-sensitive.
Table 19: Output Control Keys for the monitor interface interface-name Command
Key
Action
Clears (returns to zero) the delta counters since monitor interface was started. This
does not clear the accumulative counter. To clear the accumulative counter, use the
clear interfaces interval command.
Freezes the display, halting the display of updated statistics and delta counters.
Displays information about a different interface. The command prompts you for
the name of a specific interface.
Displays information about the next interface. The monitor interface command
displays the physical or logical interfaces in the same order as the show interfaces
terse command.
q or Esc
Thaws the display, resuming the update of the statistics and delta counters.
To control the output of the monitor interface traffic command while it is running, use
the keys listed in Table 20 on page 74. The keys are not case-sensitive.
monitor interface
73
Table 20: Output Control Keys for the monitor interface traffic Command
Output Fields
Key
Action
Displays the statistics in units of bytes and bytes per second (bps).
Clears (return to 0) the delta counters in the Current Delta column. The statistics
counters are not cleared.
Displays the Current Delta column (instead of the rate column) in bps or packets
per second (pps).
Displays the statistics in units of packets and packets per second (pps).
q or Esc
Displays the rate column (instead of the Current Delta column) in bps and pps.
trace
monitor
monitor
monitor
monitor
interface
interface
interface
interface
(Physical) on page 75
(Logical) on page 76
traffic on page 76
traffic detail on page 76
Table 21 on page 74 describes the output fields for the monitor interface command.
Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Field Description
Level of Output
router1
All levels
Seconds
How long the monitor interface command has been running or how long since
you last cleared the counters.
All levels
Time
All levels
Delay x/y/z
Time difference between when the statistics were displayed and the actual
clock time.
All levels
Interface
Short description of the interface, including its name, status, and encapsulation.
All levels
Link
All levels
Current delta
Cumulative number for the counter in question since the time shown in the
Seconds field, which is the time since you started the command or last cleared
the counters.
All levels
74
monitor interface
Field Description
Level of Output
Statistics
All levels
Description
With the traffic option, displays the interface description configured at the
[edit interfaces interface-name] hierarchy level.
detail
monitor interface
(Physical)
Time: 15:46:29
pps)
bps)
pps)
bps)
Current Delta
[11]
[13882]
[10]
[9418]
[2]
[2]
[0]
[0]
[0]
[0]
[0]
[0]
[0]
[0]
[0]
[0]
[0]
[0]
[0]
[0]
[0]
[0]
[0]
[0]
[0]
[0]
[0]
monitor interface
75
:
:
:
:
0x00
0x00
0x00
0x00
K1
C2
Z3
: 0x00
: 0x00
: 0x00
: 0x01
: 0x00
: 0x00
K1
C2
Z4
: 0x00
: 0xcf
: 0x00
monitor interface
(Logical)
Time: 15:33:39
Delay: 0/0/1
Current delta
[0]
[0]
[0]
[0]
[0]
[0]
[0]
[0]
Link
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Up
Up
Up
Up
Up
Down
Down
Up
Up
Down
Input packets
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
211035
192753
211020
211029
189378
0
0
0
0
0
Time: 12:31:09
(pps)
(0)
(0)
(0)
(0)
(0)
(0)
(0)
(0)
(0)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(1)
(0)
(0)
(0)
(0)
(0)
Output packets
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
36778
36782
36779
36776
36349
18747
16078
80338
0
0
(pps)
(0)
(0)
(0)
(0)
(0)
(0)
(0)
(0)
(0)
(0)
(0)
(0)
(0)
(0)
(0)
(0)
(0)
(0)
(0)
76
monitor interface
host name
Interface
t1-0/1/1:0
Seconds: 15
Time: 12:31:09
Link
Input packets
(pps)
Output packets
(pps)
Description
Up
19769
(0)
(0)
To-OSAKA-1
...
Bytes=b, Clear=c, Delta=d, Packets=p, Quit=q or ESC, Rate=r, Up=^U, Down=^D
monitor interface
77
monitor label-switched-path
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Additional Information
You can track the amount of traffic traversing an RSVP LSP and observe its essential
parameters, such as uptime, ingress and egress addresses, labels, routes, and ports.
Values are typically sampled every second. The display also allows you to scroll to
other currently running LSPs. You cannot use this command to display information
about static LSPs or Label Distribution Protocol (LDP)-signaled LSPs.
The output of this command shows how much each field has changed since you
started the command or since you cleared the counters by using the c key. To control
the output of the monitor label-switched-path command while it is running, use the
keys listed in Table 22 on page 78. The keys are not case-sensitive.
Table 22: Output Control Keys for the monitor label-switched-path Command
78
Key
Action
Clears the screen and refreshes the display for this LSP.
Monitors a different LSP. After you type l, you can type the new LSP name.
Displays information about the next LSP (whose name is alphabetically higher
than the current LSP name) configured on the router.
Goes to the previous LSP (whose name is alphabetically lower than the current
LSP name) configured on the router.
q or Esc
trace
monitor label-switched-path on page 79
Table 23 on page 79 describes the output fields for the monitor label-switched-path
command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
monitor label-switched-path
Field Description
(1)
DelayLength of the time delay, in milliseconds, required to obtain the information in the monitor
(2)
display. The first number shows the current sampling delay. The second number shows the shortest
delay recorded to date. The third number shows the worst delay recorded to date. This delay can
vary substantially depending on the system load.
Displays the following:
(3)
(4)
(5)
Port numberPort number for the sending router, the port number for the receiving router, and the
(6)
protocol ID. For Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS) traffic engineering applications, the protocol
ID is always 0.
(7/8)
Record routeAll intermediate and egress router addresses for this LSP.
(9/10/11)
Output packetsNumber of packets that have traversed this LSP, and the change (delta) in the
Output bytesNumber of bytes that have traversed this LSP, and the change (delta) in the
Displays any errors the router encountered while attempting to retrieve information on the LSP.
(13)
Lists the keyboard commands you can use to navigate to other LSPs. For a description of the keyboard
commands, see Table 22 on page 78.
monitor
label-switched-path
Time: 15:32:22
Delay: 0/0/0
monitor label-switched-path
79
(6)
Port number: sender 1, receiver 45583, protocol 0
(7)
Record Route: <self> 192.168.224.196
(8)
192.168.224.202 192.168.224.179
(9)
Traffic statistics:
Current delta
(10)
Output packets:
0
[0]
(11)
Output bytes:
0
[0]
(12)
(13)Next='n', Prev='p', Quit='q' or ESC, Freeze='f', Thaw='t', Clear='c',
LSP='l'
80
monitor label-switched-path
monitor list
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Additional Information
monitor list
monitor list
Field Name
Field Description
monitor start
"filename"
Last changed
monitor list
81
monitor start
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Additional Information
Log files are generated by the routing protocol process or by system logging. The log
files generated by system logging are configured with the syslog statement at the
[edit system] hierarchy level and the options statement at the [edit routing-options]
hierarchy level. The trace files generated by the routing protocol process are
configured with traceoptions statements at the [edit routing-options], [edit interfaces],
and [edit protocols protocol] hierarchy levels.
trace
monitor list on page 81
monitor stop on page 83
monitor start
82
monitor start
Field Name
Field Description
***filename ***
Name of the file from which entries are being displayed. This line
is displayed initially and when the command switches between log
files.
monitor stop
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Additional Information
Log files are generated by the routing protocol process or by system logging. The log
files generated by system logging are those configured with the syslog statement at
the [edit system] hierarchy level and the options statement at the [edit routing-options]
hierarchy level. The trace files generated by the routing protocol process are those
configured with traceoptions statements at the [edit routing-options], [edit interfaces],
and [edit protocols protocol] hierarchy levels.
trace
monitor list on page 81
monitor start on page 82
monitor stop
83
monitor traffic
Syntax
Release Information
Description
monitor traffic
<brief | detail | extensive>
<absolute-sequence>
<count count>
<interface interface-name>
<layer2-headers>
<matching matching>
<no-domain-names>
<no-promiscuous>
<no-resolve>
<no-timestamp>
<print-ascii>
<print-hex>
<resolve-timeout>
<size size>
NOTE: Using the monitor traffic command can degrade router performance
Delays from DNS resolution can be eliminated by using the no-resolve option.
Options
84
monitor traffic
format.
resolve-timeout timeout(Optional) Amount of time the router waits for each reverse
lookup before timing out. The timeout can be set between 1 to 4,294,967,295
seconds. The default is 4 seconds. To display each packet, use the print-ascii,
print-hex, or extensive option.
size size(Optional) Read, but not display up to the specified number of bytes for
each packet. When set to brief output, the default packet size is 96 bytes and is
adequate for capturing IP, ICMP, UDP, and TCP packet data. When set to detail
and extensive output, the default packet size is 1514. The monitor traffic command
truncates displayed packets if the matched data exceeds the configured size.
Additional Information
In the monitor traffic command, you can specify an expression to match by using the
matching option and including the expression in quotation marks:
monitor traffic matching "expression"
Condition
Description
Entity
network address
Matches packets containing the specified network address and subnet mask.
port [port-number
| port-name]
Matches packets containing the specified source or destination TCP or UDP port
number or port name.
In place of the numeric port address, you can specify a text synonym, such as
bgp (179), dhcp (67), or domain (53) (the port numbers are also listed).
monitor traffic
85
Table 26: Match Conditions for the monitor traffic Command (continued)
Match
Type
Condition
Description
Directional
dst
Matches packets going to the specified destination. This match condition can be
prepended to any of the entity type match conditions.
src
Matches packets from a specified source. This match condition can be prepended
to any of the entity type match conditions.
Matches packets that contain the specified source and destination addresses. This
match condition can be prepended to any of the entity type match conditions.
src or dst
Matches packets containing either of the specified addresses. This match condition
can be prepended to any of the entity type match conditions.
less value
greater value
arp
ether
ether protocol
[address | (arp | ip | rarp)]
Matches packets with the specified Ethernet address or Ethernet packets of the
specified protocol type. The ether protocol arguments arp, ip, and rarp are also
independent match conditions, so they must be preceded by a backslash (\) when
used in the ether protocol match condition.
icmp
ip
ip [broadcast | multicast]
ip protocol
[address | (icmp | igrp |
tcp | udp)]
Matches packets with the specified address or protocol type. The ip protocol
arguments icmp, tcp, and udp are also independent match conditions, so they
must be preceded by a backslash (\) when used in the ip protocol match condition.
isis
rarp
tcp
udp
Packet
Length
Protocol
To combine expressions, use the logical operators listed in Table 27 on page 87.
86
monitor traffic
Description
Logical NOT. If the first condition does not match, the next condition is evaluated.
&&
Logical AND. If the first condition matches, the next condition is evaluated. If the first condition
does not match, the next condition is skipped.
||
Logical OR. If the first condition matches, the next condition is skipped. If the first condition
does not match, the next condition is evaluated.
()
Group operators to override default precedence order. Parentheses are special characters,
each of which must be preceded by a backslash (\).
The optional size field represents the number of bytes examined in the packet header.
The available values are 1, 2, or 4 bytes.The following sample command captures
all multicast traffic:
user@host> monitor traffic matching "ether[0] & 1 != 0"
To specify match conditions that have a numeric value, use the arithmetic and
relational operators listed in Table 28 on page 87.
NOTE: Because the Packet Forwarding Engine removes Layer 2 header information
before sending packets to the Routing Engine, the monitor traffic command cannot
apply match conditions to inbound traffic.
Table 28: Arithmetic and Relational Operators for the monitor traffic Command
Arithmetic or Relational
Operator
Description
Arithmetic Operator
Addition operator.
Subtraction operator.
Division operator.
monitor traffic
87
Table 28: Arithmetic and Relational Operators for the monitor traffic
Command (continued)
Arithmetic or Relational
Operator
Description
&
Bitwise AND.
Output Fields
88
<=
If the first expression is less than or equal to the second, the packet
matches.
>=
<
If the first expression is less than the second, the packet matches.
>
If the first expression is greater than the second, the packet matches.
!=
traffic
traffic
traffic
traffic
traffic
traffic
count on page 88
detail count on page 88
extensive (Absolute Sequence) on page 89
extensive (Relative Sequence) on page 89
extensive count on page 89
interface on page 89
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request.
monitor traffic
monitor traffic
89
mtrace
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
mtrace source
<routing-instance routing-instance-name>
Additional Information
The mtrace command for multicast traffic is similar to the traceroute command used
for unicast traffic. Unlike traceroute, mtrace traces traffic backwards, from the receiver
to the source.
view
mtrace source on page 91
Table 29 on page 90 describes the output fields for the mtrace command. Output
fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Table 29: mtrace Output Fields
90
mtrace
Field Name
Field Description
Mtrace from
to
via group
number-of-hops
router-name
address
protocol
total ttl of
mtrace source
mtrace
91
mtrace from-source
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
92
mtrace from-source
view
mtrace from-source on page 94
Table 30 on page 93 describes the output fields for the mtrace from-source command.
Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Field Description
Mtrace from
to
via group
number-of-hops
router-name
address
protocol
total ttl of
source
Source address.
Response Dest
Overall
Number of packets lost, number of packets sent, percentage of packets lost, and average packet rate
at each hop.
Receiver
Query source
mtrace from-source
93
mtrace from-source
94
mtrace from-source
mtrace monitor
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Required Privilege Level
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
mtrace monitor
view
mtrace monitor on page 96
Table 31 on page 95 describes the output fields for the mtrace monitor command.
Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Table 31: mtrace monitor Output Fields
Field Name
Field Description
Mtrace query at
by
resp to
Response destination.
qid
Query ID number.
packet from...to
from...to
via group
mxhop
mtrace monitor
95
mtrace monitor
96
mtrace monitor
mtrace to-gateway
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
mtrace to-gateway
97
view
mtrace to-gateway on page 98
Table 32 on page 98 describes the output fields for the mtrace to-gateway command.
Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Table 32: mtrace to-gateway Output Fields
mtrace to-gateway
Field Name
Field Description
Mtrace from
to
via group
number-of-hops
router-name
address
protocol
total ttl of
98
mtrace to-gateway
traceroute
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
traceroute host
<as-number-lookup>
<bypass-routing>
<clns>
<gateway address>
<inet | inet6>
<interface interface-name>
<logical system (all | logical-system-name)>
<mpls (ldp FEC address | rsvp label-switched-path-name)>
<no-resolve>
<routing-instance routing-instance-name>
<source source-address>
<tos value>
<ttl value>
<wait seconds>
Command introduced before JUNOS Release 7.4. The mpls option was introduced
in JUNOS Release 9.2.
Display the route packets take to a specified network host. Use traceroute as a
debugging tool to locate points of failure in a network.
hostIP address or name of remote host.
as-number-lookup(Optional) Display the autonomous system (AS) number of each
traceroute
99
to the IP address.
routing-instance routing-instance-name(Optional) Name of the routing instance for
request.
Required Privilege Level
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
network
traceroute on page 100
traceroute as-number-lookup host on page 101
traceroute noresolve on page 102
traceroute (Between CE Routers, Layer 3 VPN) on page 102
traceroute (Through an MPLS LSP) on page 102
Table 33 on page 100 describes the output fields for the traceroute command. Output
fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Table 33: traceroute Output Fields
traceroute
100
traceroute
Field Name
Field Description
traceroute to
hops max
byte packets
number-of-hops
router-name
address
user@host>
traceroute
1 blue23
2 red14
3 yellow
traceroute santacruz
to green.company.net (10.156.169.254), 30 hops max, 40 byte packets
(10.168.1.254)
2.370 ms 2.853 ms 0.367 ms
(10.168.255.250) 0.778 ms 2.937 ms 0.446 ms
(10.156.169.254) 7.737 ms 89.905 ms 0.834 ms
traceroute
as-number-lookup host
traceroute
101
traceroute noresolve
traceroute (Between CE
Routers, Layer 3 VPN)
traceroute
(Through an MPLS LSP)
102
traceroute
traceroute monitor
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
network
traceroute monitor on page 104
Table 34 on page 103 describes the output fields for the traceroute monitor command.
Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Table 34: traceroute monitor Output Fields
Field Name
Field Description
Host
Loss%
Snt
traceroute monitor
103
traceroute monitor
Field Name
Field Description
Last
Avg
Best
Wrst
StDev
Host
1. 10.17.41.254
2. secret.net
3. top-secret.net
104
traceroute monitor
Loss%
Snt
Last
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
17
17
17
0.7
0.6
0.6
Avg
1.0
1.0
0.6
Best
Wrst StDev
0.6
0.6
0.6
5.4
6.6
0.6
1.2
1.4
0.0
Release Information
Description
Options
IP address.
paths(Optional) Specify the number of paths to search. The range of values is 1
through 255. The default value is 16.
retries(Optional) Specify the number of times to resend probe. values. The range
of values is 1 through 9. The default value is 3.
routing-instance routing-instance-name(Optional) Specify the name of the routing
packets.
105
network
traceroute mpls ldp on page 107
traceroute mpls ldp detail on page 107
Table 35 on page 106 describes the output fields for the traceroute mpls ldp fec
command and the traceroute mpls ldp fec detail commands. Output fields are listed
in the approximate order in which they appear.
Table 35: traceroute mpls ldp Output Fields
106
Field Name
Field Description
Level of Output
Probe options
all levels
ttl
none specified
Label
none specified
Protocol
non specified
Address
none specified
Previous Hop
none specified
Probe status
none specified
Hop
detail
Parent
detail
Return Code
detail
Response time
detail
Multipath type
detail
Label Stack
detail
107
Release Information
Description
Options
IP address.
retries(Optional) Specify the number of times to resend probe. The range of values
is 1 through 9. The default value is 3.
source source-address(Optional) Specify the source address of the outgoing traceroute
packets.
Required Privilege Level
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
network
traceroute mpls rsvp on page 109
traceroute mpls rsvp detail on page 110
Table 36 on page 108 describes the output fields for the traceroute mpls rsvp lsp-name
and traceroute mpls rsvp lsp-name detail commands. Output fields are listed in the
approximate order in which they appear.
Table 36: traceroute mpls rsvp Output Fields
108
Field Name
Field Description
Level of output
Probe options
all levels
ttl
none specified
Field Name
Field Description
Level of output
Label
none specified
Protocol
none specified
Address
none specified
Previous Hop
none specified
Probe status
none specified
Hop
detail
Parent
detail
Return Code
detail
Sender timestamp
detail
Receiver
timestamp
detail
Response time
detail
MTU
detail
Multipath type
detail
Label stack
detail
Label
299792
299803
3
Protocol
RSVPTE
RSVPTE
RSVPTE
Address
192.168.1.2
192.168.2.3
192.168.3.4
Previous Hop
(null)
192.168.1.2
192.168.2.3
Probe Status
Success
Success
Egress
109
110
Part 2
System Management
System Management
111
112
System Management
Chapter 6
Command
Display records.
An accounting profile requires a collection interval, specific fields and counter names
on which to collect statistics, and a file to contain the data. You can configure the
following types of accounting profiles:
InterfaceCollects error and statistic information for input and output packets
on a particular physical or logical interface.
Source class usage (SCU) tracks traffic originating from specific prefixes on
the provider core and destined for specific prefixes on the customer edge.
Destination class usage (DCU) tracks traffic originating from the customer
edge and destined for specific prefixes on the provider core router.
NOTE: For information about configuring accounting profiles, see the JUNOS Network
Management Configuration Guide.
113
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Required Privilege Level
view
show
show
show
show
accounting
accounting
accounting
accounting
profile
profile
profile
profile
Table 38 on page 114 lists the output fields for the show accounting profile command.
Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Output Fields
Field Description
Profile
Sampling interval
file information
FileName of accounting profile log. If no name is explicitly provided, the name of the
accounting profile is used. All statistics files are placed in the /var/log directory.
maximum sizeConfigured size. When the size is exceeded, the log file closes and a new log
file opens.
Transfer Interval
Length of time (in minutes) the file remains open, receiving statistics before it is closed, transferred,
and rotated. When either the time or the file size is exceeded, the file is closed and a new one opened,
whether or not a transfer site is specified.
114
Field Description
Column Labels
profile-layoutList of data fields reported, in the order they appear in the output.
interfaces(For interface, filter, and destination class profiles) Name of the interfaces on which
packet-count(For filter and destination class profiles) Number of packets for the counter.
byte-count(For filter and destination class profiles) Number of bytes for the counter.
uptime(For Routing Engine profiles) Time since the last reboot, in seconds.
cpu1min(For Routing Engine profiles) Average system load over the last 1 minute.
cpu5min(For Routing Engine profiles) Average system load over the last 5 minutes.
cpu15min(For Routing Engine profiles) Average system load over the last 15 minutes.
Interface name
Filter name
routing-engine-stats
Next Scheduled
Collection
115
Interface Name
fxp0.0
fxp0
Interface Name
so-0/3/3
116
Filter Name
myfiltero
Interface Name
routing-engine-stats
117
Release Information
Description
Options
(UTC) format.
Required Privilege Level
view
show
show
show
show
show
show
Output Fields
accounting
accounting
accounting
accounting
accounting
accounting
Table 39 on page 118 lists the output fields for the show accounting records command.
Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Field Description
Timestamp
Interface Name
(For interface profiles) Name and SNMP index of the interface for the accounting profile.
Filter name
Interfaces
(For filter profiles) Name of the interfaces for the accounting profile.
Counter name
Destination Class
Input Bytes
Output Bytes
Input Packets
Output Packets
118
Field Description
Output Multicast
Packets
Unsupported Protocol
Packets
Input Errors
Output Errors
Host Name
Date
Time of Day
Uptime
(For Routing Engine profiles) Time since the last reboot, in seconds.
(For Routing Engine profiles) Average system load over the last 1 minute.
(For Routing Engine profiles) Average system load over the last 5 minutes.
(For Routing Engine profiles) Average system load over the last 15 minutes.
show accounting
records
119
show accounting
records utc-timestamp
show accounting
records (Since Time)
show accounting
records (Filter Profile)
show accounting
records (Destination
Class Profile)
show accounting
records (Routing Engine
Profile)
120
Chapter 7
CLI Command
121
122
Task
CLI Command
show chassis
craft-interface on page 157
show chassis
environment on page 163
CLI Command
show chassis
ethernet-switch on page 210
123
124
Task
CLI Command
(M120 router only) Display the FPC and FEB mapping and
their respective states.
show chassis
fpc-feb-connectivity on page 259
show chassis
in-service-upgrade on page 282
show chassis
mac-addresses on page 287
show chassis
power-ratings on page 294
show chassis
routing-engine on page 301
CLI Command
show chassis
synchronization on page 323
show chassis
temperature-thresholds on page 326
NOTE: For information about how to configure chassis parameters, such as conditions
that activate the alarm LEDs on the router's craft interface, properties for specific
Physical Interface Cards (PICs), and redundancy, see the.JUNOS System Basics
Configuration Guide.
For information about related tasks performed by Network Operations Center (NOC)
personnel, see the JUNOS Hardware Network Operations Guide.
125
126
request chassis cb
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
(M120, M320, and MX-series routers and T-series routing platforms only) Control
the operation of the Control Board (CB).
offlineTake the CB offline.
onlineBring the CB online.
slot slot-numberCB slot number:
Routing Matrix onlyIf you specify the number of the T640 routing node
by using the lcc number option (the recommended method), replace
slot-number with a value from 0 through 7. Otherwise, replace slot-number
with a value from 0 through 31. For example, the following commands have
the same result:
user@host> request chassis cb lcc 1 slot 1 offline
user@host> request chassis cb slot 9 offline
request chassis cb
maintenance
request chassis cb on page 127
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request.
user@host> request chassis cb offline slot 1
Backup CB 1 cannot be set offline, backup RE is online
request chassis cb
127
Options
128
maintenance
show chassis cfeb on page 155
request chassis cfeb on page 128
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request.
user@host> request chassis cfeb offline
CFEB Offlined
Description
(M120 and MX-series routers only) Control the operation of the specified fabric plane.
Options
offlineTake the fabric plane offline. Use the request chassis fabric plane plane-number
offline command to clear a FAULT state on a fabric plane. To bring the fabric
plane back online, use the request chassis fabric plane plane-number online
command.
onlineBring the fabric plane online.
plane plane-numberFabric plane slot number. For the M120 router, replace
plane-number with a value from 0 through 3. For the MX480 and MX240 routers,
replace plane-number with a value from 0 through 7. For the MX960 router,
replace plane-number with a value from 0 through 5.
Required Privilege Level
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
maintenance
request chassis fabric plane 0 online on page 129
request chassis fabric plane 0 offline on page 129
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request.
129
Options
Output Fields
130
maintenance
request chassis feb offline slot 0 on page 130
request chassis feb online slot 0 on page 130
request chassis feb restart slot 0 on page 130
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request.
Release Information
Description
Options
Routing matrix onlyIf you specify the number of the T640 routing node
by using the lcc number option (the recommended method), replace
slot-number with a value from 0 through 7. Otherwise, replace slot-number
with a value from 0 through 31. For example, the following commands have
the same result:
user@host> request chassis fpc lcc 1 slot 1 offline
user@host> request chassis fpc slot 9 offline
lcc number(Routing matrix only) (Optional) Control the FPC in a specified T640
routing node that is connected to a TX Matrix platform. Replace number with a
value from 0 through 3.
Required Privilege Level
Related Topics
List of Sample Output
maintenance
show chassis fpc on page 253
request chassis fpc on page 132
131
Output Fields
132
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request.
user@host> request chassis fpc online slot 0
FPC 0 already online
Options
maintenance
request chassis fpm resync on page 133
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request.
user@host> request chassis fpm resync
Front Panel resynced
133
Options
134
maintenance
show chassis lccs on page 284
request chassis lcc on page 134
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request.
user@host> request chassis lcc offline slot 0
Options
maintenance
request chassis mcs on page 135
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request.
user@host> request chassis mcs online slot 0
MCS 0 appears to be online already
135
Options
136
maintenance
request chassis pcg on page 136
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request.
user@host> request chassis pcg online slot 0
PCG 1 appears to be already online
Release Information
Description
NOTE: The request chassis pic (offline | online) fpc-slot slot number pic-slot slot-number
command is not supported for built-in PICs on MX-series routers.
To view a list of built-in PICs on the router chassis, use the show chassis hardware
command.
Options
M40, M40e, M160, M320, T320 routers, and T640 nodes0 through 7.
Routing matrix onlyIf you specify the number of the T640 routing node
by using the lcc number option (the recommended method), replace
slot-number with a value from 0 through 7. Otherwise, replace slot-number
with a value from 0 through 31. For example, the following commands have
the same result:
user@host> request chassis pic fpc-slot 1 lcc 1 pic-slot 0 offline
user@host> request chassis pic fpc-slot 9 pic-slot 0 offline
pic-slot slot-numberPIC slot number. For the M-series routing platform, the T640
routing node, and the routing matrix, it can be 0, 1, 2, or 3. On the MX960
router, slot-number corresponds to the slot number of the Packet Forwarding
Engine. For the T320 router, it can be 0 or 1.
137
lcc number(Routing matrix only) (Optional) Control the PIC in a specified T640
routing node that is connected to a TX Matrix platform. Replace number with a
value from 0 through 3.
Required Privilege Level
Related Topics
138
maintenance
Options
maintenance
request chassis redundancy feb slot 2 switch-to-backup on page 139
request chassis redundancy feb slot 3 revert-to-backup on page 139
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request.
request chassis
redundancy feb slot 2
switch-to-backup
request chassis
redundancy feb slot 3
revert-to-backup
139
Release Information
Description
CAUTION: (Routing matrix only) Within the routing matrix, we recommend that all
Routing Engines run the same JUNOS software release. If you run different JUNOS
releases on the Routing Engines and a change in mastership occurs on any backup
Routing Engine in the routing matrix, one or all T640 routing nodes might become
logically disconnected from the TX Matrix platform and cause data loss. For more
information, see the TX Matrix Platform Hardware Guide or the JUNOS High Availability
Configuration Guide.
Options
140
Matrix platform.
force(Optional) Available only with the acquire option. Force the change to a new
141
Additional Information
Because both Routing Engines are always running, the transition from one to the
other as the master Routing Engine is immediate. However, the changeover interrupts
communication to the System and Switch Board (SSB). The SSB takes several seconds
to reinitialize the Flexible PIC Concentrators (FPCs) and restart the Physical Interface
Cards (PICs). Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) and Border Gateway Protocol (BGP)
convergence times depend on the specific network environment.
By default, the Routing Engine in slot 0 (RE0) is the master and the Routing Engine
in slot 1 (RE1) is the backup. To change the default master Routing Engine, include
the routing-engine statement at the [edit chassis redundancy] hierarchy level in the
configuration. For more information, see the JUNOS System Basics Configuration Guide
To have the backup Routing Engine become the master Routing Engine, use the
request chassis routing-engine master switch command. If you use this command to
change the master and then restart the chassis software for any reason, the master
reverts to the default setting.
NOTE: Although the configurations on the two Routing Engines do not have to be
the same and are not automatically synchronized, we recommend making both
configurations the same.
request chassis
routing-engine master
acquire
maintenance
show chassis routing-engine on page 301
request chassis routing-engine master acquire on page 142
request chassis routing-engine master switch on page 142
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request.
user@host> request chassis routing-engine master acquire
warning: Traffic will be interrupted while the PFE is re-initialized
warning: The other routing engine's file system could be corrupted
Reset other routing engine and become master ? [yes,no] (no)
request chassis
routing-engine master
switch
142
Resolving mastership...
Complete. The local routing engine becomes the master.
143
Description
(T-series routing platforms only) Control the operation of the specified SONET Clock
Generator (SCG).
Options
lcc number(Routing matrix only) Change the SCG status on a specified T640 routing
144
maintenance
show chassis environment scg on page 202
request chassis scg on page 144
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request.
user@host> request chassis scg online slot 0
Online initiated, use "show chassis environment scg" to verify
Options
maintenance
show chassis sfm on page 312
request chassis sfm (M40e) on page 145
request chassis sfm (M160) on page 145
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request.
145
Release Information
Description
Options
Additional Information
By default, the SFM in slot 0 (SFM0) is the master and the SFM in slot 1 (SFM1) is
the backup. If you use this command to change the master, and then restart the
chassis software for any reason, the master reverts to the default setting. To change
the default master SFM, include the sfm statement at the [edit chassis redundancy]
hierarchy level in the configuration. For more information, see the JUNOS System
Basics Configuration Guide.
All installed SFMs are always working together to forward packets. If an SFM fails,
the other SFMs take over and traffic continues to flow uninterrupted.
maintenance
show chassis sfm on page 312
request chassis sfm master switch on page 146
request chassis sfm master switch no-confirm on page 146
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request.
user@host> request chassis sfm master switch
warning: Traffic will be interrupted while the PFE is re-initialized
Toggle mastership between system forwarding module? [yes,no] (no) yes
Switch initiated, use show chassis sfm to verify
146
Release Information
Description
Options
maintenance
show chassis sibs on page 315
request chassis sib on page 147
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request.
user@host> request chassis sib slot 0 online
Online initiated, use "show chassis sibs" to verify
147
Options
maintenance
show chassis spmb on page 317
show chassis spmb sibs on page 319
148
Release Information
Description
Options
Additional Information
By default, the SSB in slot 0 (SSB0) is the master and the SSB in slot 1 (SSB1) is the
backup. If you use this command to change the master, and then restart the chassis
software for any reason, the master reverts to the default setting. To change the
default master SSB, include the ssb statement at the [edit chassis redundancy]
hierarchy level in the configuration. For more information, see the JUNOS System
Basics Configuration Guide.
The configurations on the two SSBs do not have to be the same, and they are not
automatically synchronized. If you configure both SSBs as masters, when the chassis
software restarts for any reason, the SSB in slot 0 becomes the master and the one
in slot 1 becomes the backup.
The switchover from the primary SSB to the backup SSB is immediate. The SSB takes
several seconds to reinitialize the Flexible PIC Concentrators (FPCs) and restart the
Physical Interface Cards (PICs). The Interior Gateway Protocol (IGP) and Border
Gateway Protocol (BGP) convergence times depend on the specific network
environment.
maintenance
show chassis ssb on page 321
request chassis ssb master switch on page 149
request chassis ssb master switch no-confirm on page 149
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request.
user@host> request chassis ssb master switch
warning: Traffic will be interrupted while the PFE is re-initialized
Toggle mastership between system switch boards ? [yes,no] (no) yes
Switch initiated, use show chassis ssb to verify
149
Description
(M320, M40e, and M120 routers only) Change the external clock source used for
chassis synchronization.
Options
source A.
external-b(Routing matrix only) Change the synchronization source to external
source B.
Required Privilege Level
Related Topics
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
request chassis
synchronization switch
external-a
150
maintenance
show chassis synchronization on page 323
request chassis synchronization switch external-a on page 150
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request. Not configured indicates that the source is not configured. Present indicates
that the source is configured and present. Qualified indicates that the source is being
used for synchronization.
user@host> request chassis synchronization switch external-a
switching to external-a, status: qualified
Release Information
Description
Display or stop a text message on the craft interface display, which is on the front
of the router. The craft interface alternates the display of text messages with standard
craft interface messages, switching between messages every 2 seconds. By default,
the text message is displayed for 5 minutes. The craft interface display has four
20-character lines.
Options
than 20 characters, it wraps onto the next line. If a word does not fit on one line,
the entire word moves down to the next line. Any portion of the message that
does not fit on the display is truncated. An empty pair of quotation marks ( )
deletes the text message from the craft interface display.
lcc number (Routing matrix only) Display the text message on the craft interface
display of a specified T640 routing node (or line-card chassis) that is connected
to a TX Matrix platform. Replace number with a value from 0 through 3.
scc(Routing matrix only) Display the text message on the craft interface display
permanently.
Required Privilege Level
Related Topics
clear
clear chassis display message on page 126
show chassis craft-interface on page 157
151
------------------------------Green .. *.. * *.
Red
........
LCD screen:
+--------------------+
|NOC contact Dusty
|
|(888) 555-1234
|
+--------------------+
The following example shows how to delete the display message and verify that the
message is removed:
user@host> set chassis display message ""
message sent
user@host> show chassis craft-interface
Red alarm:
LED off, relay off
Yellow alarm: LED off, relay off
Host OK LED:
On
Host fail LED: Off
FPCs
0 1 2 3 4 5 6 7
------------------------------Green .. *.. * *.
Red
........
LCD screen:
+--------------------+
|host
|
|Up: 0+17:05:47
|
|
|
|Temperature OK
|
+--------------------+
152
Release Information
Description
Display information about the conditions that have been configured to trigger alarms.
Options
none(Routing matrix only) Display information about the conditions that have been
configured to trigger alarms on the TX Matrix platform and its attached T640
routing nodes.
lcc number (Routing matrix only) (Optional) Show information about a specified
T640 routing node (or line-card chassis) that is connected to a TX Matrix platform.
Replace number with a value from 0 through 3.
scc(Routing matrix only) (Optional) Show information about the TX Matrix platform
You cannot clear the alarms for chassis components. Instead, you must remedy the
cause of the alarm. When a chassis alarm is lit, it indicates that you are running the
router in a manner that we do not recommend.
You can manually silence external devices connected to the alarm relay contacts by
pressing the alarm cutoff button, located on the craft interface. Silencing the device
does not remove the alarm messages from the display (if present on the router) or
extinguish the alarm LEDs. In addition, new alarms that occur after you silence an
external device reactivate the external device.
view
show
show
show
show
Output Fields
chassis
chassis
chassis
chassis
alarms
alarms
alarms
alarms
Table 41 on page 153 lists the output fields for the show chassis alarms command.
Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Table 41: show chassis alarms Output Fields
Field Name
Field Description
Alarm time
Class
Description
153
154
Options
Required Privilege Level
Related Topics
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
Field Description
State
Intake Temperature
Exhaust Temperature
CPU utilization
Interrupt utilization
Of the total CPU being used by the CFEB processor, the percentage
being used for interrupts
Heap Utilization
Buffer Utilization
Internet Processor II
Start time
Time when the Routing Engine detected that the CFEB was running.
Uptime
How long the Routing Engine has been connected to the CFEB and,
therefore, how long the Flexible PIC Concentrator (FPC) has been
up and running.
155
156
35
43
3
0
10
22
128
degrees C / 95 degrees F
degrees C / 109 degrees F
percent
percent
percent
percent
MB
Version 1, Foundry IBM, Part number 164
2004-11-01 03:24:15 PST
12 hours, 56 minutes, 18 seconds
Backup
Release Information
Description
For routers that have a display on the craft interface, show the messages that are
currently displayed. On all routers, except for the M20, you must enter this command
on the master Routing Engine.
Options
none(Routing matrix only) Show messages that are currently displayed on the craft
interface on the TX Matrix platform and its attached T640 routing nodes.
lcc number (Routing matrix only)(Optional) Show messages for a specified T640
switch-card chassis).
view
Related Topics
chassis
chassis
chassis
chassis
chassis
craft-interface
craft-interface
craft-interface
craft-interface
craft-interface
Table 43 on page 157 lists the output fields for the show chassis craft-interface
command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Output Fields
Field Description
LCD screen
or
FPM Display Contents
UpHow long the router has been operational, in days, hours, minutes, and seconds.
messageInformation about the router traffic load, the power supply status, the fan status, and
the temperature status. The display of this information changes every 2 seconds. If a text
message has been created with theset chassis display command, this message appears on all
four lines of the craft interface display. The display alternates between the text message and
the standard system status messages every 2 seconds.
157
Field Description
Status of the Front Panel System LEDs. A dot (.) indicates the LED is not lit. An asterisk (*) indicates
the LED is lit.
Status of the Front Panel Alarm Indicators. A dot (.) indicates the relay is off. An asterisk (*) indicates
the relay is active.
Status of the Front Panel Flexible PIC Concentrator (FPC) LEDs. A dot (.) indicates the LED is not lit.
An asterisk (*) indicates the LED is lit.
CB LEDs
Status of the Control Board (CB) LEDs. A dot (.) indicates the LED is not lit. An asterisk (*) indicates
the LED is lit.
Status of the Miscellaneous Control Subsystem (MCS) and Switching and Forwarding Module (SFM)
LEDs. A dot (.) indicates the LED is not lit. An asterisk (*) indicates the LED is lit. When neither a dot
nor an asterisk is displayed, there is no board in that slot.
SIB LEDs
Status of the Switch Interface Board (SIB) LEDs. A dot (.) indicates the LED is not lit. An asterisk (*)
indicates the LED is lit.
SCG LEDs
Status of the SONET Clock Generator (SCG) LEDs. A dot (.) indicates the LED is not lit. An asterisk
(*) indicates the LED is lit.
show chassis
craft-interface (M20)
158
show chassis
craft-interface (M40)
show chassis
craft-interface (M120)
159
show chassis
craft-interface (M160)
show chassis
craft-interface
(Routing Matrix)
160
CB LEDs:
CB
0
1
-------------Amber. .
Green * .
Blue
* .
SIB LEDs:
SIB 0
1
2
3
4
-------------------------Fail . . . . .
OK
. . . .
*
Active . . . .
*
lcc0-re0:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------FPM Display contents:
+--------------------+
|hybrid
|
|5 Alarms active
|
|R: SIB 2 Absent
|
|R: SIB 1 Absent
|
+--------------------|
Front Panel System LEDs:
Routing Engine
0
1
-------------------------OK
* .
Fail
. .
Master
* .
Front Panel Alarm Indicators:
----------------------------Red LED
*
Yellow LED
*
Major relay *
Minor relay *
Front Panel FPC LEDs:
FPC
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
-----------------------------------Red . . . . . . . .
Green.
*
* . . . . .
CB LEDs:
CB
0
1
-------------Amber. .
Green * .
Blue
* .
SCG LEDs:
SCG 0
1
-------------Amber. .
Green * .
Blue
* .
SIB LEDs:
SIB 0
1
2
3
4
-------------------------Red . . . . .
161
Green. . . .
lcc2-re0:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------FPM Display contents:
+--------------------+
|prius
|
|5 Alarms active
|
|R: SIB 2 Absent
|
|R: SIB 1 Absent
|
+--------------------|
Front Panel System LEDs:
Routing Engine
0
1
-------------------------OK
* .
Fail
. .
Master
* .
Front Panel Alarm Indicators:
----------------------------Red LED
*
Yellow LED
*
Major relay *
Minor relay *
Front Panel FPC LEDs:
FPC
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
-----------------------------------Red . . . . . . . .
Green *
*
* . . . . .
CB LEDs:
CB
0
1
-------------Amber. .
Green * .
Blue
* .
SCG LEDs:
SCG 0
1
-------------Amber. .
Green * .
Blue
* .
SIB LEDs:
SIB 0
1
2
3
4
-------------------------Red . . . . .
Green. . . .
*
162
Release Information
Description
Options
the Routing matrix only, display environmental information about the TX Matrix
platform and its attached T640 routing nodes.
lcc number(Routing matrix only) (Optional) Display chassis environmental
information for a specified T640 routing node (or line-card chassis) that is
connected to a TX Matrix platform. Replace number with a value from 0 through 3.
scc(Routing matrix only) (Optional) Display chassis environmental information
view
show
show
show
show
show
show
show
show
show
show
show
show
show
show
show
show
show
show
Output Fields
chassis
chassis
chassis
chassis
chassis
chassis
chassis
chassis
chassis
chassis
chassis
chassis
chassis
chassis
chassis
chassis
chassis
chassis
environment
environment
environment
environment
environment
environment
environment
environment
environment
environment
environment
environment
environment
environment
environment
environment
environment
environment
Table 44 on page 164 lists the output fields for the show chassis environment command.
Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
163
Field Description
Class
Power
Power information:
(M5, M10, M20, and M40 routers only) Information about each power supply. Status can be
OK, Testing (during initial power-on), Failed, or Absent.
(M7i, M10i, M40e, M120, M160, and M320 routers, and T-series routing platforms only)
Information about the Power Entry Modules. Status can be OK, Testing (during initial power-on),
Check , Failed, or Absent.
Temp
Temperature of air flowing through the chassis. Measurement indicates degrees in Centigrade (C)
and Farenheit (F).
Fan
Information about the fans. Status can be OK, Testing (during initial power-on), Failed, or Absent.
Measurement indicates if fans are spinning at normal or high speed.
Misc
On some routing platforms, it indicates the status of one or more additional components.
On the M160 router, Misc includes CIP (Connector Interface Panel). OK indicates the CIP is
present.
On the T640 routing node, Misc includes CIP and SPMB (Switch Processor Mezzanine Board).
OK indicates the item is present.
show chassis
environment (J2300)
show chassis
environment (J4300 or
J6300)
show chassis
environment (M5)
164
Measurement
40 degrees C / 104 degrees F
Measurement
41 degrees C / 105 degrees F
Measurement
30 degrees C / 86 degrees
33 degrees C / 91 degrees
27 degrees C / 80 degrees
27 degrees C / 80 degrees
34 degrees C / 93 degrees
Spinning at normal speed
Spinning at normal speed
Spinning at normal speed
Spinning at normal speed
F
F
F
F
F
show chassis
environment (M7i)
show chassis
environment (M10)
show chassis
environment (M10i)
Measurement
22 degrees C / 71 degrees
23 degrees C / 73 degrees
23 degrees C / 73 degrees
24 degrees C / 75 degrees
29 degrees C / 84 degrees
26 degrees C / 78 degrees
Spinning at normal speed
Spinning at normal speed
Spinning at normal speed
Spinning at normal speed
F
F
F
F
F
F
Measurement
36 degrees C / 96 degrees
35 degrees C / 95 degrees
34 degrees C / 93 degrees
31 degrees C / 87 degrees
34 degrees C / 93 degrees
35 degrees C / 95 degrees
Spinning at normal speed
Spinning at normal speed
Spinning at normal speed
Spinning at normal speed
F
F
F
F
F
F
Measurement
26 degrees C / 78 degrees
27 degrees C / 80 degrees
28 degrees C / 82 degrees
29 degrees C / 84 degrees
28 degrees C / 82 degrees
27 degrees C / 80 degrees
36 degrees C / 96 degrees
31 degrees C / 87 degrees
27 degrees C / 80 degrees
Spinning at normal speed
Spinning at normal speed
Spinning at normal speed
Spinning at normal speed
Spinning at normal speed
Spinning at normal speed
Spinning at normal speed
Spinning at normal speed
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
165
show chassis
environment (M20)
show chassis
environment (M40)
show chassis
environment (M40e)
166
Absent
Absent
Absent
Measurement
28 degrees C / 82 degrees F
27 degrees C / 80 degrees F
22 degrees C / 71 degrees F
30 degrees C / 86 degrees F
22 degrees C / 71 degrees F
26 degrees C / 78 degrees F
Spinning
Spinning
Spinning
Spinning
at
at
at
at
normal
normal
normal
normal
speed
speed
speed
speed
Measurement
24 degrees C / 75 degrees
26 degrees C / 78 degrees
26 degrees C / 78 degrees
28 degrees C / 82 degrees
23 degrees C / 73 degrees
26 degrees C / 78 degrees
Spinning at normal speed
Spinning at normal speed
Spinning at normal speed
Spinning at normal speed
Spinning at normal speed
F
F
F
F
F
F
Measurement
44
47
40
37
45
42
40
44
43
45
38
40
38
34
43
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
111 degrees F
116 degrees F
104 degrees F
98 degrees F
113 degrees F
107 degrees F
104 degrees F
111 degrees F
109 degrees F
113 degrees F
100 degrees F
104 degrees F
100 degrees F
93 degrees F
109 degrees F
Fans
Misc
show chassis
environment (M120)
FPC 6
FPC 7
FPM CMB
FPM Display
Rear Bottom Blower
Rear Top Blower
Front Top Blower
Fan Tray Rear Left
Fan Tray Rear Right
Fan Tray Front Left
Fan Tray Front Right
CIP
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
Status
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
Measurement
167
Rear
Rear
Rear
Rear
Rear
Rear
Rear
Rear
Rear
show chassis
environment (M160)
show chassis
environment (M320)
168
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
Spinning
Spinning
Spinning
Spinning
Spinning
Spinning
Spinning
Spinning
Spinning
at
at
at
at
at
at
at
at
at
normal
normal
normal
normal
normal
normal
normal
normal
normal
speed
speed
speed
speed
speed
speed
speed
speed
speed
Measurement
PEM 1
Absent
45 degrees C / 113 degrees F
35 degrees C / 95 degrees F
50 degrees C / 122 degrees F
47 degrees C / 116 degrees F
49 degrees C / 120 degrees F
50 degrees C / 122 degrees F
50 degrees C / 122 degrees F
51 degrees C / 123 degrees F
52 degrees C / 125 degrees F
52 degrees C / 125 degrees F
48 degrees C / 118 degrees F
45 degrees C / 113 degrees F
43 degrees C / 109 degrees F
31 degrees C / 87 degrees F
33 degrees C / 91 degrees F
Spinning at normal speed
Spinning at normal speed
Spinning at normal speed
Spinning at normal speed
Spinning at normal speed
Spinning at normal speed
Spinning at normal speed
Measurement
33
32
36
36
38
29
38
41
28
40
29
39
28
38
28
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
91 degrees F
89 degrees F
96 degrees F
96 degrees F
100 degrees F
84 degrees F
100 degrees F
105 degrees F
82 degrees F
104 degrees F
84 degrees F
102 degrees F
82 degrees F
100 degrees F
82 degrees F
Fan
Misc
show chassis
environment (MX240)
FPC 3 Exhaust
FPC 6 Intake
FPC 6 Exhaust
FPC 7 Intake
FPC 7 Exhaust
FPM GBUS
Top Left Front fan
Top Right Rear fan
Top Right Front fan
Top Left Rear fan
Bottom Left Front fan
Bottom Right Rear fan
Bottom Right Front fan
Bottom Left Rear fan
Rear Fan 1 (TOP)
Rear Fan 2
Rear Fan 3
Rear Fan 4
Rear Fan 5
Rear Fan 6
Rear Fan 7 (Bottom)
CIP
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
Status
OK
OK
Absent
Absent
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
Measurement
40 degrees C / 104 degrees F
45 degrees C / 113 degrees F
39
37
36
34
38
37
49
41
37
34
39
38
47
41
33
38
53
50
53
49
52
47
49
44
46
45
44
44
48
32
40
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
102 degrees F
98 degrees F
96 degrees F
93 degrees F
100 degrees F
98 degrees F
120 degrees F
105 degrees F
98 degrees F
93 degrees F
102 degrees F
100 degrees F
116 degrees F
105 degrees F
91 degrees F
100 degrees F
127 degrees F
122 degrees F
127 degrees F
120 degrees F
125 degrees F
116 degrees F
120 degrees F
111 degrees F
114 degrees F
113 degrees F
111 degrees F
111 degrees F
118 degrees F
89 degrees F
104 degrees F
169
Fans
show chassis
environment (MX480)
170
FPC 2 Exhaust B
FPC 2 I3 0 TSensor
FPC 2 I3 0 Chip
FPC 2 I3 1 TSensor
FPC 2 I3 1 Chip
FPC 2 I3 2 TSensor
FPC 2 I3 2 Chip
FPC 2 I3 3 TSensor
FPC 2 I3 3 Chip
FPC 2 IA 0 TSensor
FPC 2 IA 0 Chip
FPC 2 IA 1 TSensor
FPC 2 IA 1 Chip
Front Fan
Middle Fan
Rear Fan
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
52 degrees C / 125
52 degrees C / 125
56 degrees C / 132
52 degrees C / 125
55 degrees C / 131
49 degrees C / 120
52 degrees C / 125
44 degrees C / 111
48 degrees C / 118
50 degrees C / 122
48 degrees C / 118
47 degrees C / 116
53 degrees C / 127
Spinning at normal
Spinning at normal
Spinning at normal
Status
OK
OK
Absent
Absent
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
Measurement
35 degrees C / 95 degrees F
40 degrees C / 104 degrees F
44
45
36
38
39
37
51
44
36
39
40
37
50
43
36
39
51
49
56
47
52
46
48
42
45
45
45
44
48
37
41
52
51
57
48
52
46
50
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
speed
speed
speed
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
F
111 degrees F
113 degrees F
96 degrees F
100 degrees F
102 degrees F
98 degrees F
123 degrees F
111 degrees F
96 degrees F
102 degrees F
104 degrees F
98 degrees F
122 degrees F
109 degrees F
96 degrees F
102 degrees F
123 degrees F
120 degrees F
132 degrees F
116 degrees F
125 degrees F
114 degrees F
118 degrees F
107 degrees F
113 degrees F
113 degrees F
113 degrees F
111 degrees F
118 degrees F
98 degrees F
105 degrees F
125 degrees F
123 degrees F
134 degrees F
118 degrees F
125 degrees F
114 degrees F
122 degrees F
Fans
show chassis
environment (MX960)
show chassis
environment (T320)
FPC 1 I3 3 TSensor
FPC 1 I3 3 Chip
FPC 1 IA 0 TSensor
FPC 1 IA 0 Chip
FPC 1 IA 1 TSensor
FPC 1 IA 1 Chip
Top Rear Fan
Bottom Rear Fan
Top Middle Fan
Bottom Middle Fan
Top Front Fan
Bottom Front Fan
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
42 degrees C / 107
46 degrees C / 114
49 degrees C / 120
48 degrees C / 118
46 degrees C / 114
50 degrees C / 122
Spinning at normal
Spinning at normal
Spinning at normal
Spinning at normal
Spinning at normal
Spinning at normal
Status
Absent
Absent
Check
OK
OK
Absent
OK
OK
OK
Absent
Absent
Absent
Absent
Absent
Absent
Absent
Absent
Absent
Absent
Absent
Absent
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
Failed
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
Failed
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
OK
Measurement
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
speed
speed
speed
speed
speed
speed
F
F
F
F
F
F
35 degrees C / 95 degrees F
37 degrees C / 98 degrees F
24 degrees C / 75 degrees F
30 degrees C / 86 degrees F
27 degrees C / 80 degrees F
24
36
38
24
36
42
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
degrees
C
C
C
C
C
C
/
/
/
/
/
/
75 degrees F
96 degrees F
100 degrees F
75 degrees F
96 degrees F
107 degrees F
Spinning
Spinning
Spinning
Spinning
Spinning
Spinning
at
at
at
at
at
at
normal
normal
normal
normal
normal
normal
speed
speed
speed
speed
speed
speed
Spinning
Spinning
Spinning
Spinning
Spinning
Spinning
at
at
at
at
at
at
normal
normal
normal
normal
normal
normal
speed
speed
speed
speed
speed
speed
Measurement
171
Temp
Fans
Misc
show chassis
environment (T640)
172
SCG 0
OK
SCG 1
OK
Routing Engine 0
OK
Routing Engine 1
OK
CB 0
OK
CB 1
OK
SIB 0
OK
SIB 1
OK
SIB 2
OK
FPC 0 Top
OK
FPC 0 Bottom
OK
FPC 1 Top
OK
FPC 1 Bottom
OK
FPC 2 Top
OK
FPC 2 Bottom
OK
FPM GBUS
OK
FPM Display
OK
Top Left Front fan
OK
Top Left Middle fan
OK
Top Left Rear fan
OK
Top Right Front fan
OK
Top Right Middle fan
OK
Top Right Rear fan
OK
Bottom Left Front fan OK
Bottom Left Middle fan OK
Bottom Left Rear fan
OK
Bottom Right Front fan OK
Bottom Right Middle fan OK
Bottom Right Rear fan OK
Rear Tray Top fan
OK
Rear Tray Second fan
OK
Rear Tray Middle fan
OK
Rear Tray Fourth fan
OK
Rear Tray Bottom fan
OK
CIP
OK
SPMB 0
OK
SPMB 1
OK
28 degrees C / 82 degrees F
28 degrees C / 82 degrees F
31 degrees C / 87 degrees F
30 degrees C / 86 degrees F
32 degrees C / 89 degrees F
32 degrees C / 89 degrees F
33 degrees C / 91 degrees F
33 degrees C / 91 degrees F
34 degrees C / 93 degrees F
38 degrees C / 100 degrees F
32 degrees C / 89 degrees F
38 degrees C / 100 degrees F
33 degrees C / 91 degrees F
36 degrees C / 96 degrees F
31 degrees C / 87 degrees F
26 degrees C / 78 degrees F
29 degrees C / 84 degrees F
Spinning at normal speed
Spinning at normal speed
Spinning at normal speed
Spinning at normal speed
Spinning at normal speed
Spinning at normal speed
Spinning at normal speed
Spinning at normal speed
Spinning at normal speed
Spinning at normal speed
Spinning at normal speed
Spinning at normal speed
Spinning at normal speed
Spinning at normal speed
Spinning at normal speed
Spinning at normal speed
Spinning at normal speed
Measurement
22 degrees C / 71 degrees F
30 degrees C / 86 degrees F
30 degrees C / 86 degrees F
27 degrees C / 80 degrees F
33 degrees C / 91 degrees F
23 degrees C / 73 degrees F
Fans
Misc
show chassis
environment (Routing
Matrix)
FPM Display
Absent
Top Left Front fan
OK
Top Left Middle fan
OK
Top Left Rear fan
OK
Top Right Front fan
OK
Top Right Middle fan
OK
Top Right Rear fan
OK
Bottom Left Front fan OK
Bottom Left Middle fan OK
Bottom Left Rear fan
OK
Bottom Right Front fan OK
Bottom Right Middle fan OK
Bottom Right Rear fan OK
Fourth Blower from top OK
Bottom Blower
OK
Middle Blower
OK
Top Blower
OK
Second Blower from top OK
CIP
OK
SPMB 0
OK
SPMB 1
OK
Spinning
Spinning
Spinning
Spinning
Spinning
Spinning
Spinning
Spinning
Spinning
Spinning
Spinning
Spinning
Spinning
Spinning
Spinning
Spinning
Spinning
at
at
at
at
at
at
at
at
at
at
at
at
at
at
at
at
at
normal
normal
normal
normal
normal
normal
normal
normal
normal
normal
normal
normal
normal
normal
normal
normal
normal
speed
speed
speed
speed
speed
speed
speed
speed
speed
speed
speed
speed
speed
speed
speed
speed
speed
173
lcc0-re0:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------Class Item
Status
Measurement
Temp PEM 0
OK
29 degrees C / 84 degrees F
PEM 1
Absent
SCG 0
OK
35 degrees C / 95 degrees F
SCG 1
Absent
Routing Engine 0
OK
39 degrees C / 102 degrees F
Routing Engine 1
OK
36 degrees C / 96 degrees F
CB 0
OK
32 degrees C / 89 degrees F
CB 1
OK
32 degrees C / 89 degrees F
SIB 0
OK
40 degrees C / 104 degrees F
SIB 0 (B)
OK
51 degrees C / 123 degrees F
FPC 0 Top
OK
45 degrees C / 113 degrees F
FPC 0 Bottom
OK
31 degrees C / 87 degrees F
FPC 1 Top
OK
34 degrees C / 93 degrees F
FPC 1 Bottom
OK
31 degrees C / 87 degrees F
FPM GBUS
OK
30 degrees C / 86 degrees F
FPM Display
OK
34 degrees C / 93 degrees F
Fans Top Left Front fan
OK
Spinning at normal speed
Top Left Middle fan
OK
Spinning at normal speed
Top Left Rear fan
OK
Spinning at normal speed
Top Right Front fan
OK
Spinning at normal speed
Top Right Middle fan
OK
Spinning at normal speed
Top Right Rear fan
OK
Spinning at normal speed
Bottom Left Front fan OK
Spinning at normal speed
Bottom Left Middle fan OK
Spinning at normal speed
Bottom Left Rear fan
OK
Spinning at normal speed
Bottom Right Front fan OK
Spinning at normal speed
Bottom Right Middle fan OK
Spinning at normal speed
Bottom Right Rear fan OK
Spinning at normal speed
Rear Tray Top fan
OK
Spinning at normal speed
Rear Tray Second fan
OK
Spinning at normal speed
Rear Tray Third fan
OK
Spinning at normal speed
Rear Tray Fourth fan
OK
Spinning at normal speed
Rear Tray Fifth fan
OK
Spinning at normal speed
Rear Tray Sixth fan
OK
Spinning at normal speed
Rear Tray Seventh fan OK
Spinning at normal speed
Rear Tray Bottom fan
OK
Spinning at normal speed
Misc CIP
OK
SPMB 0
OK
SPMB 1
OK
lcc2-re0:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------Class Item
Status
Measurement
Temp PEM 0
OK
29 degrees C / 84 degrees F
PEM 1
Absent
SCG 0
OK
32 degrees C / 89 degrees F
SCG 1
Absent
Routing Engine 0
OK
31 degrees C / 87 degrees F
Routing Engine 1
OK
32 degrees C / 89 degrees F
CB 0
OK
30 degrees C / 86 degrees F
SIB 0
OK
38 degrees C / 100 degrees F
SIB 0 (B)
OK
49 degrees C / 120 degrees F
FPC 0 Top
OK
45 degrees C / 113 degrees F
FPC 0 Bottom
OK
33 degrees C / 91 degrees F
FPC 1 Top
OK
37 degrees C / 98 degrees F
FPC 1 Bottom
OK
33 degrees C / 91 degrees F
FPM GBUS
OK
30 degrees C / 86 degrees F
174
Fans
FPM Display
Top Left Front fan
Top Left Middle fan
OK
OK
OK
34 degrees C / 93 degrees F
Spinning at normal speed
Spinning at normal speed
...
175
Release Information
Description
Options
display environmental information about all CBs on the TX Matrix platform and
its attached T640 routing nodes.
lcc number(Routing matrix only) (Optional) Display environmental information
about the CBs in a specified T640 routing node (or line-card chassis) that is
connected to a TX Matrix platform. Replace number with a value from 0 through 3.
scc(Routing matrix only) (Optional) Display environmental information about the
view
show
show
show
show
show
show
Output Fields
chassis
chassis
chassis
chassis
chassis
chassis
environment
environment
environment
environment
environment
environment
cb
cb
cb
cb
cb
cb
Table 45 on page 176 lists the output fields for the show chassis environment cb
command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Field Description
State
Status of the CB: Online or Offline. If two CBs are installed and online, one is functioning as the master,
and the other is the standby.
Temperature
Power
Power required and measured on the CB. The left column displays the required power, in volts. The
right column displays the measured power, in millivolts.
176
Field Description
BUS Revision
FPGA Revision
show chassis
environment cb (M120)
show chassis
environment cb (M320)
177
12.0 V
3.3 V bias
8.0 V bias
BUS Revision
FPGA Revision
178
11946 mV
3274 mV
7562 mV
40
7
show chassis
environment cb
(MX240)
show chassis
environment cb
(MX480)
show chassis
environment cb
(MX960)
1.2 V
1.5 V
1.8 V
2.5 V
3.3 V
5.0 V
12.0 V
3.3 V bias
1.25 V
3.3 V SM3
5 V RE
12 V RE
Power 2
Bus Revision
FPGA Revision
show chassis
environment cb (Routing
Matrix)
1965 mV
2465 mV
2990 mV
3296 mV
3296 mV
6593 mV
13187 mV
3296 mV
1994 mV
3296 mV
6593 mV
13174 mV
Sensor failure
4
3
179
State
...
CB 1 status:
State
...
180
Online Master
Online Standby
Release Information
Description
Options
only, display environmental information about all FPCs on the TX Matrix platform
and its attached T640 routing nodes.
lcc number(Routing matrix only) (Optional) Display environmental information
about the FPC in a T640 routing node (or line-card chassis) that is connected to
a TX Matrix platform. Replace number with a value from 0 through 3.
slot(Optional) Display environmental information about an individual FPC:
Routing matrix onlyIf you specify the number of the T640 routing node
by using only the lcc number option (the recommended method), replace
slot with a value from 0 through 7. Otherwise, replace slot with a value from
0 through 31. For example, the following commands have the same result:
user@host> show chassis environment fpc 1 lcc 1
user@host> show chassis environment fpc 9
view
show
show
show
show
show
show
show
show
chassis
chassis
chassis
chassis
chassis
chassis
chassis
chassis
environment
environment
environment
environmnet
environmnet
environmnet
environment
environment
fpc
fpc
fpc
fpc
fpc
fpc
fpc
fpc
181
Output Fields
Table 46 on page 182 lists the output fields for the show chassis environment fpc
command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Field Description
State
Status of the FPC: Unknown, Empty, Present, Ready, Announce online, Online, Offline, or Diagnostics .
Temperature
(M40e and M160 routers only) Temperature of the air flowing past the FPC.
Temperature Intake
(M320 routers only) Temperature of the air flowing into the chassis.
Temperature Top
(T-series routing platforms only) Temperature of the air flowing past the top of the FPC.
Temperature Exhaust
(M120 and M320 routers only) Temperature of the air flowing out of the chassis.
Temperature Bottom
(T-series routing platforms only) Temperature of the air flowing past the bottom of the FPC.
Temperature MMBO
(T640 routing node only) Temperature of the air flowing past the type 3 FPC.
Temperature MMB1
(M320 routers and T-series routing platforms only) Temperature of the air flowing past the type 1,
type 2, and type 3 FPC.
Power
Information about the voltage supplied to the FPC. The left column displays the required power, in
volts. The right column displays the measured power, in millivolts.
CMB RevisionorBUS
revision
Revision level of the chassis management bus device (M-series routing platform) or bus (T-series
routing platforms).
show chassis
environment fpc (M120)
182
C / 89 degrees F
C / 87 degrees F
C / 87 degrees F
C / 91 degrees F
5.0 V
3.3 V bias
1.2 V Rocket IO
1.5 V Rocket IO
Power B-Board
1.2 V
1.5 V
2.5 V
3.3 V
5.0 V
3.3 V bias
1.2 V Rocket IO
1.5 V Rocket IO
I2C Slave Revision
FPC 4 status:
State
Temperature Exhaust A
Temperature Exhaust B
Power A-Board
1.2 V
1.5 V
1.8 V
2.5 V
3.3 V
5.0 V
3.3 V bias
1.2 V Rocket IO
1.5 V Rocket IO
I2C Slave Revision
4930
3296
1205
1501
mV
mV
mV
mV
1214
1501
2471
3300
4943
3296
1205
1501
12
mV
mV
mV
mV
mV
mV
mV
mV
Online
32 degrees C / 89 degrees F
30 degrees C / 86 degrees F
1195
1504
1801
2504
3293
4917
3296
1202
1492
12
mV
mV
mV
mV
mV
mV
mV
mV
mV
show chassis
environment fpc (M160)
show chassis
environment fpc (M320)
183
1.5 V
1.5 V *
1.8 V
2.5 V
3.3 V
5.0 V
3.3 V bias
5.0 V bias
CMB Revision
FPC 1 status:
State
Temperature Intake
Temperature Exhaust
Temperature MMB1
Power:
1.5 V
1.5 V *
1.8 V
2.5 V
3.3 V
5.0 V
3.3 V bias
5.0 V bias
CMB Revision
FPC 2 status:
State
Temperature Intake
Temperature Exhaust
Temperature MMB1
Power:
1.5 V
1.5 V *
1.8 V
2.5 V
3.3 V
5.0 V
3.3 V bias
5.0 V bias
CMB Revision
FPC 3 status:
...
show chassis
environmnet fpc
(MX240)
184
1487
1494
1821
2533
3323
5028
3296
4984
16
mV
mV
mV
mV
mV
mV
mV
mV
Online
27 degrees C / 80 degrees F
37 degrees C / 98 degrees F
32 degrees C / 89 degrees F
1504
1499
1820
2529
3328
5013
3294
4984
16
mV
mV
mV
mV
mV
mV
mV
mV
Online
28 degrees C / 82 degrees F
38 degrees C / 100 degrees F
32 degrees C / 89 degrees F
1498
1487
1816
2531
3324
5025
3277
5013
17
mV
mV
mV
mV
mV
mV
mV
mV
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
93 degrees F
102 degrees F
127 degrees F
123 degrees F
129 degrees F
122 degrees F
127 degrees F
118 degrees F
123 degrees F
113 degrees F
118 degrees F
113 degrees F
113 degrees F
113 degrees F
120 degrees F
1.5 V
2.5 V
3.3 V
1.8 V PFE 0
1.8 V PFE 1
1.8 V PFE 2
1.8 V PFE 3
1.2 V PFE 0
1.2 V PFE 1
1.2 V PFE 2
1.2 V PFE 3
I2C Slave Revision
FPC 2 status:
State
Temperature Intake
Temperature Exhaust A
Temperature Exhaust B
Temperature I3 0 TSensor
Temperature I3 0 Chip
Temperature I3 1 TSensor
Temperature I3 1 Chip
Temperature I3 2 TSensor
Temperature I3 2 Chip
Temperature I3 3 TSensor
Temperature I3 3 Chip
Temperature IA 0 TSensor
Temperature IA 0 Chip
Temperature IA 1 TSensor
Temperature IA 1 Chip
Power
1.5 V
2.5 V
3.3 V
1.8 V PFE 0
1.8 V PFE 1
1.8 V PFE 2
1.8 V PFE 3
1.2 V PFE 0
1.2 V PFE 1
1.2 V PFE 2
1.2 V PFE 3
I2C Slave Revision
show chassis
environmnet fpc
(MX480)
1492
2507
3306
1801
1804
1798
1798
1169
1189
1182
1176
42
mV
mV
mV
mV
mV
mV
mV
mV
mV
mV
mV
Online
33 degrees
41 degrees
53 degrees
53 degrees
58 degrees
52 degrees
56 degrees
50 degrees
52 degrees
46 degrees
49 degrees
51 degrees
49 degrees
48 degrees
53 degrees
1492
2445
3293
1827
1775
1788
1798
1250
1234
1231
1192
42
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
91 degrees F
105 degrees F
127 degrees F
127 degrees F
136 degrees F
125 degrees F
132 degrees F
122 degrees F
125 degrees F
114 degrees F
120 degrees F
123 degrees F
120 degrees F
118 degrees F
127 degrees F
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
96 degrees F
105 degrees F
131 degrees F
131 degrees F
134 degrees F
127 degrees F
127 degrees F
125 degrees F
120 degrees F
116 degrees F
116 degrees F
129 degrees F
136 degrees F
118 degrees F
127 degrees F
mV
mV
mV
mV
mV
mV
mV
mV
mV
mV
mV
185
Power
1.5 V
2.5 V
3.3 V
1.8 V PFE 0
1.8 V PFE 1
1.8 V PFE 2
1.8 V PFE 3
1.2 V PFE 0
1.2 V PFE 1
1.2 V PFE 2
1.2 V PFE 3
I2C Slave Revision
show chassis
environmnet fpc
(MX960)
186
1479
2542
3319
1811
1804
1804
1814
1192
1202
1205
1189
40
mV
mV
mV
mV
mV
mV
mV
mV
mV
mV
mV
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
80 degrees F
93 degrees F
104 degrees F
102 degrees F
105 degrees F
100 degrees F
98 degrees F
98 degrees F
93 degrees F
89 degrees F
91 degrees F
102 degrees F
111 degrees F
96 degrees F
111 degrees F
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
C
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
/
77 degrees F
100 degrees F
100 degrees F
104 degrees F
104 degrees F
104 degrees F
100 degrees F
98 degrees F
89 degrees F
93 degrees F
91 degrees F
113 degrees F
116 degrees F
98 degrees F
Temperature IA 1 Chip
Power
1.5 V
2.5 V
3.3 V
1.8 V PFE 0
1.8 V PFE 1
1.8 V PFE 2
1.8 V PFE 3
1.2 V PFE 0
1.2 V PFE 1
1.2 V PFE 2
1.2 V PFE 3
I2C Slave Revision
show chassis
environment fpc
(T-series)
mV
mV
mV
mV
mV
mV
mV
mV
mV
mV
mV
C / 107 degrees F
C / 96 degrees F
C / 102 degrees F
C / 107 degrees F
C / 102 degrees F
C / 104 degrees F
C / 109 degrees F
C / 102 degrees F
C / 105 degrees F
187
show chassis
environment fpc lcc
(Routing Matrix)
188
Release Information
Description
(M40e, M120, M160, M320, and MX-series routers, and T-series routing platforms
only) Display environmental information about the front panel module in the router.
Options
none(Routing matrix only) Display environmental information about the front panel
modules (craft interfaces) on the TX Matrix platform and its attached T640 routing
nodes.
lcc number(Routing matrix only) (Optional) Display environmental information
about the front panel module (craft interface) on a specified T640 routing node
(or line-card chassis) that is connected to a TX Matrix platform. Replace number
with a value from 0 through 3.
scc(Routing matrix only) (Optional) Display environmental information about the
view
show
show
show
show
show
show
show
Output Fields
chassis
chassis
chassis
chassis
chassis
chassis
chassis
environment
environment
environment
environment
environment
environment
environment
fpm
fpm
fpm
fpm
fpm
fpm
fpm
Table 47 on page 189 lists the output fields for the show chassis environment fpm
command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Field Description
State
(M40e and M160 routers only) Information about the voltage supplied to the FPM chassis management
bus (CMB) device. The left column displays the required power, in volts. The right column displays
the measured power, in millivolts.
(M320 routers and T-series routing platforms only) Information about the voltage supplied to the
FPM generic bus (GBUS) device. The left column displays the required power, in volts. The right
column displays the measured power, in millivolts.
189
Field Description
Information about the voltage supplied to the FPM display. The left column displays the required
power, in volts. The right column displays the measured power, in millivolts.
(M40e and M160 routers only) Temperature of the air flowing past the FPM CMB device
(M320 routers and T-series routing platforms only) Temperature of the air flowing past the FPM
GBUS device.
FPM Display
Temperature
CMB Revision
(M40e and M160 routers only) Revision level of the CMB device.
GBUS Revision
(M320 routers and T-series routing platforms only) Revision level of the GBUS device.
show chassis
environment fpm (M40e
and M160)
190
show chassis
environment fpm
(M320)
show chassis
environment fpm
(MX240)
show chassis
environment fpm
(MX480)
show chassis
environment fpm
(T-series)
1.8 V bias
3.3 V bias
5.0 V bias
8.0 V bias
FPM Display Voltage:
5.0 V
FPM GBUS temperature
FPM Display temperature
GBUS Revision
1787
3286
4991
7162
mV
mV
mV
mV
4996 mV
29 degrees C / 84 degrees F
26 degrees C / 78 degrees F
37
show chassis
environment fpm lcc
(Routing Matrix)
show chassis
environment fpm scc
(Routing Matrix)
191
Release Information
Description
Options
view
show chassis environment mcs (M40e) on page 193
show chassis environment mcs (M160) on page 193
Table 48 on page 192 lists the output fields for the show chassis environment mcs
command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Field Description
State
Status of the MCS: Present, Online, Offline, or Empty. Also indicates Master or Standby.
Temperature
Power
Information about the voltage supplied to the MCS. The left column displays the required power, in
volts. The right column displays the measured power, in millivolts.
BUS Revision
FPGA Revision
192
show chassis
environment mcs
(M40e)
show chassis
environment mcs
(M160)
193
Release Information
Description
Options
view
show chassis environment pcg (M40e) on page 195
show chassis environment pcg (M160) on page 195
Table 49 on page 194 lists the output fields for the show chassis environment pcg
command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Table 49: show chassis environment pcg Output Fields
194
Field Name
Field Description
Slot number: 0 or 1.
State
Temperature
Frequency
Power
Information about the voltage supplied to the PCG. The left column
displays the required power, in volts. The right column displays
the measured power, in millivolts.
BUS Revision
show chassis
environment pcg (M40e)
show chassis
environment pcg
(M160)
195
Release Information
Description
Options
only, display environmental information about the PEMs, the TX Matrix platform,
and its attached T640 routing nodes.
lcc number(Routing matrix only) (Optional) Display environmental information
about the PEM in a specified T640 routing node (or line-card chassis) that is
connected to a TX Matrix platform. Replace number with a value from 0 through 3.
scc(Routing matrix only) (Optional) Display environmental information about the
view
show
show
show
show
show
show
show
show
show
show
show
Output Fields
chassis
chassis
chassis
chassis
chassis
chassis
chassis
chassis
chassis
chassis
chassis
environment
environment
environment
environment
environment
environment
environment
environment
environment
environment
environment
pem
pem
pem
pem
pem
pem
pem
pem
pem
pem
pem
Table 50 on page 196 lists the output fields for the show chassis environment pem
command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Field Description
196
Field Description
State
Temperature
AC Input
AC Output
DC input
DC output
Load
(Not available on M40e or M160 routers) Information about the load on supply, in percentage of
rated current being used.
Voltage
(M120, M160, M320 routers, and T640 routing nodes, and TX Matrix platform only) Information
about voltage supplied to the PEM.
Current
(T640 routing nodes and TX Matrix platform only) Information about the PEM current.
Power
(T640 routing nodes and TX Matrix platform only) Information about the PEM power.
SCG/CB/SIB
(T640 routing nodes and TX Matrix platform only) SONET Clock Generator/Control Board/Switch
Interface Board.
show chassis
environment pem
(M40e)
show chassis
environment pem
(M120)
197
198
42910 mV
3506 mV
show chassis
environment pem
(M160)
show chassis
environment pem
(M320)
show chassis
environment pem
(MX240)
show chassis
environment pem
(MX480)
show chassis
environment pem
(MX960)
show chassis
environment pem (T320)
show chassis
environment pem (T640)
show chassis
environment pem lcc
(Routing Matrix)
show chassis
environment pem scc
(Routing Matrix)
199
Release Information
Description
Options
about the Routing Engine in a specified T640 routing node (or line-card chassis)
that is connected to a TX Matrix platform. Replace number with a value from 0
through 3.
scc(Routing matrix only) (Optional) Display environmental information about the
Engine. On M10i, M20, M40e, M120, M160, M320, and MX-series routers, and
the T-series routing platforms, replace slot with 0 or 1. On M5, M7i, M10, and
M40 routers and on the J-series routing platform, replace slot with 0.
Required Privilege Level
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
view
show chassis environment routing-engine (Nonredundant) on page 201
show chassis environment routing-engine (Redundant) on page 201
Table 51 on page 200 lists the output fields for the show chassis environment
routing-engine command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which
they appear.
Table 51: show chassis environment routing-engine Output Fields
200
Field Name
Field Description
State
Temperature
show chassis
environment
routing-engine
(Nonredundant)
show chassis
environment
routing-engine
(Redundant)
201
Release Information
Description
Options
only, display environmental information about all SCGs on the TX Matrix platform
and its attached T640 routing nodes.
lcc number(Routing matrix only) (Optional) Display environmental information
about the SCG in a specified T640 routing node (or line-card chassis) that is
connected to a TX Matrix platform. Replace number with a value from 0 through
3.
slot(Optional) Display environmental information about the SCG. Replace slot with
0 or 1.
Required Privilege Level
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
view
show chassis environment scg (T-series) on page 203
show chassis environment scg lcc (Routing Matrix) on page 203
Table 52 on page 202 lists the output fields for the show chassis environment scg
command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Table 52: show chassis environment scg Output Fields
202
Field Name
Field Description
State
Status of the SCG: Online or Offline. If two SCGs are installed and
online, one is functioning as the master, and the other is the
standby.
Temperature
Power
BUS Revision
show chassis
environment scg
(T-series)
show chassis
environment scg lcc
(Routing Matrix)
203
Release Information
Description
Options
view
show chassis environment sfm (M40e) on page 205
show chassis environment sfm (M160) on page 205
Table 53 on page 204 lists the output fields for the show chassis environment sfm
command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Field Description
State
Status of the SFM: Online or Offline. If two SFMs are installed and online, one is functioning as the
master, and the other is marked as the standby.
SPP Temperature
Temperature of the air flowing past the Switch Plane Processor card.
SPR Temperature
Temperature of the air flowing past the Switch Plane Router card.
SPP Power
Information about the voltage supplied to the Switch Plane Processor card. The left column displays
the required power, in volts. The right column displays the measured power, in millivolts.
SPR Power
Information about the voltage supplied to the Switch Plane Router. The left column displays the
required power, in volts. The right column displays the measured power, in millivolts.
CMB Revision
204
show chassis
environment sfm (M40e)
show chassis
environment sfm (M160)
F
F
F
F
C / 109 degrees F
C / 111 degrees F
C / 116 degrees F
C / 122 degrees F
205
SPP Power:
1.5 V
2.5 V
3.3 V
5.0 V
5.0 V bias
SPR Power:
1.5 V
2.5 V
3.3 V
5.0 V
5.0 V bias
8.0 V bias
CMB Revision
SFM 2 status:
State
SPP temperature
SPR temperature
SPP Power:
1.5 V
2.5 V
3.3 V
5.0 V
5.0 V bias
SPR Power:
1.5 V
2.5 V
3.3 V
5.0 V
5.0 V bias
8.0 V bias
CMB Revision
SFM 3 status:
State
SPP temperature
SPR temperature
SPP Power:
1.5 V
2.5 V
3.3 V
5.0 V
5.0 V bias
SPR Power:
1.5 V
2.5 V
3.3 V
5.0 V
5.0 V bias
8.0 V bias
CMB Revision
206
1499
2466
3274
5025
4984
mV
mV
mV
mV
mV
1496
2470
3279
5020
4993
8222
12
mV
mV
mV
mV
mV
mV
Online
50 degrees C / 122 degrees F
52 degrees C / 125 degrees F
1504
2471
3294
5045
4981
mV
mV
mV
mV
mV
1496
2470
3293
5028
4971
8214
12
mV
mV
mV
mV
mV
mV
Online
49 degrees C / 120 degrees F
48 degrees C / 118 degrees F
1505
2484
3296
5040
4984
mV
mV
mV
mV
mV
1503
2488
3302
5037
4993
8249
12
mV
mV
mV
mV
mV
mV
Release Information
Description
(M320 routers and T-series routing platforms only) Display Switch Interface Boards
(SIB) environmental information.
Options
noneDisplay environmental information about all SIBs. For the routing matrix only,
display environmental information about all SIBs on the TX Matrix platform and
its attached T640 routing nodes.
lcc number(Routing matrix only) (Optional) Display environmental information
about the SIB in a specified T640 routing node (or line-card chassis) that is
connected to a TX Matrix platform. Replace number with a value from 0 through 3.
scc(Routing matrix only) (Optional) Display environmental information about the
view
Table 54 on page 207 lists the output fields for the show chassis environment sib
command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Output Fields
Field Description
State
0 or 2 on a T320 router.
Status of the SIB: Online, Offline, or Spare (T640 routing node only). Only four of the five T640 routing
node SIBs are active at any time. The fifth one is marked Spare. It is activated if there is a fault on
one of the active SIBs.
207
Field Description
Temperature
Power
Information about the voltage supplied to the SIB. The left column displays the required power, in
volts. The right column displays the measured power, in millivolts.
show chassis
environment sib (M320)
208
C / 93 degrees F
C / 95 degrees F
C / 91 degrees F
C / 98 degrees F
show chassis
environment sib 1
(T640)
show chassis
environment sib scc
(Routing Matrix)
209
Release Information
Description
Options
the routing matrix only, display information about each connected port on the
Ethernet switch on the TX Matrix platform and its attached T640 routing nodes.
errors(Optional) Display the numbers and types of errors accumulated on all ports
switch.
statistics port(Optional) Display traffic statistics for the specified port on the Ethernet
switch.
lcc number(Routing matrix only) (Optional) Display information about the ports on
the CB's Ethernet switch on a specified T640 routing node (or line-card chassis)
that is connected to a TX Matrix platform. Replace number with a value from 0
through 3.
scc(Routing matrix only) (Optional) Display information about the ports on the
view
show
show
show
show
Output Fields
210
chassis
chassis
chassis
chassis
Table 55 on page 211 lists the output fields for theshow chassis ethernet-switch
command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Field Description
Information about the link between each port on the CB's Ethernet switch and one of the following
devices:
or
Link is good on FE port
n connected to device
Local controller
Speed is
Speed at which the Ethernet link is running: 10 Mb or 100 Mb. When the device is Other RE on the
TX Matrix platform, the speed is1000 Mb.
Duplex is
Auto-negotiate is
enabled
By default, both of the built-in Fast Ethernet ports on the M7i router Physical Interface Card (PIC)
autonegotiate whether to operate at 10 Mbps or 100 Mbps. All other interfaces automatically choose
the correct speed based on the PIC type and whether the PIC is configured to operate in multiplexed
mode (using the no-concatenate statement at the [edit chassis] hierarchy level, as described in the
JUNOS System Basics Configuration Guide).
MLT3
Accumulated error counts for port n connected to device FPCn: (error output only)
Lock
Xmit
ESD
False Carrier
Disconnects
FX mode
TX Multicast packets
TX Broadcast packets
TX Late collisions
TX Excessive collisions
TX Dropped packets
RX Unicast packets
RX Multicast packets
211
Field Description
RX Broadcast packets
RX FCS Errors
RX Alignment Errors
RX Dropped Packets
RX Fragments
RX Symbol Errors
Number of symbols received that the router did not correctly decode.
show chassis
ethernet-switch
show chassis
ethernet-switch (Routing
Matrix)
212
Autonegotiate is Enabled
Link is good on FE port 8 connected to device: SPMB
Speed is 100Mb
Duplex is full
Autonegotiate is Enabled
lcc0-re0:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------Link is good on FE port 1 connected to device: FPC1
Speed is 100Mb
Duplex is full
Autonegotiate is Enabled
Link is good on FE port 2 connected to device: FPC2
Speed is 100Mb
Duplex is full
Autonegotiate is Enabled
Link is good on FE port 8 connected to device: SPMB
Speed is 100Mb
Duplex is full
Autonegotiate is Enabled
Link is good on FE port 10 connected to device: SCC
Speed is 100Mb
Duplex is full
Autonegotiate is Enabled
lcc2-re0:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------Link is good on FE port 0 connected to device: FPC0
Speed is 100Mb
Duplex is full
Autonegotiate is Enabled
Link is good on FE port 1 connected to device: FPC1
Speed is 100Mb
Duplex is full
Autonegotiate is Enabled
Link is good on FE port 2 connected to device: FPC2
Speed is 100Mb
Duplex is full
Autonegotiate is Enabled
Link is good on FE port 8 connected to device: SPMB
Speed is 100Mb
Duplex is full
Autonegotiate is Enabled
Link is good on FE port 10 connected to device: SCC
Speed is 100Mb
Duplex is full
Autonegotiate is Enabled
show chassis
ethernet-switch errors
213
ESD
0
False carrier 2
Disconnects
0
FX mode
0
Accumulated error counts
MLT3
2
Lock
0
Xmit
0
ESD
0
False carrier 2
Disconnects
0
FX mode
0
Accumulated error counts
MLT3
2
Lock
0
Xmit
0
ESD
0
False carrier 3
Disconnects
0
FX mode
0
Accumulated error counts
MLT3
0
Lock
0
Xmit
0
ESD
0
False carrier 0
Disconnects
0
Accumulated error counts
MLT3
0
Lock
0
Xmit
0
ESD
0
False carrier 0
Disconnects
0
FX mode
0
...
show chassis
ethernet-switch
statistics
Unicast packets
Multicast packets
Broadcast packets
FCS Errors
Alignment Errors
Dropped Packets
Fragments
Symbol Errors
67410
0
20852
0
0
0
0
0
214
TX Dropped packets
RX
RX
RX
RX
RX
RX
RX
RX
66037
0
20080
0
0
0
0
0
Unicast packets
Multicast packets
Broadcast packets
FCS Errors
Alignment Errors
Dropped Packets
Fragments
Symbol Errors
215
Options
Required Privilege Level
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
216
Field Name
Field Description
State of the switching fabric link between each FEB and fabric
plane: desalination error, disabled, enabled, link error, link ok, or
unused.
enabled
enabled
enabled
enabled
enabled
enabled
enabled
enabled
Release Information
Description
Options
switching fabric link states for the FPCs in all T640 routing nodes connected to
a TX Matrix platform.
lcc number (Routing matrix only) (Optional) Display the switch fabric link state for
the FPCs in the specified T640 routing node (or line-card chassis) that is connected
to a TX Matrix platform. Replace number with a value from 0 through 3.
Required Privilege Level
view
show
show
show
show
show
show
show
Output Fields
chassis
chassis
chassis
chassis
chassis
chassis
chassis
fabric
fabric
fabric
fabric
fabric
fabric
fabric
fpcs
fpcs
fpcs
fpcs
fpcs
fpcs
fpcs
Table 57 on page 217 lists the output fields for theshow chassis fabric fpcs command.
Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Table 57: show chassis fabric fpcs Output Fields
Field Name
Field Description
Switching fabric link state for each FPC: Unused, Links ok, Link error,
or Plane enabled.
217
PFE #0
Plane
Plane
Plane
Plane
Plane
Plane
Plane
Plane
PFE #1
Plane
Plane
Plane
Plane
Plane
Plane
Plane
Plane
PFE #2
Plane
Plane
Plane
Plane
Plane
Plane
Plane
Plane
PFE #3
Plane
Plane
Plane
Plane
Plane
Plane
Plane
Plane
FPC 2
...
218
0:
1:
2:
3:
4:
5:
6:
7:
Plane
Plane
Plane
Plane
Links
Links
Links
Links
enabled
enabled
enabled
enabled
ok
ok
ok
ok
0:
1:
2:
3:
4:
5:
6:
7:
Plane
Plane
Plane
Plane
Links
Links
Links
Links
enabled
enabled
enabled
enabled
ok
ok
ok
ok
0:
1:
2:
3:
4:
5:
6:
7:
Plane
Plane
Plane
Plane
Links
Links
Links
Links
enabled
enabled
enabled
enabled
ok
ok
ok
ok
0:
1:
2:
3:
4:
5:
6:
7:
Plane
Plane
Plane
Plane
Links
Links
Links
Links
enabled
enabled
enabled
enabled
ok
ok
ok
ok
Plane
Plane
Plane
Plane
Plane
Plane
Plane
Plane
PFE #3
Plane
Plane
Plane
Plane
Plane
Plane
Plane
Plane
...
0:
1:
2:
3:
4:
5:
6:
7:
Plane
Plane
Plane
Plane
Links
Links
Links
Links
enabled
enabled
enabled
enabled
ok
ok
ok
ok
0:
1:
2:
3:
4:
5:
6:
7:
Plane
Plane
Plane
Plane
Links
Links
Links
Links
enabled
enabled
enabled
enabled
ok
ok
ok
ok
219
Plane
Plane
Plane
Plane
PFE #2
Plane
Plane
Plane
Plane
Plane
Plane
...
2:
3:
4:
5:
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
0:
1:
2:
3:
4:
5:
Plane enabled
Plane enabled
Unused
Unused
Unused
Unused
220
Links
Plane
Plane
Plane
Plane
ok
enabled
enabled
enabled
enabled
SIB #3
SIB #4
PFE #1
SIB #0
SIB #1
SIB #2
SIB #3
SIB #4
FPC #2
PFE #0
SIB #0
SIB #1
SIB #2
SIB #3
SIB #4
PFE #1
SIB #0
SIB #1
SIB #2
SIB #3
SIB #4
Plane enabled
Plane enabled
Links
Plane
Plane
Plane
Plane
ok
enabled
enabled
enabled
enabled
Links
Plane
Plane
Plane
Plane
ok
enabled
enabled
enabled
enabled
Links
Plane
Plane
Plane
Plane
ok
enabled
enabled
enabled
enabled
...
221
SIB #4
FPC #2
PFE #0
SIB #4
PFE #1
SIB #4
FPC #4
PFE #0
SIB #4
PFE #1
SIB #4
FPC #5
PFE #1
SIB #4
222
Links ok
Links ok
Links ok
Links ok
Links ok
Links ok
Release Information
Description
Options
view
show chassis fabric map (M120) on page 223
show chassis fabric map (MX-series) on page 224
Table 58 on page 223 lists the output fields for the show chassis fabric map command.
Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Table 58: show chassis fabric map Output Fields
Field Name
Field Description
in-links
out-links
state
223
224
fabric map
up
CB0F0_00_0->DPC4PFE0
up
CB0F0_00_1->DPC4PFE1
up
CB0F0_00_2->DPC4PFE2
up
CB0F0_00_3->DPC4PFE3
Down
CB0F0_01_0->DPC7PFE0
Down
CB0F0_01_1->DPC7PFE1
Down
CB0F0_01_2->DPC7PFE2
Down
CB0F0_01_3->DPC7PFE3
Down
CB0F0_03_0->DPC3PFE0
Down
CB0F0_03_1->DPC3PFE1
Down
CB0F0_03_2->DPC3PFE2
Down
CB0F0_03_3->DPC3PFE3
Down
CB0F0_05_0->DPC8PFE0
Down
CB0F0_05_1->DPC8PFE1
Down
CB0F0_05_2->DPC8PFE2
Down
CB0F0_05_3->DPC8PFE3
Down
CB0F0_06_0->DPC1PFE0
Down
CB0F0_06_1->DPC1PFE1
Down
CB0F0_06_2->DPC1PFE2
Down
CB0F0_06_3->DPC1PFE3
Down
CB0F0_07_0->DPC10PFE0
Down
CB0F0_07_1->DPC10PFE1
Down
CB0F0_07_2->DPC10PFE2
Down
CB0F0_07_3->DPC10PFE3
Down
CB0F0_08_0->DPC11PFE0
Down
CB0F0_08_1->DPC11PFE1
Down
CB0F0_08_2->DPC11PFE2
Down
CB0F0_08_3->DPC11PFE3
Down
CB0F0_09_0->DPC0PFE0
Down
CB0F0_09_1->DPC0PFE1
Down
CB0F0_09_2->DPC0PFE2
Down
CB0F0_09_3->DPC0PFE3
Down
CB0F0_11_0->DPC9PFE0
Down
CB0F0_11_1->DPC9PFE1
Down
CB0F0_11_2->DPC9PFE2
Down
CB0F0_11_3->DPC9PFE3
up
CB0F0_13_0->DPC2PFE0
up
CB0F0_13_1->DPC2PFE1
up
CB0F0_13_2->DPC2PFE2
up
CB0F0_13_3->DPC2PFE3
Down
CB0F0_14_0->DPC6PFE0
Down
CB0F0_14_1->DPC6PFE1
Down
CB0F0_14_2->DPC6PFE2
Down
CB0F0_14_3->DPC6PFE3
Down
CB0F0_15_0->DPC5PFE0
Down
CB0F0_15_1->DPC5PFE1
Down
CB0F0_15_2->DPC5PFE2
Down
CB0F0_15_3->DPC5PFE3
up
CB0F1_00_0->DPC4PFE0
up
CB0F1_00_1->DPC4PFE1
up
CB0F1_00_2->DPC4PFE2
up
CB0F1_00_3->DPC4PFE3
Down
CB0F1_01_0->DPC7PFE0
Down
CB0F1_01_1->DPC7PFE1
up
up
up
up
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
up
up
up
up
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
up
up
up
up
Down
Down
DPC7PFE2->CB0F1_01_2
DPC7PFE3->CB0F1_01_3
DPC3PFE0->CB0F1_03_0
DPC3PFE1->CB0F1_03_1
DPC3PFE2->CB0F1_03_2
DPC3PFE3->CB0F1_03_3
DPC8PFE0->CB0F1_05_0
DPC8PFE1->CB0F1_05_1
DPC8PFE2->CB0F1_05_2
DPC8PFE3->CB0F1_05_3
DPC1PFE0->CB0F1_06_0
DPC1PFE1->CB0F1_06_1
DPC1PFE2->CB0F1_06_2
DPC1PFE3->CB0F1_06_3
DPC10PFE0->CB0F1_07_0
DPC10PFE1->CB0F1_07_1
DPC10PFE2->CB0F1_07_2
DPC10PFE3->CB0F1_07_3
DPC11PFE0->CB0F1_08_0
DPC11PFE1->CB0F1_08_1
DPC11PFE2->CB0F1_08_2
DPC11PFE3->CB0F1_08_3
DPC0PFE0->CB0F1_09_0
DPC0PFE1->CB0F1_09_1
DPC0PFE2->CB0F1_09_2
DPC0PFE3->CB0F1_09_3
DPC9PFE0->CB0F1_11_0
DPC9PFE1->CB0F1_11_1
DPC9PFE2->CB0F1_11_2
DPC9PFE3->CB0F1_11_3
DPC2PFE0->CB0F1_13_0
DPC2PFE1->CB0F1_13_1
DPC2PFE2->CB0F1_13_2
DPC2PFE3->CB0F1_13_3
DPC6PFE0->CB0F1_14_0
DPC6PFE1->CB0F1_14_1
DPC6PFE2->CB0F1_14_2
DPC6PFE3->CB0F1_14_3
DPC5PFE0->CB0F1_15_0
DPC5PFE1->CB0F1_15_1
DPC5PFE2->CB0F1_15_2
DPC5PFE3->CB0F1_15_3
DPC4PFE0->CB1F0_00_0
DPC4PFE1->CB1F0_00_1
DPC4PFE2->CB1F0_00_2
DPC4PFE3->CB1F0_00_3
DPC7PFE0->CB1F0_01_0
DPC7PFE1->CB1F0_01_1
DPC7PFE2->CB1F0_01_2
DPC7PFE3->CB1F0_01_3
DPC3PFE0->CB1F0_03_0
DPC3PFE1->CB1F0_03_1
DPC3PFE2->CB1F0_03_2
DPC3PFE3->CB1F0_03_3
DPC8PFE0->CB1F0_05_0
DPC8PFE1->CB1F0_05_1
DPC8PFE2->CB1F0_05_2
DPC8PFE3->CB1F0_05_3
DPC1PFE0->CB1F0_06_0
DPC1PFE1->CB1F0_06_1
DPC1PFE2->CB1F0_06_2
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
up
up
up
up
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
up
up
up
up
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
CB0F1_01_2->DPC7PFE2
CB0F1_01_3->DPC7PFE3
CB0F1_03_0->DPC3PFE0
CB0F1_03_1->DPC3PFE1
CB0F1_03_2->DPC3PFE2
CB0F1_03_3->DPC3PFE3
CB0F1_05_0->DPC8PFE0
CB0F1_05_1->DPC8PFE1
CB0F1_05_2->DPC8PFE2
CB0F1_05_3->DPC8PFE3
CB0F1_06_0->DPC1PFE0
CB0F1_06_1->DPC1PFE1
CB0F1_06_2->DPC1PFE2
CB0F1_06_3->DPC1PFE3
CB0F1_07_0->DPC10PFE0
CB0F1_07_1->DPC10PFE1
CB0F1_07_2->DPC10PFE2
CB0F1_07_3->DPC10PFE3
CB0F1_08_0->DPC11PFE0
CB0F1_08_1->DPC11PFE1
CB0F1_08_2->DPC11PFE2
CB0F1_08_3->DPC11PFE3
CB0F1_09_0->DPC0PFE0
CB0F1_09_1->DPC0PFE1
CB0F1_09_2->DPC0PFE2
CB0F1_09_3->DPC0PFE3
CB0F1_11_0->DPC9PFE0
CB0F1_11_1->DPC9PFE1
CB0F1_11_2->DPC9PFE2
CB0F1_11_3->DPC9PFE3
CB0F1_13_0->DPC2PFE0
CB0F1_13_1->DPC2PFE1
CB0F1_13_2->DPC2PFE2
CB0F1_13_3->DPC2PFE3
CB0F1_14_0->DPC6PFE0
CB0F1_14_1->DPC6PFE1
CB0F1_14_2->DPC6PFE2
CB0F1_14_3->DPC6PFE3
CB0F1_15_0->DPC5PFE0
CB0F1_15_1->DPC5PFE1
CB0F1_15_2->DPC5PFE2
CB0F1_15_3->DPC5PFE3
CB1F0_00_0->DPC4PFE0
CB1F0_00_1->DPC4PFE1
CB1F0_00_2->DPC4PFE2
CB1F0_00_3->DPC4PFE3
CB1F0_01_0->DPC7PFE0
CB1F0_01_1->DPC7PFE1
CB1F0_01_2->DPC7PFE2
CB1F0_01_3->DPC7PFE3
CB1F0_03_0->DPC3PFE0
CB1F0_03_1->DPC3PFE1
CB1F0_03_2->DPC3PFE2
CB1F0_03_3->DPC3PFE3
CB1F0_05_0->DPC8PFE0
CB1F0_05_1->DPC8PFE1
CB1F0_05_2->DPC8PFE2
CB1F0_05_3->DPC8PFE3
CB1F0_06_0->DPC1PFE0
CB1F0_06_1->DPC1PFE1
CB1F0_06_2->DPC1PFE2
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
up
up
up
up
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
up
up
up
up
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
225
DPC1PFE3->CB1F0_06_3
DPC10PFE0->CB1F0_07_0
DPC10PFE1->CB1F0_07_1
DPC10PFE2->CB1F0_07_2
DPC10PFE3->CB1F0_07_3
DPC11PFE0->CB1F0_08_0
DPC11PFE1->CB1F0_08_1
DPC11PFE2->CB1F0_08_2
DPC11PFE3->CB1F0_08_3
DPC0PFE0->CB1F0_09_0
DPC0PFE1->CB1F0_09_1
DPC0PFE2->CB1F0_09_2
DPC0PFE3->CB1F0_09_3
DPC9PFE0->CB1F0_11_0
DPC9PFE1->CB1F0_11_1
DPC9PFE2->CB1F0_11_2
DPC9PFE3->CB1F0_11_3
DPC2PFE0->CB1F0_13_0
DPC2PFE1->CB1F0_13_1
DPC2PFE2->CB1F0_13_2
DPC2PFE3->CB1F0_13_3
DPC6PFE0->CB1F0_14_0
DPC6PFE1->CB1F0_14_1
DPC6PFE2->CB1F0_14_2
DPC6PFE3->CB1F0_14_3
DPC5PFE0->CB1F0_15_0
DPC5PFE1->CB1F0_15_1
DPC5PFE2->CB1F0_15_2
DPC5PFE3->CB1F0_15_3
DPC4PFE0->CB1F1_00_0
DPC4PFE1->CB1F1_00_1
DPC4PFE2->CB1F1_00_2
DPC4PFE3->CB1F1_00_3
DPC7PFE0->CB1F1_01_0
DPC7PFE1->CB1F1_01_1
DPC7PFE2->CB1F1_01_2
DPC7PFE3->CB1F1_01_3
DPC3PFE0->CB1F1_03_0
DPC3PFE1->CB1F1_03_1
DPC3PFE2->CB1F1_03_2
DPC3PFE3->CB1F1_03_3
DPC8PFE0->CB1F1_05_0
DPC8PFE1->CB1F1_05_1
DPC8PFE2->CB1F1_05_2
DPC8PFE3->CB1F1_05_3
DPC1PFE0->CB1F1_06_0
DPC1PFE1->CB1F1_06_1
DPC1PFE2->CB1F1_06_2
DPC1PFE3->CB1F1_06_3
DPC10PFE0->CB1F1_07_0
DPC10PFE1->CB1F1_07_1
DPC10PFE2->CB1F1_07_2
DPC10PFE3->CB1F1_07_3
DPC11PFE0->CB1F1_08_0
DPC11PFE1->CB1F1_08_1
DPC11PFE2->CB1F1_08_2
DPC11PFE3->CB1F1_08_3
DPC0PFE0->CB1F1_09_0
DPC0PFE1->CB1F1_09_1
DPC0PFE2->CB1F1_09_2
DPC0PFE3->CB1F1_09_3
226
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
up
up
up
up
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
up
up
up
up
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
CB1F0_06_3->DPC1PFE3
CB1F0_07_0->DPC10PFE0
CB1F0_07_1->DPC10PFE1
CB1F0_07_2->DPC10PFE2
CB1F0_07_3->DPC10PFE3
CB1F0_08_0->DPC11PFE0
CB1F0_08_1->DPC11PFE1
CB1F0_08_2->DPC11PFE2
CB1F0_08_3->DPC11PFE3
CB1F0_09_0->DPC0PFE0
CB1F0_09_1->DPC0PFE1
CB1F0_09_2->DPC0PFE2
CB1F0_09_3->DPC0PFE3
CB1F0_11_0->DPC9PFE0
CB1F0_11_1->DPC9PFE1
CB1F0_11_2->DPC9PFE2
CB1F0_11_3->DPC9PFE3
CB1F0_13_0->DPC2PFE0
CB1F0_13_1->DPC2PFE1
CB1F0_13_2->DPC2PFE2
CB1F0_13_3->DPC2PFE3
CB1F0_14_0->DPC6PFE0
CB1F0_14_1->DPC6PFE1
CB1F0_14_2->DPC6PFE2
CB1F0_14_3->DPC6PFE3
CB1F0_15_0->DPC5PFE0
CB1F0_15_1->DPC5PFE1
CB1F0_15_2->DPC5PFE2
CB1F0_15_3->DPC5PFE3
CB1F1_00_0->DPC4PFE0
CB1F1_00_1->DPC4PFE1
CB1F1_00_2->DPC4PFE2
CB1F1_00_3->DPC4PFE3
CB1F1_01_0->DPC7PFE0
CB1F1_01_1->DPC7PFE1
CB1F1_01_2->DPC7PFE2
CB1F1_01_3->DPC7PFE3
CB1F1_03_0->DPC3PFE0
CB1F1_03_1->DPC3PFE1
CB1F1_03_2->DPC3PFE2
CB1F1_03_3->DPC3PFE3
CB1F1_05_0->DPC8PFE0
CB1F1_05_1->DPC8PFE1
CB1F1_05_2->DPC8PFE2
CB1F1_05_3->DPC8PFE3
CB1F1_06_0->DPC1PFE0
CB1F1_06_1->DPC1PFE1
CB1F1_06_2->DPC1PFE2
CB1F1_06_3->DPC1PFE3
CB1F1_07_0->DPC10PFE0
CB1F1_07_1->DPC10PFE1
CB1F1_07_2->DPC10PFE2
CB1F1_07_3->DPC10PFE3
CB1F1_08_0->DPC11PFE0
CB1F1_08_1->DPC11PFE1
CB1F1_08_2->DPC11PFE2
CB1F1_08_3->DPC11PFE3
CB1F1_09_0->DPC0PFE0
CB1F1_09_1->DPC0PFE1
CB1F1_09_2->DPC0PFE2
CB1F1_09_3->DPC0PFE3
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
up
up
up
up
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
up
up
up
up
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
DPC9PFE0->CB1F1_11_0
DPC9PFE1->CB1F1_11_1
DPC9PFE2->CB1F1_11_2
DPC9PFE3->CB1F1_11_3
DPC2PFE0->CB1F1_13_0
DPC2PFE1->CB1F1_13_1
DPC2PFE2->CB1F1_13_2
DPC2PFE3->CB1F1_13_3
DPC6PFE0->CB1F1_14_0
DPC6PFE1->CB1F1_14_1
DPC6PFE2->CB1F1_14_2
DPC6PFE3->CB1F1_14_3
DPC5PFE0->CB1F1_15_0
DPC5PFE1->CB1F1_15_1
DPC5PFE2->CB1F1_15_2
DPC5PFE3->CB1F1_15_3
plane 4 is not up
plane 5 is not up
Down
Down
Down
Down
up
up
up
up
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
CB1F1_11_0->DPC9PFE0
CB1F1_11_1->DPC9PFE1
CB1F1_11_2->DPC9PFE2
CB1F1_11_3->DPC9PFE3
CB1F1_13_0->DPC2PFE0
CB1F1_13_1->DPC2PFE1
CB1F1_13_2->DPC2PFE2
CB1F1_13_3->DPC2PFE3
CB1F1_14_0->DPC6PFE0
CB1F1_14_1->DPC6PFE1
CB1F1_14_2->DPC6PFE2
CB1F1_14_3->DPC6PFE3
CB1F1_15_0->DPC5PFE0
CB1F1_15_1->DPC5PFE1
CB1F1_15_2->DPC5PFE2
CB1F1_15_3->DPC5PFE3
Down
Down
Down
Down
up
up
up
up
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
Down
227
view
show
show
show
show
Output Fields
chassis
chassis
chassis
chassis
fabric
fabric
fabric
fabric
plane
plane
plane
plane
Table 59 on page 228 lists the output fields for the show chassis fabric plane command.
Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Table 59: show chassis fabric plane Output Fields
228
Field Name
Field Description
FEB
FEB number and state of links to each FEB: Link error, Links ok, or
Unused.
Plane state
FPC
PFE
FEB 3: Links
FEB 4: Links
FEB 5: Links
Plane 2
Plane state:
FEB 0: Links
FEB 1: Links
FEB 2: Links
FEB 3: Links
FEB 4: Links
FEB 5: Links
Plane 3
Plane state:
FEB 0: Links
FEB 1: Links
FEB 2: Links
FEB 3: Links
FEB 4: Links
FEB 5: Links
ok
ok
ok
ACTIVE
ok
ok
ok
ok
ok
ok
ACTIVE
ok
ok
ok
ok
ok
ok
229
PFE 1 :Links
PFE 2 :Links
PFE 3 :Links
FPC 2
PFE 0 :Links
PFE 1 :Links
PFE 2 :Links
PFE 3 :Links
Plane 4
Plane state: SPARE
FPC 1
PFE 0 :Links
PFE 1 :Links
PFE 2 :Links
PFE 3 :Links
FPC 2
PFE 0 :Links
PFE 1 :Links
PFE 2 :Links
PFE 3 :Links
Plane 5
Plane state: SPARE
FPC 1
PFE 0 :Links
PFE 1 :Links
PFE 2 :Links
PFE 3 :Links
FPC 2
PFE 0 :Links
PFE 1 :Links
PFE 2 :Links
PFE 3 :Links
Plane 6
Plane state: SPARE
FPC 1
PFE 0 :Links
PFE 1 :Links
PFE 2 :Links
PFE 3 :Links
FPC 2
PFE 0 :Links
PFE 1 :Links
PFE 2 :Links
PFE 3 :Links
Plane 7
Plane state: SPARE
FPC 1
PFE 0 :Links
PFE 1 :Links
PFE 2 :Links
PFE 3 :Links
FPC 2
PFE 0 :Links
PFE 1 :Links
PFE 2 :Links
PFE 3 :Links
230
ok
ok
ok
ok
ok
ok
ok
ok
ok
ok
ok
ok
ok
ok
ok
ok
ok
ok
ok
ok
ok
ok
ok
ok
ok
ok
ok
ok
ok
ok
ok
ok
ok
ok
ok
ok
ok
ok
ok
FPC 1
PFE 0 :Links
PFE 1 :Links
PFE 2 :Links
PFE 3 :Links
Plane 1
Plane state: ACTIVE
FPC 1
PFE 0 :Links
PFE 1 :Links
PFE 2 :Links
PFE 3 :Links
Plane 2
Plane state: ACTIVE
FPC 1
PFE 0 :Links
PFE 1 :Links
PFE 2 :Links
PFE 3 :Links
Plane 3
Plane state: ACTIVE
FPC 1
PFE 0 :Links
PFE 1 :Links
PFE 2 :Links
PFE 3 :Links
Plane 4
Plane state: SPARE
FPC 1
PFE 0 :Links
PFE 1 :Links
PFE 2 :Links
PFE 3 :Links
Plane 5
Plane state: SPARE
FPC 1
PFE 0 :Links
PFE 1 :Links
PFE 2 :Links
PFE 3 :Links
Plane 6
Plane state: SPARE
FPC 1
PFE 0 :Links
PFE 1 :Links
PFE 2 :Links
PFE 3 :Links
Plane 7
Plane state: SPARE
FPC 1
PFE 0 :Links
PFE 1 :Links
PFE 2 :Links
PFE 3 :Links
ok
ok
ok
ok
ok
ok
ok
ok
ok
ok
ok
ok
ok
ok
ok
ok
ok
ok
ok
ok
ok
ok
ok
ok
ok
ok
ok
ok
ok
ok
ok
ok
231
PFE 2 :Links
PFE 3 :Links
FPC 6
PFE 0 :Links
PFE 1 :Links
PFE 2 :Links
PFE 3 :Links
Plane 1
Plane state: ACTIVE
FPC 5
PFE 0 :Links
PFE 1 :Links
PFE 2 :Links
PFE 3 :Links
FPC 6
PFE 0 :Links
PFE 1 :Links
PFE 2 :Links
PFE 3 :Links
Plane 2
Plane state: OFFLINE
Plane 3
Plane state: OFFLINE
Plane 4
Plane state: OFFLINE
Plane 5
Plane state: OFFLINE
232
ok
ok
ok
ok
ok
ok
ok
ok
ok
ok
ok
ok
ok
ok
Options
Required Privilege Level
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
Field Description
Plane n
Plane number.
Control Board n
233
Plane 3
Plane 4
Plane 5
234
Control Board 1
Control Board 2
Control Board 2
Release Information
Description
Options
Between the Switch Interface Boards (SIBs) in the TX Matrix platform (TX SIBs)
and the SIBs in the T640 routing nodes (T640 SIBs).
Between the T640 SIBs and the Flexible PIC Concentrators (FPCs) in a T640
routing node.
noneDisplay the switching fabric link state for the TX SIBs in the TX Matrix platform
and for the T640 SIBs in all the T640 routing nodes connected to a TX Matrix
platform.
lcc number(Optional) Display the switching fabric link state for the T640 SIBs in a
Output Fields
view
show chassis fabric sibs on page 235
show chassis fabric sibs lcc on page 237
show chassis fabric sibs scc on page 237
Table 61 on page 235 lists the output fields for theshow chassis fabric sibs command.
Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Table 61: show chassis fabric sibs Output Fields
Field Name
Field Description
Switching fabric link state for each SIB: Unused, Links ok, or Link
Plane state
error.
235
SIB
SIB
SIB
SIB
LCC #0
: Unused
LCC #2
: Unused
#1
plane state: S_ACTIVE
LCC #0
: Unused
LCC #2
: Unused
#2
plane state: S_SPARE
LCC #0
: Links ok
LCC #2
: Links ok
#3
plane state: S_ACTIVE
LCC #0
: Unused
LCC #2
: Unused
#4
plane state: S_ACTIVE
LCC #0
: Links ok
LCC #2
: Links ok
lcc0-re0:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------Fabric management SIB state:
SIB #2
plane state: S_SPARE
FPC #0
PFE #1 : Links ok
FPC #6
PFE #1 : Links ok
SCC
: Links ok
SIB #4
plane state: S_ACTIVE
FPC #0
PFE #1 : Links ok
FPC #6
PFE #1 : Links ok
SCC
: Links ok
lcc2-re0:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------Fabric management SIB state:
SIB #2
plane state: S_SPARE
FPC #0
PFE #1 : Links ok
FPC #1
PFE #1 : Links ok
FPC #2
PFE #0 : Links ok
PFE #1 : Links ok
FPC #3
PFE #1 : Links ok
SCC
: Links ok
SIB #4
plane state: S_ACTIVE
FPC #0
PFE #1 : Links ok
FPC #1
PFE #1 : Links ok
FPC #2
PFE #0 : Links ok
PFE #1 : Links ok
236
FPC #3
PFE #1
SCC
: Links ok
: Links ok
237
Output Fields
238
Field Name
Field Description
Plane
Plane number.
State
Uptime
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
54
seconds
seconds
seconds
seconds
seconds
seconds
seconds
seconds
seconds
seconds
seconds
seconds
seconds
seconds
seconds
seconds
2
3
4
5
Online
Online
Spare
Spare
16
16
16
16
hours,
hours,
hours,
hours,
41
41
41
41
minutes,
minutes,
minutes,
minutes,
47
46
46
45
seconds
seconds
seconds
seconds
239
Release Information
Description
Options
view
show chassis fabric topology scc on page 240
show chassis fabric topology lcc on page 243
Table 63 on page 240 lists the output fields for theshow chassis fabric topology
command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Table 63: show chassis fabric topology Output Fields
Field Name
Field Description
in-links
out-links
state
240
--------SIB0_F0 (F2 ):
LCC0_SIB-L0_F0,03->SIB-S0_F0,00
LCC1_SIB-L0_F0,03->SIB-S0_F0,01
LCC2_SIB-L0_F0,03->SIB-S0_F0,02
LCC3_SIB-L0_F0,03->SIB-S0_F0,03
LCC0_SIB-L0_F0,02->SIB-S0_F0,04
LCC1_SIB-L0_F0,02->SIB-S0_F0,05
LCC2_SIB-L0_F0,02->SIB-S0_F0,06
LCC3_SIB-L0_F0,02->SIB-S0_F0,07
LCC0_SIB-L0_F0,07->SIB-S0_F0,08
LCC1_SIB-L0_F0,07->SIB-S0_F0,09
LCC2_SIB-L0_F0,07->SIB-S0_F0,10
LCC3_SIB-L0_F0,07->SIB-S0_F0,11
LCC0_SIB-L0_F0,06->SIB-S0_F0,12
LCC1_SIB-L0_F0,06->SIB-S0_F0,13
LCC2_SIB-L0_F0,06->SIB-S0_F0,14
LCC3_SIB-L0_F0,06->SIB-S0_F0,15
SIB0_F1 (F2 ):
LCC0_SIB-L0_F0,11->SIB-S0_F1,00
LCC1_SIB-L0_F0,11->SIB-S0_F1,01
LCC2_SIB-L0_F0,11->SIB-S0_F1,02
LCC3_SIB-L0_F0,11->SIB-S0_F1,03
LCC0_SIB-L0_F0,10->SIB-S0_F1,04
LCC1_SIB-L0_F0,10->SIB-S0_F1,05
LCC2_SIB-L0_F0,10->SIB-S0_F1,06
LCC3_SIB-L0_F0,10->SIB-S0_F1,07
LCC0_SIB-L0_F0,15->SIB-S0_F1,08
LCC1_SIB-L0_F0,15->SIB-S0_F1,09
LCC2_SIB-L0_F0,15->SIB-S0_F1,10
LCC3_SIB-L0_F0,15->SIB-S0_F1,11
LCC0_SIB-L0_F0,14->SIB-S0_F1,12
LCC1_SIB-L0_F0,14->SIB-S0_F1,13
LCC2_SIB-L0_F0,14->SIB-S0_F1,14
UP
LCC3_SIB-L0_F0,14->SIB-S0_F1,15
UP
SIB0_F2 (F2 ):
LCC3_SIB-L0_F0,13->SIB-S0_F2,00
LCC2_SIB-L0_F0,13->SIB-S0_F2,01
UP
LCC1_SIB-L0_F0,13->SIB-S0_F2,02
LCC0_SIB-L0_F0,13->SIB-S0_F2,03
LCC3_SIB-L0_F0,12->SIB-S0_F2,04
UP
LCC2_SIB-L0_F0,12->SIB-S0_F2,05
LCC1_SIB-L0_F0,12->SIB-S0_F2,06
LCC0_SIB-L0_F0,12->SIB-S0_F2,07
LCC3_SIB-L0_F0,09->SIB-S0_F2,08
UP
LCC2_SIB-L0_F0,09->SIB-S0_F2,09
UP
LCC1_SIB-L0_F0,09->SIB-S0_F2,10
LCC0_SIB-L0_F0,09->SIB-S0_F2,11
LCC3_SIB-L0_F0,08->SIB-S0_F2,12
UP
LCC2_SIB-L0_F0,08->SIB-S0_F2,13
UP
LCC1_SIB-L0_F0,08->SIB-S0_F2,14
LCC0_SIB-L0_F0,08->SIB-S0_F2,15
SIB0_F3 (F2 ):
UP
UP
RESET
RESET
UP
UP
RESET
RESET
UP
UP
RESET
RESET
UP
UP
RESET
RESET
SIB-S0_F0,00->LCC0_SIB-L0_F1,00
SIB-S0_F0,01->LCC1_SIB-L0_F1,08
SIB-S0_F0,02->LCC2_SIB-L0_F1,08
SIB-S0_F0,03->LCC3_SIB-L0_F1,00
SIB-S0_F0,04->LCC0_SIB-L0_F1,01
SIB-S0_F0,05->LCC1_SIB-L0_F1,09
SIB-S0_F0,06->LCC2_SIB-L0_F1,09
SIB-S0_F0,07->LCC3_SIB-L0_F1,01
SIB-S0_F0,08->LCC0_SIB-L0_F1,04
SIB-S0_F0,09->LCC1_SIB-L0_F1,12
SIB-S0_F0,10->LCC2_SIB-L0_F1,12
SIB-S0_F0,11->LCC3_SIB-L0_F1,04
SIB-S0_F0,12->LCC0_SIB-L0_F1,05
SIB-S0_F0,13->LCC1_SIB-L0_F1,13
SIB-S0_F0,14->LCC2_SIB-L0_F1,13
SIB-S0_F0,15->LCC3_SIB-L0_F1,05
UP
UP
RESET
RESET
UP
UP
RESET
RESET
UP
UP
RESET
RESET
UP
UP
RESET
SIB-S0_F1,00->LCC0_SIB-L0_F1,08 UP
SIB-S0_F1,01->LCC1_SIB-L0_F1,00 UP
SIB-S0_F1,02->LCC2_SIB-L0_F1,00 UP
SIB-S0_F1,03->LCC3_SIB-L0_F1,08 UP
SIB-S0_F1,04->LCC0_SIB-L0_F1,09 UP
SIB-S0_F1,05->LCC1_SIB-L0_F1,01 UP
SIB-S0_F1,06->LCC2_SIB-L0_F1,01 UP
SIB-S0_F1,07->LCC3_SIB-L0_F1,09 UP
SIB-S0_F1,08->LCC0_SIB-L0_F1,12 UP
SIB-S0_F1,09->LCC1_SIB-L0_F1,04 UP
SIB-S0_F1,10->LCC2_SIB-L0_F1,04 UP
SIB-S0_F1,11->LCC3_SIB-L0_F1,12 UP
SIB-S0_F1,12->LCC0_SIB-L0_F1,13 UP
SIB-S0_F1,13->LCC1_SIB-L0_F1,05 UP
SIB-S0_F1,14->LCC2_SIB-L0_F1,05
RESET
SIB-S0_F1,15->LCC3_SIB-L0_F1,13
RESET
RESET
UP
UP
UP
UP
UP
UP
UP
UP
UP
UP
UP
UP
UP
UP
UP
UP
SIB-S0_F2,00->LCC3_SIB-L0_F1,14 UP
SIB-S0_F2,01->LCC2_SIB-L0_F1,06
UP
UP
RESET
SIB-S0_F2,02->LCC1_SIB-L0_F1,06 UP
SIB-S0_F2,03->LCC0_SIB-L0_F1,14 UP
SIB-S0_F2,04->LCC3_SIB-L0_F1,15
RESET
UP
UP
RESET
SIB-S0_F2,05->LCC2_SIB-L0_F1,07 UP
SIB-S0_F2,06->LCC1_SIB-L0_F1,07 UP
SIB-S0_F2,07->LCC0_SIB-L0_F1,15 UP
SIB-S0_F2,08->LCC3_SIB-L0_F1,10
RESET
SIB-S0_F2,09->LCC2_SIB-L0_F1,02
UP
UP
RESET
SIB-S0_F2,10->LCC1_SIB-L0_F1,02 UP
SIB-S0_F2,11->LCC0_SIB-L0_F1,10 UP
SIB-S0_F2,12->LCC3_SIB-L0_F1,11
RESET
SIB-S0_F2,13->LCC2_SIB-L0_F1,03
UP
UP
SIB-S0_F2,14->LCC1_SIB-L0_F1,03
SIB-S0_F2,15->LCC0_SIB-L0_F1,11
UP
UP
241
LCC3_SIB-L0_F0,05->SIB-S0_F3,00
UP
LCC2_SIB-L0_F0,05->SIB-S0_F3,01
UP
LCC1_SIB-L0_F0,05->SIB-S0_F3,02
LCC0_SIB-L0_F0,05->SIB-S0_F3,03
LCC3_SIB-L0_F0,04->SIB-S0_F3,04
UP
LCC2_SIB-L0_F0,04->SIB-S0_F3,05
UP
LCC1_SIB-L0_F0,04->SIB-S0_F3,06
LCC0_SIB-L0_F0,04->SIB-S0_F3,07
LCC3_SIB-L0_F0,01->SIB-S0_F3,08
UP
LCC2_SIB-L0_F0,01->SIB-S0_F3,09
UP
LCC1_SIB-L0_F0,01->SIB-S0_F3,10
LCC0_SIB-L0_F0,01->SIB-S0_F3,11
LCC3_SIB-L0_F0,00->SIB-S0_F3,12
UP
LCC2_SIB-L0_F0,00->SIB-S0_F3,13
UP
LCC1_SIB-L0_F0,00->SIB-S0_F3,14
LCC0_SIB-L0_F0,00->SIB-S0_F3,15
Sib #1 :
--------SIB1_F0 (F2 ):
LCC0_SIB-L1_F0,03->SIB-S1_F0,00
LCC1_SIB-L1_F0,03->SIB-S1_F0,01
LCC2_SIB-L1_F0,03->SIB-S1_F0,02
LCC3_SIB-L1_F0,03->SIB-S1_F0,03
LCC0_SIB-L1_F0,02->SIB-S1_F0,04
LCC1_SIB-L1_F0,02->SIB-S1_F0,05
LCC2_SIB-L1_F0,02->SIB-S1_F0,06
LCC3_SIB-L1_F0,02->SIB-S1_F0,07
LCC0_SIB-L1_F0,07->SIB-S1_F0,08
LCC1_SIB-L1_F0,07->SIB-S1_F0,09
LCC2_SIB-L1_F0,07->SIB-S1_F0,10
LCC3_SIB-L1_F0,07->SIB-S1_F0,11
LCC0_SIB-L1_F0,06->SIB-S1_F0,12
LCC1_SIB-L1_F0,06->SIB-S1_F0,13
LCC2_SIB-L1_F0,06->SIB-S1_F0,14
LCC3_SIB-L1_F0,06->SIB-S1_F0,15
SIB1_F1 (F2 ):
LCC0_SIB-L1_F0,11->SIB-S1_F1,00
LCC1_SIB-L1_F0,11->SIB-S1_F1,01
LCC2_SIB-L1_F0,11->SIB-S1_F1,02
LCC3_SIB-L1_F0,11->SIB-S1_F1,03
LCC0_SIB-L1_F0,10->SIB-S1_F1,04
LCC1_SIB-L1_F0,10->SIB-S1_F1,05
LCC2_SIB-L1_F0,10->SIB-S1_F1,06
LCC3_SIB-L1_F0,10->SIB-S1_F1,07
LCC0_SIB-L1_F0,15->SIB-S1_F1,08
LCC1_SIB-L1_F0,15->SIB-S1_F1,09
LCC2_SIB-L1_F0,15->SIB-S1_F1,10
LCC3_SIB-L1_F0,15->SIB-S1_F1,11
LCC0_SIB-L1_F0,14->SIB-S1_F1,12
LCC1_SIB-L1_F0,14->SIB-S1_F1,13
LCC2_SIB-L1_F0,14->SIB-S1_F1,14
242
RESET
SIB-S0_F3,00->LCC3_SIB-L0_F1,06
RESET
SIB-S0_F3,01->LCC2_SIB-L0_F1,14
UP
UP
RESET
SIB-S0_F3,02->LCC1_SIB-L0_F1,14 UP
SIB-S0_F3,03->LCC0_SIB-L0_F1,06 UP
SIB-S0_F3,04->LCC3_SIB-L0_F1,07
RESET
SIB-S0_F3,05->LCC2_SIB-L0_F1,15
UP
UP
RESET
SIB-S0_F3,06->LCC1_SIB-L0_F1,15 UP
SIB-S0_F3,07->LCC0_SIB-L0_F1,07 UP
SIB-S0_F3,08->LCC3_SIB-L0_F1,02
RESET
SIB-S0_F3,09->LCC2_SIB-L0_F1,10
UP
UP
RESET
SIB-S0_F3,10->LCC1_SIB-L0_F1,10 UP
SIB-S0_F3,11->LCC0_SIB-L0_F1,02 UP
SIB-S0_F3,12->LCC3_SIB-L0_F1,03
RESET
SIB-S0_F3,13->LCC2_SIB-L0_F1,11
UP
UP
SIB-S0_F3,14->LCC1_SIB-L0_F1,11
SIB-S0_F3,15->LCC0_SIB-L0_F1,03
UP
UP
RESET
RESET
RESET
RESET
RESET
RESET
RESET
RESET
RESET
RESET
RESET
RESET
RESET
RESET
RESET
RESET
SIB-S1_F0,00->LCC0_SIB-L1_F1,00
SIB-S1_F0,01->LCC1_SIB-L1_F1,08
SIB-S1_F0,02->LCC2_SIB-L1_F1,08
SIB-S1_F0,03->LCC3_SIB-L1_F1,00
SIB-S1_F0,04->LCC0_SIB-L1_F1,01
SIB-S1_F0,05->LCC1_SIB-L1_F1,09
SIB-S1_F0,06->LCC2_SIB-L1_F1,09
SIB-S1_F0,07->LCC3_SIB-L1_F1,01
SIB-S1_F0,08->LCC0_SIB-L1_F1,04
SIB-S1_F0,09->LCC1_SIB-L1_F1,12
SIB-S1_F0,10->LCC2_SIB-L1_F1,12
SIB-S1_F0,11->LCC3_SIB-L1_F1,04
SIB-S1_F0,12->LCC0_SIB-L1_F1,05
SIB-S1_F0,13->LCC1_SIB-L1_F1,13
SIB-S1_F0,14->LCC2_SIB-L1_F1,13
SIB-S1_F0,15->LCC3_SIB-L1_F1,05
UP
UP
UP
UP
UP
UP
UP
UP
UP
UP
UP
UP
UP
UP
UP
UP
RESET
RESET
RESET
RESET
RESET
RESET
RESET
RESET
RESET
RESET
RESET
RESET
RESET
RESET
RESET
SIB-S1_F1,00->LCC0_SIB-L1_F1,08
SIB-S1_F1,01->LCC1_SIB-L1_F1,00
SIB-S1_F1,02->LCC2_SIB-L1_F1,00
SIB-S1_F1,03->LCC3_SIB-L1_F1,08
SIB-S1_F1,04->LCC0_SIB-L1_F1,09
SIB-S1_F1,05->LCC1_SIB-L1_F1,01
SIB-S1_F1,06->LCC2_SIB-L1_F1,01
SIB-S1_F1,07->LCC3_SIB-L1_F1,09
SIB-S1_F1,08->LCC0_SIB-L1_F1,12
SIB-S1_F1,09->LCC1_SIB-L1_F1,04
SIB-S1_F1,10->LCC2_SIB-L1_F1,04
-S1_F1,11->LCC3_SIB-L1_F1,12,05
SIB-S1_F1,12->LCC0_SIB-L1_F1,13
SIB-S1_F1,13->LCC1_SIB-L1_F1,05
SIB-S1_F1,14->LCC2_SIB-L1_F1,05
UP
UP
UP
UP
UP
UP
UP
UP
UP
UP
UP
UP
UP
UP
UP
243
SIB4_F1 (F3 ):
SIB-S4_F0,00->SIB-L4_F1,00
SIB-S4_F0,04->SIB-L4_F1,01
SIB-S4_F3,11->SIB-L4_F1,02
SIB-S4_F3,15->SIB-L4_F1,03
SIB-S4_F0,08->SIB-L4_F1,04
SIB-S4_F0,12->SIB-L4_F1,05
SIB-S4_F3,03->SIB-L4_F1,06
SIB-S4_F3,07->SIB-L4_F1,07
SIB-S4_F1,00->SIB-L4_F1,08
SIB-S4_F1,04->SIB-L4_F1,09
SIB-S4_F2,11->SIB-L4_F1,10
SIB-S4_F2,15->SIB-L4_F1,11
SIB-S4_F1,08->SIB-L4_F1,12
SIB-S4_F1,12->SIB-L4_F1,13
SIB-S4_F2,03->SIB-L4_F1,14
SIB-S4_F2,07->SIB-L4_F1,15
244
UP
UP
UP
UP
UP
UP
UP
UP
UP
UP
UP
UP
UP
UP
UP
UP
SIB-L4_F1,00->FPC7_B
SIB-L4_F1,01->FPC7_T
SIB-L4_F1,02->FPC6_B
SIB-L4_F1,03->FPC6_T
SIB-L4_F1,04->FPC5_B
SIB-L4_F1,05->FPC5_T
SIB-L4_F1,06->FPC4_B
SIB-L4_F1,07->FPC4_T
SIB-L4_F1,08->FPC3_B
SIB-L4_F1,09->FPC3_T
SIB-L4_F1,10->FPC2_B
SIB-L4_F1,11->FPC2_T
SIB-L4_F1,12->FPC1_B
SIB-L4_F1,13->FPC1_T
SIB-L4_F1,14->FPC0_B
SIB-L4_F1,15->FPC0_T
UP
UP
UP
UP
UP
UP
UP
UP
UP
UP
UP
UP
UP
UP
UP
UP
Syntax
Release Information
(M5, M10, and M120 routers only) Display Forwarding Engine Board (FEB) status
information.
Description
Options
view
Table 64 on page 245 lists the output fields for the show chassis feb command. Output
fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Output Fields
Field Description
State
Temperature of the air passing by the FEB, in degrees Celsius or in both degrees Celsius and degrees
Fahrenheit.
InterruptOf the total CPU being used by the FEB processor, the percentage being used for
interrupts.
Memory DRAM (MB)
Utilization (%)
HeapPercentage of heap space (dynamic memory) being used by the FEB processor. If this
number exceeds 80 percent, you might experience a software problem (memory leak).
BufferPercentage of buffer space being used by the FPC processor for buffering internal
messages.
Exhaust A temperature
Exhaust B temperature
Amount of double data rate dynamic random access memory (DDR DRAM) available to the FEB
CPU.
Total RLDRAM
Amount of reduced latency dynamic random access memory (RLDRAM) available to the FEB CPU.
245
Field Description
Time when the Routing Engine detected that the FEB was running.
output only)
Uptime (Detail output
only)
How long the Routing Engine has been connected to the FEB, and therefore, how long the Flexible
PIC Concentrator (PIC) has been up and running.
246
37
0
0
16
43
64
Centigrade
percent
percent
percent
percent
Mbytes
Version 1, Foundry IBM, Part number 9
1999-01-24 16:24:42 UTC
2 hours, 21 minutes, 28 seconds
48
51
52
512
32
55
46
45
512
32
50
47
47
512
Memory
Utilization (%)
DRAM (MB) Heap
Buffer
512
7
60
512
7
59
512
7
59
512
7
59
512
7
59
512
7
59
Online
degrees C / 118 degrees F
degrees C / 123 degrees F
degrees C / 125 degrees F
MB
MB
2006-06-28 15:00:40 PDT
10 minutes, 21 seconds
Online
degrees C / 131 degrees F
degrees C / 114 degrees F
degrees C / 113 degrees F
MB
MB
2006-06-28 15:00:33 PDT
10 minutes, 28 seconds
Online
degrees C / 122 degrees F
degrees C / 116 degrees F
degrees C / 116 degrees F
MB
Total RLDRAM
Start time:
Uptime:
Slot 3 information:
State
Intake temperature
Exhaust A temperature
Exhaust B temperature
Total DDR DRAM
Total RLDRAM
Start time:
Uptime:
Slot 4 information:
State
Intake temperature
Exhaust A temperature
Exhaust B temperature
Total DDR DRAM
Total RLDRAM
Start time:
Uptime:
Slot 5 information:
State
Intake temperature
Exhaust A temperature
Exhaust B temperature
Total DDR DRAM
Total RLDRAM
Start time:
Uptime:
32 MB
2006-06-28 15:00:35 PDT
10 minutes, 26 seconds
49
47
49
512
32
45
42
42
512
32
35
33
40
512
32
Online
degrees C / 120 degrees F
degrees C / 116 degrees F
degrees C / 120 degrees F
MB
MB
2006-06-28 15:00:43 PDT
10 minutes, 18 seconds
Online
degrees C / 113 degrees F
degrees C / 107 degrees F
degrees C / 107 degrees F
MB
MB
2006-06-28 15:00:29 PDT
10 minutes, 32 seconds
Online
degrees C / 95 degrees F
degrees C / 91 degrees F
degrees C / 104 degrees F
MB
MB
2006-06-28 15:00:27 PDT
10 minutes, 34 seconds
247
Release Information
Description
Options
view
show
show
show
show
show
show
show
show
show
show
Output Fields
chassis
chassis
chassis
chassis
chassis
chassis
chassis
chassis
chassis
chassis
firmware
firmware
firmware
firmware
firmware
firmware
firmware
firmware
firmware
firmware
Table 65 on page 248 lists the output fields for the show chassis firmware command.
Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Table 65: show chassis firmware Output Fields
248
Field Name
Field Description
Part
Type
Version
Version
Juniper ROM Monitor Version 4.1b2
Version 4.1I1 by tlim on 2000-04-24 11:27
Version
Juniper
Version
Juniper
Version
Juniper
Version
Version
Juniper
Version
Juniper
Version
Juniper
Version
Juniper
Version
Juniper
Version
Juniper
Version
Juniper
Version
Version
Juniper
Version
Juniper
Version
Juniper
Version
Juniper
Version
Juniper
Version
Version
Juniper
Version
Juniper
Version
Version
Juniper ROM Monitor Version 8.3b1
Version 9.0-20070916.3 by builder on 2007-0
8.0b29
2006-10-18
8.0b29
2006-10-18
8.0b29
2006-10-18
8.0b29
2006-10-18
8.0b29
2006-10-18
16:2
16:2
16:2
16:1
16:1
11:50
11:50
11:56
11:56
11:56
249
Part
FPC 4
FPC 7
250
Type
ROM
O/S
ROM
O/S
Version
Juniper
Version
Juniper
Version
251
Syntax
Release Information
(J-series routing platform only) Display status of the forwarding process (fwdd).
Description
Options
view
Table 66 on page 252 lists the output fields for the show chassis forwarding command.
Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Output Fields
Field Description
FWWD status
Forwarding status:
StateOnline or Offline
Microkernel CPU utilizationPercentage of microkernel CPU being used by the forwarding process.
Real-time threads CPU utilizationPercentage of CPU being used by the forwarding process.
Heap utilizationPercentage of heap space (dynamic memory) being used by the forwarding
process. If this number exceeds 80 percent, there may be a software problem (memory leak).
Buffer utilizationPercentage of buffer space being used by the forwarding process for buffering
internal messages.
252
Online
percent
percent
percent
percent
1 day, 1 hour, 30 minutes, 11 seconds
10
4
26
0
Release Information
Description
Options
status information for all FPCs on the TX Matrix platform and its attached T640
routing nodes.
detail(Optional) Display detailed status information for all FPCs or for the FPC in
the specified slot (see fpc-slot).
fpc-slot(Optional) FPC slot number:
Routing matrix onlyIf you specify the number of the T640 routing node
by using the lcc number option (the recommended method), replace fpc-slot
with a value from 0 through 7. Otherwise, replace fpc-slot with a value from
0 through 31. For example, the following commands have the same result:
user@host> show chassis fpc detail 1 lcc 1
user@host> show chassis fpc detail 9
pic-status(Optional) Display status information for all PICs or for the PIC in the
specified slot (see fpc-slot).
lcc number(Routing matrix only) (Optional) Display status information for a T640
view
request chassis fpc on page 131
show chassis fpc (M10) on page 255
show chassis fpc (M20) on page 255
253
show
show
show
show
show
show
show
show
show
show
show
show
show
chassis
chassis
chassis
chassis
chassis
chassis
chassis
chassis
chassis
chassis
chassis
chassis
chassis
fpc
fpc
fpc
fpc
fpc
fpc
fpc
fpc
fpc
fpc
fpc
fpc
fpc
Table 67 on page 254 lists the output fields for theshow chassis fpc command. Output
fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Output Fields
Field Description
Level of Output
Slot number and state. The state can be one of the following conditions:
all levels
DormantHeld in reset.
by the current version of JUNOS or inserted in the wrong slot. The output
also states either Hardware Not Supported or Hardware Not In Right Slot.
FPC is coming up but not yet online.
Engine (PFE).
Probe-waitWaiting to be probed.
Logical slot
Slot number.
all levels
Temp (C) or
Temperature
Temperature of the air passing by the FPC, in degrees Celsius or in both Celsius
and Fahrenheit.
all levels
all levels
Interrupt CPU
Utilization (%)
Of the total CPU being used by the FPC's processor, the percentage being used
for interrupts.
none specified
none specified
Percentage of heap space (dynamic memory) being used by the FPC's processor.
If this number exceeds 80 percent, there may be a software problem (memory
leak).
none specified
Percentage of buffer space being used by the FPC's processor for buffering
internal messages.
none specified
254
Field Description
Level of Output
detail
Total RLDRAM
detail
Amount of double data rate dynamic random access memory (DDR DRAM)
available to the FPC CPU.
detail
Total SRAM
detail
Total SDRAM
detail
detail
Start time
Time when the Routing Engine detected that the FPC was running.
detail
Uptime
How long the Routing Engine has been connected to the FPC and, therefore,
how long the FPC has been up and running.
detail
PIC type
none specified
Memory
Utilization (%)
DRAM (MB) Heap
Buffer
0
0
0
8
0
4
8
0
3
0
0
0
Online
degrees C
Mbytes
Mbytes
Mbytes
Version 2.0, Foundry IBM, Part number 0
Version 2.0, Foundry IBM, Part number 0
2000-02-08 02:18:49 UTC
14 hours, 41 minutes, 41 seconds
255
Slot
0
1
2
256
State
Empty
Online
Online
Temp
(C)
34
33
0
0
Memory
Utilization (%)
DRAM (MB) Heap
Buffer
1024
1024
18
24
30
30
Memory
Utilization (%)
DRAM (MB) Heap
Buffer
1024
17
57
Online
---- CPU less FPC ---2006-07-07 03:21:00 UTC
27 minutes, 51 seconds
State
Reason
Slot 2 information:
State
Total CPU DRAM
Start time
Uptime
Slot 3 information:
State
Reason
Total CPU DRAM
Slot 6 information:
State
Total CPU DRAM
Start time
Uptime
Present
--- Hardware Not In Right Slot --Online
32 MB
2006-07-07 03:20:59 UTC
27 minutes, 52 seconds
Present
--- Hardware Not Supported --0 MB
Online
32 MB
2006-07-07 03:21:01 UTC
27 minutes, 50 seconds
257
PIC 2
PIC 3
Online
Online
4x CHDS3 IQ
1x G/E SFP, 1000 BASE
258
Syntax
Release Information
(M120 router only) Display the FPC and FEB mapping and their respective states.
Description
view
Table 68 on page 259 lists the output fields for the show chassis fpc-feb-connectivity
command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Output Fields
Field Description
FPC
FPC type
FPC state
State of the FPC: Announce offline, Announce online, Empty, Offline, Online, Present, or Ready.
Connected FEB
Slot number of the FEB connected to the FPC or None if the FPC is not connected to a FEB.
FEB state
State of the FEB: Announce offline, Announce online, Empty, Offline, Online, Present, or Ready.
Link status
Error
OK
259
show chassis
fpc-feb-connectivity
1 expedited-fo
2 assured-forw
3 network-cont
260
Release Information
Description
Options
information about the TX Matrix platform and its attached T640 routing nodes.
clei-models(M-series and T-series only) (Optional) Display Common Language
Equipment Identifier Code (CLEI) barcode and model number for orderable
field-replaceable units (FRUs).
detail(Optional) Include RAM and disk information in output.
extensive(Optional) Display ID EEPROM information.
lcc number(Routing matrix only) (Optional) Display hardware information for a
specified T640 routing node (or line-card chassis) that is connected to a TX Matrix
platform. Replace number with a value from 0 through 3.
models(M-series and T-series only) (Optional) Display model numbers and part
numbers for orderable FRUs and, for components that use ID EEPROM format
v2, the CLEI code.
scc(Routing matrix only) (Optional) Display hardware information for the TX Matrix
view
show
show
show
show
show
show
show
show
show
show
show
chassis
chassis
chassis
chassis
chassis
chassis
chassis
chassis
chassis
chassis
chassis
hardware
hardware
hardware
hardware
hardware
hardware
hardware
hardware
hardware
hardware
hardware
261
show
show
show
show
show
show
show
show
show
show
show
show
show
show
show
show
show
Output Fields
chassis
chassis
chassis
chassis
chassis
chassis
chassis
chassis
chassis
chassis
chassis
chassis
chassis
chassis
chassis
chassis
chassis
hardware
hardware
hardware
hardware
hardware
hardware
hardware
hardware
hardware
hardware
hardware
hardware
hardware
hardware
hardware
hardware
hardware
Table 69 on page 262 lists the output fields for the show chassis hardware command.
Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Field Description
Level of Output
Item
Chassis component:
All levels
Version
All levels
Part number
All levels
Serial number
Serial number of the chassis component. The serial number of the backplane
is also the serial number of the router chassis. Use this serial number when
you need to contact Juniper Networks Customer Support about the router
chassis.
All levels
Assb ID or
Assembly ID
(extensive output only) Identification number that describes the FRU hardware.
All levels
none specified
CLEI code
none specified
262
Field Description
Level of Output
EEPROM Version
extensive
263
Field Description
Level of Output
Description
All levels
Type of PIC. If the PIC type is not supported on the current software
release, the output states Hardware Not Supported
Type of FPC: FPC Type 1, FPC Type 2, FPC Type 3, FPC Type 4 , or FPC Type
OC192.
On the J-series routers, the FPC type corresponds to the Physical Interface
Module (PIM). The following list shows the PIM abbreviation in the output
and the corresponding PIM name.
2x T1Dual-port T1 PIM
2x E1Dual-port E1 PIM
1x ADSL Annex AADSL 2/2+ Annex A PIM (one port, for POTS)
1x ADSL Annex BADSL 2/2+ Annex B PIM (one port, for ISDN)
four-wire module)
264
Serial number
JN1090E07ADB
NP1265
NN9950
Description
JSR6350
JX350 System IO
Crypto Acceleration
NM6509
RE-J6350-3400
00102006C24A00000039 Compact
FPC
4x
FPC
2x
FPC
2x
FPC
4x
AI07030023
AJ06520151
NC4170
Serial number
JN000164AB
CORE99570
CORE100848
IWGS40735390
N3960005
N3960002
N0780028
Serial number
31959
CA0209
PD10272
1000396803
CA0166
HJ6416
HJ6423
HJ6421
HJ0425
HM2275
CA0142
Serial number
B1157
DM0840
TE53755
1000736567
DK6952
DL7993
GE Base PIC
T1
E1
FE
Description
J6300
System IO board
RE-J.3
FPC
2x FE
FPC
1xADSL pic Annex A
FPC
1xADSL pic Annex B
FPC
1x T3
Description
M7i
M7i Midplane
AC Power Supply
RE-5.0
Internet Processor IIv1
E-FPC
1x G/E, 1000 BASE-SX
1x G/E, 1000 BASE-SX
1x G/E, 1000 BASE-SX
1x G/E, 1000 BASE-SX
E-FPC
ASP - Integrated
2x F/E, 100 BASE-TX
Description
M7i
M7i Midplane
AC Power Supply
RE-850
Internet Processor II
E-FPC
4x 1GE(LAN), IQ2
265
Xcvr
Xcvr
Xcvr
Xcvr
PIC 1
Xcvr
Xcvr
Xcvr
PIC 2
PIC 3
FPC 1
PIC 2
PIC 3
Xcvr
Fan Tray
266
0
1
2
3
0
1
3
REV 01
REV 01
REV 01
03
01
01
01
15
01
740-011614
740-011615
740-011614
NON-JNPR
750-023116
740-012434
740-012434
740-016064
750-014895
750-025390
PD94TDJ
PAD5EER
PD94THU
PDC2E7A
JT0203
AGT063832PS
AGT063832LY
C06J19018
DM5757
JW9448
REV 09
REV 01
BUILTIN
750-009099
740-012434
BUILTIN
DM0899
AGT07150HGJ
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
Serial number
1122
S/N AC6626
S/N LC36095
S/N LC36100
S/N AC6656
18000005dfb3fb01
S/N AC6632
Description
M10
S/N AB2485
S/N AA1048
AC
AC
teknor
Internet Processor II
FANTRAY-M10I-S
FANTRAY-M10I-S
SFP-LX10
UNKNOWN
SFP-LX10
SFP-LX10
4x CHOC3 SONET CE SFP
SFP-SR
SFP-SR
SFP-LR
MultiServices 100
12x T1/E1 CE
E-FPC
1x Tunnel
1x G/E, 1000 BASE
UNKNOWN
Rear Fan Tray
Serial number
20033
S/N AA7940
S/N 000001
S/N AA9704
Description
M20
AC
Host 0
SSB slot 0
SSRAM bank
SSRAM bank
SSRAM bank
SSRAM bank
SSB slot 1
FPC 1
SSRAM
SDRAM bank
SDRAM bank
PIC 0
PIC 1
PIC 2
PIC 3
FPC 2
SSRAM
SDRAM bank
SDRAM bank
Fan Tray 0
Fan Tray 1
Fan Tray 2
Fan Tray 3
0
1
2
3
0
1
0
1
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
N/A
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
03
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
710-001951
710-001385
710-001385
710-001385
710-001385
N/A
710-001292
710-000077
710-000099
710-000099
750-000612
750-000616
750-000613
750-002501
710-001292
710-000077
710-000099
710-000099
98000004f8f27501
S/N AD5905
S00480
S00490
S001:?
S00483
N/A
S/N AB7528
S/N 304209
S/N 000603
S/N 000414
S/N AB8433
S/N AA1168
S/N AA1008
S/N AD5810
S/N AC0119
S/N 503241
S/N 306835
S/N 306832
AA0158
AA2267
AA2270
AA2269
AA2268
AA0048
AA2333
1 Mbyte
64 Mbytes
64 Mbytes
2x OC-3 ATM, MM
1x OC-12 ATM, MM
1x OC-12 SONET, SMIR
4x E3
1 Mbyte
64 Mbytes
64 Mbytes
Front Upper Fan Tray
Front Middle Fan Tray
Front Bottom Fan Tray
Rear Fan Tray
Serial number
S/N AA0053
S/N 000042
S/N AAO139
S/N AA0201
S/N AA0905
S/N
S/N
S/N
S/N
S/N
S/N
S/N
teknor
Internet Processor II
2 Mbytes
2 Mbytes
2 Mbytes
2 Mbytes
Backup
Description
DC
cpv5000
Internet Processor I
1 Mbyte
1 Mbyte
1 Mbyte
1 Mbyte
1 Mbyte
267
SDRAM
SDRAM
PIC 0
PIC 1
PIC 2
PIC 3
FPC 2
SSRAM
SDRAM
SDRAM
PIC 0
PIC 1
PIC 2
PIC 3
FPC 4
SSRAM
SDRAM
SDRAM
PIC 0
PIC 2
PIC 3
FPC 5
SSRAM
SDRAM
SDRAM
PIC 1
268
bank 0
bank 1
bank 0
bank 1
bank 0
bank 1
bank 0
bank 1
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
01
X1
04
04
04
04
01
02
01
01
X1
X1
X1
04
01
01
01
01
04
05
08
10
01
01
01
01
710-000099
710-000099
750-000613
750-000613
750-000613
750-000613
710-000175
710-000077
710-000099
710-000099
750-000603
750-000615
750-000611
750-000613
710-000175
710-000077
710-000099
710-000099
750-000613
750-000616
750-001072
710-000175
710-000077
710-000099
710-000099
750-001323
S/N
S/N
S/N
S/N
S/N
S/N
S/N
S/N
S/N
S/N
S/N
S/N
S/N
S/N
S/N
S/N
S/N
S/N
S/N
S/N
S/N
S/N
S/N
S/N
S/N
S/N
AA2332
AA2337
aa0343
AA0379
AA0377
AA0378
AA0042
AA2288
AA2331
AA2330
AA0143
AA0149
AA0148
AA0330
AA0050
AA2327
AA2329
AA2328
AA0320
AA1341
AB2462
AA7663
501590
300949
300868
AB1670
Serial number
AX3671
AR9074
AR7331
BB4449
MC12364
MC12383
AG1332
AR3789
3e000007c8176601
AN5813
AG4676
AE4735
AP1347
BE0063
BE0669
BD9504
AY3991
BD9842
BB4869
AR8278
BD9824
BD9531
AY3986
BE0664
BD9559
AG7963
AF2472
BE0652
BD9607
64
64
1x
1x
1x
1x
Mbytes
Mbytes
OC-12 SONET, SMIR
OC-12 SONET, SMIR
OC-12 SONET, SMIR
Tunnel
1 Mbyte
64 Mbytes
64 Mbytes
4x OC-3 SONET, SMIR
4x OC-3 SONET, MM
4x OC-3 SONET, MM
1x OC-12 SONET, SMIR
1 Mbyte
64 Mbytes
64 Mbytes
1x OC-12 SONET, SMIR
1x OC-12 ATM, MM
1x G/E, 1000 BASE-SX
1 Mbyte
64 Mbytes
64 Mbytes
1x Tunnel
Description
m40e
Present
Internet Processor II
Internet Processor II
M40e-EP-FPC Type 1
4x G/E, 1000 BASE-SX
M40e-FPC Type 2
1x OC-48 SONET, SMSR
M40e-FPC Type 2
4x G/E, 1000 BASE-SX
M40e-FPC Type 1
1x G/E, 1000 BASE-SX
4x OC-3 SONET, SMIR
M40e-FPC Type 1
PIC 0
PIC 2
REV 02
REV 01
0
1
2
3
4
6
PIC 2
PIC 3
Board B
FEB 3
FEB 4
FEB 5
Fan Tray 0
Fan Tray 1
Fan Tray 2
Fan Tray 3
750-002911
750-002577
AN2286
AP6345
Serial number
JN000054AC
RB4170
CJ9186
CJ9173
CJ9221
RM28320
RM28321
1000642883
CM8346
CP6728
CP6925
BUILTIN
62E204N00007
CJ9234
NB5229
P9F15JB
P4Q0R9G
CG4360
ND7787
P9F12AS
P9F1ALU
JW1284
P9F1AM6
P9F16NN
P8C29Y7
CN3754
CP6741
NB2855
Description
M120
M120 Midplane
M120 FPM Board
M120 FPM Display
M120 FPM CIP
AC Power Entry Module
AC Power Entry Module
RE-A-1000
M120 Control Board
M120 Control Board
M120 CFPC 10GE
1x 10GE(LAN/WAN) XFP
XFP-10G-LR
M120 FPC Type 2
2x G/E IQ, 1000 BASE
SFP-SX
SFP-SX
4x OC-3 SONET, SMIR
2x G/E IQ, 1000 BASE
SFP-SX
SFP-SX
8x 1GE(LAN), IQ2
SFP-SX
SFP-SX
SFP-SX
M120 FPC Mezz
M120 FPC Type 3
10x 1GE(LAN), 1000 BASE
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
***
REV
01
740-011782
P922A1F
01
740-011782
P922A16
01
740-011782
P922A0U
01
740-011782
P9229UZ
01
740-009029
P11JXWP
01
740-011613
P9F1ALW
01
710-011388
CJ9088
Hardware Not Supported ***
05
750-012052
NB0410
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
01
01
01
04
04
04
750-013167
750-010240
710-011390
710-011663
710-011663
710-011663
SFP-SX
SFP-SX
SFP-SX
SFP-SX
SFP-LX
SFP-SX
M120 FPC Type 1
1x CHOC3 IQ SONET, SMLR
CM3824
CB5366
CJ9103
CP6673
CJ9368
CJ9386
4x CHDS3 IQ
1x G/E SFP, 1000 BASE
M120 FPC Mezz Board
M120 FEB
M120 FEB
M120 FEB
Front Top Fan Tray
Front Bottom Fan Tray
Rear Top Fan Tray
Rear Bottom Fan Tray
Description
M120
M120 Midplane
269
FPM Board
FPM Display
FPM CIP
PEM 0
PEM 1
Routing Engine 0
ad0
248 MB
ad2
38154 MB
CB 0
CB 1
FPC 1
PIC 0
Xcvr 0
FPC 3
PIC 0
Xcvr 0
Xcvr 1
PIC 1
PIC 2
Xcvr 0
Xcvr 1
PIC 3
Xcvr 0
Xcvr 6
Xcvr 7
Board B
FPC 4
PIC 0
REV 02
710-011407
CJ9186
M120 FPM Board
REV 02
710-011405
CJ9173
M120 FPM Display
REV 02
710-011410
CJ9221
M120 FPM CIP
Rev 05
740-011936
RM28320
AC Power Entry Module
Rev 05
740-011936
RM28321
AC Power Entry Module
REV 03
740-014080
1000642883
RE-A-1000
SILICONSYSTEMS INC 256M 126CT505S0763SC00110 Compact Flash
HTE541040G9SA00
MPBBT0X2HS2E3M
Hard Disk
REV 03
710-011403
CM8346
M120 Control Board
REV 06
710-011403
CP6728
M120 Control Board
REV 02
710-015908
CP6925
M120 CFPC 10GE
BUILTIN
BUILTIN
1x 10GE(LAN/WAN) XFP
REV 01
740-014279
62E204N00007
XFP-10G-LR
REV 03
710-011393
CJ9234
M120 FPC Type 2
REV 16
750-008155
NB5229
2x G/E IQ, 1000 BASE
REV 01
740-011613
P9F15JB
SFP-SX
REV 01
740-007326
P4Q0R9G
SFP-SX
REV 09
750-007745
CG4360
4x OC-3 SONET, SMIR
REV 16
750-008155
ND7787
2x G/E IQ, 1000 BASE
REV 01
740-011613
P9F12AS
SFP-SX
REV 01
740-011613
P9F1ALU
SFP-SX
REV 07
750-011800
JW1284
8x 1GE(LAN), IQ2
REV 01
740-011613
P9F1AM6
SFP-SX
REV 01
740-011613
P9F16NN
SFP-SX
REV 01
740-011782
P8C29Y7
SFP-SX
REV 02
710-011395
CN3754
M120 FPC Mezz
REV 02
710-011398
CP6741
M120 FPC Type 3
REV 16
750-007141
NB2855
10x 1GE(LAN), 1000 BASE
Xcvr
Xcvr
Xcvr
Xcvr
Xcvr
Xcvr
FPC 5
PIC 0
PIC 1
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
***
REV
01
740-011782
P922A1F
01
740-011782
P922A16
01
740-011782
P922A0U
01
740-011782
P9229UZ
01
740-009029
P11JXWP
01
740-011613
P9F1ALW
01
710-011388
CJ9088
Hardware Not Supported ***
05
750-012052
NB0410
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
01
01
01
04
04
04
0
1
2
3
4
6
PIC 2
PIC 3
Board B
FEB 3
FEB 4
FEB 5
Fan Tray 0
Fan Tray 1
Fan Tray 2
Fan Tray 3
270
750-013167
750-010240
710-011390
710-011663
710-011663
710-011663
CM3824
CB5366
CJ9103
CP6673
CJ9368
CJ9386
SFP-SX
SFP-SX
SFP-SX
SFP-SX
SFP-LX
SFP-SX
M120 FPC Type 1
1x CHOC3 IQ SONET, SMLR
4x CHDS3 IQ
1x G/E SFP, 1000 BASE
M120 FPC Mezz Board
M120 FEB
M120 FEB
M120 FEB
Front Top Fan Tray
Front Bottom Fan Tray
Rear Top Fan Tray
Rear Bottom Fan Tray
FPC 3
PIC 0
PIC 1
PIC 2
PIC 3
FPC 4
PIC 0
FPC 5
PIC 1
PIC 2
PIC 3
Fan Tray
Fan Tray
Fan Tray
Fan Tray
REV
REV
REV
REV
16
09
16
07
750-008155
750-007745
750-008155
750-011800
PB-2GE-SFP-QPP
PC-4OC3-SON-SMIR
PB-2GE-SFP-QPP
PB-8GE-TYPE2-SFP-IQ2
REV 16
750-007141
PC-10GE-SFP
REV 05
REV 01
REV 01
750-012052
750-013167
750-010240
PB-1CHOC3-SMIR-QPP
PE-4CHDS3-QPP
PB-1GE-SFP
FFANTRAY-M120-S
FFANTRAY-M120-S
RFANTRAY-M120-S
RFANTRAY-M120-S
0
1
2
3
Serial number
101
S/N AB4107
S/N AA2911
S/N AA2999
S/N AA9563
S/N KJ35769
S/N KJ35765
S/N AA9794
S/N AA9804
da000004f8d57001
S/N AA9777
S/N AA2975
S/N AA9838
S/N AA2860
S/N AB0139
S/N AA9806
S/N AA9590
S/N AA1527
S/N AA1535
S/N AA1519
S/N AA9523
S/N AA9571
S/N AA9626
S/N AD3633
Description
M160
DC
DC
teknor
Internet Processor I
Internet Processor I
FPC Type 1
1x OC-12
1x OC-12
1x OC-12
FPC Type
ATM, MM
ATM, MM
ATM, MM
2
S/N AB3329
1x OC-192 SM SR-2
Rear Bottom Blower
Rear Top Blower
Front Top Blower
Front Fan Tray
271
PIC 0
PIC 1
PIC 2
PIC 3
FPC 1
PIC 0
PIC 1
PIC 3
FPC 2
PIC 0
PIC 1
PIC 2
PIC 3
PIC 1
PIC 2
PIC 3
FPC 3
PIC 0
PIC 1
PIC 3
FPC 4
FPC 5
FPC 6
FPC 7
PIC 0
PIC 1
PIC 2
PIC 3
SIB 0
SIB 1
SIB 2
SIB 3
Fan Tray 0
Fan Tray 1
Fan Tray 2
272
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
01
02
04
04
02
04
04
03
02
10
10
07
07
10
07
07
750-001323
750-002987
750-001894
750-001896
710-010419
750-001894
750-001894
750-001894
710-010419
750-005634
750-005634
750-005634
750-005634
750-005634
750-005634
750-005634
P-TUNNEL
PE-1OC12-SON-SMIR
PB-1GE-SX
PB-1OC12-SON-SMIR
M320-FPC1
PB-1GE-SX
PB-1GE-SX
PB-1GE-SX
M320-FPC1
PB-1CHOC12SMIR-QPP
PB-1CHOC12SMIR-QPP
PB-1CHOC12SMIR-QPP
PB-1CHOC12SMIR-QPP
PB-1CHOC12SMIR-QPP
PB-1CHOC12SMIR-QPP
PB-1CHOC12SMIR-QPP
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
03
04
04
02
02
02
750-001895
750-001894
750-003141
710-010419
710-010419
710-010419
PB-1OC12-SON-MM
PB-1GE-SX
PB-1GE-SX-B
M320-FPC1
M320-FPC1
M320-FPC1
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
15
06
07
05
03
03
03
03
750-001901
750-001900
750-001900
750-003737
710-009184
710-009184
710-009184
710-009184
PB-4OC12-SON-SMIR
PB-1OC48-SON-SMSR
PB-1OC48-SON-SMSR
PB-4GE-SX
SIB-M-S
SIB-M-S
SIB-M-S
SIB-M-S
FFANTRAY-M320-S
FFANTRAY-M320-S
RFANTRAY-M320-S
Description
M160
DC
DC
teknor
Internet Processor I
1 Mbyte
1 Mbyte
1 Mbyte
1 Mbyte
Internet Processor I
1 Mbyte
1 Mbyte
1 Mbyte
SSRAM bank 3
FPC 0
CPU
SSRAM
SDRAM 0
SDRAM 1
SSRAM
SDRAM 0
SDRAM 1
SSRAM
SDRAM 0
SDRAM 1
SSRAM
SDRAM 0
SDRAM 1
PIC 1
PIC 2
PIC 3
FPC 1
CPU
SSRAM
SDRAM 0
SDRAM 1
SSRAM
SDRAM 0
SDRAM 1
SSRAM
SDRAM 0
SDRAM 1
SSRAM
SDRAM 0
SDRAM 1
PIC 0
PIC 1
FPC 2
... SSRAM
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
01
03
02
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
05
05
01
02
02
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
03
01
REV 01
710-000077
710-001255
710-001217
710-000077
710-001196
710-001196
710-000077
710-001196
710-001196
710-000077
710-001196
710-001196
710-000077
710-001196
710-001196
750-000616
750-000616
750-000616
710-001611
710-001217
710-000077
710-001196
710-001196
710-000077
710-001196
710-001196
710-000077
710-001196
710-001196
710-000077
710-001196
710-001196
750-001900
710-002381
710-000077
S/N 100160
S/N AA9806
S/N AA9590
S/N 302836
S00141
S0010;
S/N 302633
S00143
S00115
S/N 302952
S00135
S001=3
S/N 302892
S000?6
S001=5
S/N AA1527
S/N AA1535
S/N AA1519
S/N AA9523
S/N AA9571
S/N 306340
S00012
S0001?
S/N 306454
S00028
S0002?
S/N 306492
S00015
S00031
S/N 306363
S00013
S00032
S/N AA9626
S/N AD3633
1 Mbyte
FPC Type 1
1 Mbyte
32 Mbytes
32 Mbytes
1 Mbyte
32 Mbytes
32 Mbytes
1 Mbyte
32 Mbytes
32 Mbytes
1 Mbyte
32 Mbytes
32 Mbytes
1x OC-12 ATM, MM
1x OC-12 ATM, MM
1x OC-12 ATM, MM
FPC Type 2
1 Mbyte
32 Mbytes
32 Mbytes
1 Mbyte
32 Mbytes
32 Mbytes
1 Mbyte
32 Mbytes
32 Mbytes
1 Mbyte
32 Mbytes
32 Mbytes
1x STM-16 SDH, SMIR
2x G/E, 1000 BASE-SX
FPC Type OC192
1 Mbyte
S/N 306466
Serial number
67245
RB1202
HZ5697
HR1464
HT8672
QK34208
QK34262
QF10449
QJ18257
P11123901185
JB2382
CD9926
CJ6940
AT1594
HS2746
JE7117
HE6083
CH0319
CJ6942
BD8705
CD9938
Description
M320
M320 Midplane
M320 Board
M320 FPM Display
M320 CIP
DC Power Entry Module
DC Power Entry Module
DC Power Entry Module
DC Power Entry Module
RE-4.0
M320 Control Board
M320 FPC Type 2
M320 PCA SCPU
1x OC-48 SONET, SMSR
1x Tunnel
4x G/E SFP, 1000 BASE
1x OC-48 SONET, SMSR
M320 FPC Type 1
M320 PCA SCPU
4x OC-3 SONET, SMIR
M320 FPC Type 2
273
CPU
FPC 7
CPU
SIB 0
SIB 1
SIB 2
SIB 3
Fan Tray 0
Fan Tray 1
Fan Tray 2
274
REV 02
710-005017
CD9934
REV
REV
REV
REV
710-009184
710-009184
710-009184
710-009184
JA6540
HV9511
HW2057
JA6687
M320 SIB
M320 SIB
M320 SIB
M320 SIB
Front Top Fan Tray
Front Bottom Fan Tray
Rear Fan Tray
09
09
09
09
Serial number
Description
Chassis
Midplane
REV 01
FPM Board
REV 01
PEM 0
Rev 02
AC in
PEM 1
Rev 02
AC in
Routing Engine 0 REV 06
Routing Engine 1 REV 06
CB 0
REV 07
CB 1
REV 05
FPC 1
REV 01
CPU
REV 06
PIC 0
Xcvr 0
REV 01
PIC 1
PIC 2
PIC 3
FPC 2
REV 04
CPU
REV 06
PIC 0
Xcvr 0
REV 01
Xcvr 1
REV 01
Xcvr 2
REV 01
Xcvr 3
REV 01
Xcvr 4
REV 01
PIC 1
Xcvr 0
REV 01
Xcvr 1
REV 01
Xcvr 2
REV 01
Xcvr 3
REV 01
PIC 2
Xcvr 0
REV 01
Xcvr 1
REV 01
Xcvr 2
REV 01
Xcvr 3
REV 01
PIC 3
Xcvr 0
REV 01
Xcvr 1
REV 01
Xcvr 2
REV 01
Xcvr 3
REV 01
Fan Tray 0
REV 01
710-021041
710-017254
740-017330
JN10C7F7EAFC
TR1502
KD4017
000332
MX240
MX240 Backplane
Front Panel Display
PS 1.2-1.7kW; 100-240V
740-017330
000226
PS 1.2-1.7kW; 100-240V
740-013063
740-015113
710-013385
710-013385
750-021679
710-013713
BUILTIN
740-011613
BUILTIN
BUILTIN
BUILTIN
710-016669
710-013713
BUILTIN
740-011613
740-011613
740-011613
740-011613
740-011613
BUILTIN
740-011613
740-011613
740-011613
740-011613
BUILTIN
740-011613
740-011613
740-011613
740-011613
BUILTIN
740-011613
740-011613
740-011613
740-011613
710-021113
1000703522
1000687625
KC9057
JY4760
KC7340
KD4078
BUILTIN
P9F18ME
BUILTIN
BUILTIN
BUILTIN
JS4529
KB3969
BUILTIN
PBG3Y79
PBG3XU8
PBG3YG6
PBG3XUG
PBG3XTJ
BUILTIN
PBG3ZUM
PBG3Y5H
PBG3UZT
PBG3US1
BUILTIN
PBG3YG7
PBG3XZ9
PBG3XTY
PBG3UZG
BUILTIN
PBG3Y8W
PBG3YVX
PBG3YB3
PBG43VQ
JS4642
RE-S-2000
RE-S-1300
MX SCB
MX SCB
DPCE 40x 1GE R
DPC PMB
10x 1GE(LAN)
SFP-SX
10x 1GE(LAN)
10x 1GE(LAN)
10x 1GE(LAN)
DPCE 40x 1GE R EQ
DPC PMB
10x 1GE(LAN) EQ
SFP-SX
SFP-SX
SFP-SX
SFP-SX
SFP-SX
10x 1GE(LAN) EQ
SFP-SX
SFP-SX
SFP-SX
SFP-SX
10x 1GE(LAN) EQ
SFP-SX
SFP-SX
SFP-SX
SFP-SX
10x 1GE(LAN) EQ
SFP-SX
SFP-SX
SFP-SX
SFP-SX
MX240 Fan Tray
Serial number
JN10C7F7FAFB
TR2071
KB8459
QCS07519029
Description
MX480
MX480 Midplane
Front Panel Display
PS 1.2-1.7kW; 100-240V
QCS07519041
PS 1.2-1.7kW; 100-240V
QCS07519097
PS 1.2-1.7kW; 100-240V
1000733381
1000733540
KA8022
KA8303
KA8660
KA8185
RE-S-2000
RE-S-2000
MX SCB
MX SCB
DPCE 40x 1GE X EQ
DPC PMB
275
PIC 0
PIC 1
PIC 2
PIC 3
Fan Tray
276
BUILTIN
BUILTIN
BUILTIN
BUILTIN
BUILTIN
BUILTIN
BUILTIN
BUILTIN
10x 1GE(LAN) EQ
10x 1GE(LAN) EQ
10x 1GE(LAN) EQ
10x 1GE(LAN) EQ
Left Fan Tray
Serial number
AA6082
000008
Description
MX960
MX960 Midplane
Power Inlet Module
000038
1000617944
JK6947
JM7617
PS 1.7kW; 200-240VAC in
RE-S-1300
MX960 Test SCB
MX960 Test DPC
BUILTIN
BUILTIN
JL9634
1x 10GE(LAN/WAN)
10x 1GE
MX960 Test DPC
BUILTIN
MYBG65I82C
BUILTIN
P7N0368
P8J1W27
P8J1VSD
P8J1W25
1x 10GE(LAN/WAN)
XFP-10G-SR
10x 1GE
SFP-SX
SFP-SX
SFP-SX
SFP-SX
Description
MX960
MX960 Backplane
Front Panel Display
Power Distribution Module
PS 1.7kW; 200-240VAC in
PS 1.7kW; 200-240VAC in
PS 1.7kW; 200-240VAC in
RE-S-2000
MX SCB
MX SCB
DPCE 40x 1GE R
DPCE 40x 1GE R
DPC PMB
10x 1GE(LAN)
SFP-1000BASE-BX40-D
SFP-1000BASE-BX40-D
SFP-1000BASE-BX10-U
SFP-1000BASE-BX40-U
SFP-1000BASE-BX40-U
10x 1GE(LAN)
SFP-1000BASE-BX10-D
SFP-1000BASE-BX10-D
SFP-1000BASE-BX10-D
SFP-1000BASE-BX10-D
SFP-1000BASE-BX10-D
Xcvr
Xcvr
Xcvr
Xcvr
Xcvr
PIC 2
Xcvr
Xcvr
Xcvr
Xcvr
Xcvr
Xcvr
PIC 3
Xcvr
Xcvr
Xcvr
Xcvr
Fan Tray
Fan Tray
5
6
7
8
9
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
01
740-021340
740-021340
740-021341
740-021341
740-021340
BUILTIN
740-020424
740-020424
740-020424
740-021341
740-021340
740-021341
BUILTIN
740-017726
740-017726
740-017726
740-021340
77E245N00005
76E245X00487
5255889
5255887
77E245N00004
BUILTIN
5007582
4888187
4656500
5255886
77E245N00003
5255888
BUILTIN
74S184H30341
4814061
6ZS184H31108
76E245X00486
SFP-1000BASE-BX10-U
SFP-1000BASE-BX10-U
SFP-1000BASE-BX10-U
SFP-1000BASE-BX10-U
SFP-1000BASE-BX10-U
10x 1GE(LAN)
SFP-1000BASE-BX10-D
SFP-1000BASE-BX10-D
SFP-1000BASE-BX10-D
SFP-1000BASE-BX10-U
SFP-1000BASE-BX10-U
SFP-1000BASE-BX10-U
10x 1GE(LAN)
SFP-LH
SFP-LH
SFP-LH
SFP-1000BASE-BX10-U
0
1
2
5
7
8
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
01
01
01
01
01
01
0
1
5
9
0
1
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV 03
740-014971
TP0850
Fan Tray
Description
MX960
MX960 Midplane
Power Inlet Module
PS 1.7kW; 200-240VAC in
RE-S-1300
Compact Flash
Hard Disk
MX960 Test SCB
MX960 Test DPC
1x 10GE(LAN/WAN)
10x 1GE
MX960 Test DPC
1x 10GE(LAN/WAN)
XFP-10G-SR
10x 1GE
SFP-SX
SFP-SX
SFP-SX
SFP-SX
Serial number
19093
BC1436
BC1407
BE0763
BB2311
NB12546
AY4522
Description
T320
T320 Backplane
T320 FPM Board
FPM Display
T-series CIP
Power Entry Module
T320 Sonet
BC1577
unknown
T-series
277
Control Board
CB 1
REV 13
710-002728
BC1595
Control Board
FPC 1
REV 09
710-007531
HS1572
CPU
REV 15
710-001726
HR8763
PIC 0
REV 01
750-010618
CB5579
1000 BASE
SFP 0
REV 01
740-007326
P5809Z1
SFP 1
REV 01
740-007326
P4Q10XU
SFP 2
NON-JNPR
RA45020031
SFP 3
NON-JNPR
RA45020032
PIC 1
REV 01
750-010618
CD9587
1000 BASE
SFP 0
NON-JNPR
P5A08QZ
SFP 1
REV 01
740-007326
P4Q133K
SFP 2
REV 01
740-007326
P5809YY
SFP 3
REV 01
740-007327
4C81704
MMB 1
REV 03
710-005555
HR9401
PPB 0
REV 04
710-003758
HR2886
FPC 2
REV 07
710-005860
HP2392
CPU
REV 14
710-001726
HP7797
PIC 0
REV 02
750-007643
HM0853
1000 BASE
SFP 0
REV 01
740-007326
P11E9JJ
MMB 1
REV 02
710-005555
HN2379
PPB 0
REV 04
710-003758
HP8092
FPC 3
REV 07
710-005860
HP2393
CPU
REV 14
710-001726
HP0968
PIC 0
REV 01
750-010240
CB5363
1000 BASE
SFP 0
REV 01
740-007326
P4R0PNH
PIC 1
REV 03
750-003034
HD2832
SMIR
MMB 1
REV 02
710-005555
HN6307
PPB 0
REV 04
710-003758
HP5051
FPC 4
REV 01
710-010845
JD3872
CPU
REV 02
710-011481
JB6042
5
REV 01
710-005802
BC1566
CPU
REV 09
710-001726
AY4922
PIC 0
REV 02
750-008155
BE2114
1000 BASE
SFP 0
REV 01
740-007326
P4R0PMQ
SFP 1
REV 01
740-007326
P4R0PN9
PIC 1
REV 01
750-008155
BE2116
1000 BASE
SFP 0
REV 01
740-007326
P4R0PNZ
SFP 1
NON-JNPR
2908
MMB 1
REV 01
710-005555
AZ2246
PPB 0
REV 03
710-003758
AY4839
FPC 7
REV 01
710-005803
AZ2123
...
278
Serial number
19182
AX5608
HE3064
HE7864
HA5024
MD21814
T-series
FPC Type 2
FPC CPU
4x G/E SFP,
SFP-SX
SFP-SX
SFP-SX
SFP-SX
4x G/E SFP,
SFP-T
SFP-SX
SFP-SX
SFP-LX
MMB-288mbit
PPB Type 2
FPC Type 1
FPC CPU
1x G/E QPP,
SFP-SX
MMB-288mbit
PPB Type 2
FPC Type 1
FPC CPU
1x G/E SFP,
SFP-SX
4x OC-3 SONET,
MMB-288mbit
PPB Type 2
FPC Type 4
FPC CPU
FPC Type 2
FPC CPU
2x G/E QPP,
SFP-SX
SFP-SX
2x G/E QPP,
SFP-SX
SFP-T
MMB-288mbit
PPB Type 2
FPC Type 3
Description
T640
T640 Backplane
T640 FPM Board
FPM Display
T-series CIP
Power Entry Module
SCG 0
REV 03
Routing Engine 0 REV 02
CB 0
REV 01
FPC 2
REV 04
CPU
REV 06
PIC 1
REV 03
SFP 0
REV 01
PIC 2
REV 03
SFP 0
REV 01
PIC 3
REV 03
SFP 0
REV 01
PIC 4
REV 03
SFP 0
REV 01
FPC 5
REV 01
CPU
REV 01
PIC 0
REV 01
SFP 0
REV 01
PIC 1
REV 03
SFP 0
REV 01
PIC 2
REV 03
SFP 0
PIC 3
REV 04
FPC 4
REV 01
CPU
REV 02
Fan Tray 0
Fan Tray 1
Fan Tray 2
710-003423
740-005022
710-002728
710-001721
710-001726
750-009567
740-009898
750-009567
740-011268
750-009567
740-012056
750-009567
740-012058
710-013553
710-013569
750-009567
740-009898
750-009567
740-009550
750-009467
NON-JNPR
750-005100
710-010845
710-011481
HA4508
210865700483
HD3044
HD5572
HA4712
HV2331
USC202R103
HV2332
USC202R112
HX4416
434TC004
HX4420
434TC124
JE4839
JW9163
HX4419
USC202RT05
HN7426
03L90051
HT7423
AY4850
JD3872
JB6042
279
280
00 00 00 00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
00
0x01
S/N AX5633.
01.04
0x00
ff ff ff ff
30
32
00
f8
ff
34
36
1b
00
ff
00
00
06
ff
ff
00
00
07
ff
ff
RE-3.0
FPC Type 1
PIC 2
PIC 3
SFP 0
SFP 1
MMB 1
PPB 0
PPB 1
FPC 2
CPU
PIC 0
SFP 0
PIC 1
PIC 2
PIC 3
REV 14
REV 09
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
SFP 0
SFP 1
MMB 0
MMB 1
SPMB 0
SIB 3
B Board
SIB 4
B Board
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
REV
01
02
04
04
08
05
02
01
03
01
07
750-001901
750-008155
NON-JNPR
740-007326
710-005555
710-003758
710-003758
710-010154
710-010169
750-009567
740-009898
750-003336
750-004535
750-007141
BA5390
HS3012
P1186TY
P11WLTF
HL7514
HM4405
AV1960
HZ3578
HZ3219
HX2882
USC202U709
HJ9954
HC0235
HX1699
01
01
03
03
09
07
06
07
06
740-007326
740-007326
710-010171
710-010171
710-003229
710-005781
710-005782
710-005781
710-005782
2441042
2441027
HV2365
HZ3888
HW5245
HR5927
HR5971
HR5903
HZ5275
SFP-SX
SFP-SX
MMB-5M3-288mbit
MMB-5M3-288mbit
T-series Switch CPU
SIB-L8-F16
SIB-L8-F16 (B)
SIB-L8-F16
SIB-L8-F16 (B)
281
NOTE: Only Intelligent Queuing (IQ) PICs are displayed by this command output.
Unified ISSU status for other PIC types is controlled internally by the FPC.
Options
Required Privilege Level
Related Topics
show chassis
in-service-upgrade
Field Name
Field Description
Item
Status
Reason
282
Online
Online
Online
Online
FPC 6
PIC 3
FPC 7
Online
Online
Online
283
284
Field Name
Field Description
Slot
State
Uptime
Release Information
Description
Options
routing matrix only, display all information about the physical location of the
TX Matrix platform and its attached T640 routing nodes.
fpc(Routing matrix only) (Optional) Display the physical location of all Flexible PIC
Concentrators (FPCs).
interface by-name name(Routing matrix only) (Optional) Display the physical location
of a specified interface name. This option displays the FPC number and T640
routing node (or line-card chassis) number associated with the specified interface.
interface by-slot fpc number lcc number(Routing matrix only) (Optional) Display the
global FPC number of an interface by specifying its local FPC number and T640
routing node (or line-card chassis) number.
The global FPC number is the FPC slot number when all the FPC slots in the
routing matrix are considered: 0 through 31. The local FPC number is the
FPC slot number on a particular T640 routing node.
specified T640 routing node (or line-card chassis) that is connected to a TX Matrix
platform. Replace number with a value from 0 through 3.
scc(Routing matrix only) (Optional) Display the physical location of the TX Matrix
Output Fields
view
show chassis location on page 286
show chassis location fpc (Routing Matrix) on page 286
show chassis location interface by-slot (Routing Matrix) on page 286
Table 72 on page 286 lists the output fields for the show chassis location command.
Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
285
Field Description
country-code
postal-code
Building
Building information.
Floor
Floor information.
Global FPC
Global FPC number. The FPC slot number, when all FPC slots
in the Routing Matrix are considered. The range of values is
0 through 31.
LCC
Local FPC
286
Release Information
Description
Options
display MAC addresses on the TX Matrix platform and its attached T640 routing
nodes.
lcc number(Routing matrix only) (Optional) Display MAC addresses for a specified
T640 routing node (or line-card chassis) that is connected to a TX Matrix platform.
Replace number with a value from 0 through 3.
scc(Routing matrix only) (Optional) Display MAC addresses for the TX Matrix
view
show chassis mac-addresses on page 287
show chassis mac-addresses (Routing Matrix) on page 288
Table 73 on page 287 lists the output fields for the show chassis mac-addresses
command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Table 73: show chassis mac-addresses Output Fields
Field Name
Field Description
show chassis
mac-addresses
Public count
Private count
287
show chassis
mac-addresses (Routing
Matrix)
288
Release Information
Description
Display status information about the Physical Interface Card (PIC) installed in the
specified Flexible PIC Concentrator (FPC) and PIC slot.
Options
fpc-slot slot-numberDisplay information about the PIC in this particular FPC slot:
Routing matrix onlyIf you specify the number of the T640 routing node
by using the lcc number option (the recommended method), replace
slot-number with a value from 0 through 7. Otherwise, replace slot-number
with a value from 0 through 31. For example, the following commands have
the same result:
user@host> show chassis pic fpc-slot 1 lcc 1 pic-slot 1
user@host> show chassis pic fpc-slot 9 pic-slot 1
lcc number(Routing matrix only) (Optional) Display PIC information for a specified
T640 routing node (or line-card chassis) that is connected to a TX Matrix platform.
Replace number with a value from 0 through 3.
pic-slot slot-numberDisplay information about the PIC in this particular PIC slot.
Replace slot-number with a value from 0 through 3.
Required Privilege Level
Related Topics
List of Sample Output
view
request chassis pic on page 137
show chassis pic fpc-slot pic-slot on page 291
show chassis pic fpc-slot pic-slot (PIC Offline) on page 291
show chassis pic fpc-slot pic-slot (FPC Offline) on page 291
show chassis pic fpc-slot pic-slot (FPC Not Present) on page 291
show chassis pic fpc-slot pic-slot (PIC Not Present) on page 291
show chassis pic fpc-slot 3 pic-slot 0 (M120 Router) on page 291
show chassis pic fpc-slot pic-slot (MX960 Router Bidirectional Optics) on page 292
show chassis pic fpc-slot pic-slot lcc (Routing Matrix) on page 292
show chassis pic fpc-slot pic-slot (Next-generation SONET/SDH SFP) on page 292
289
Table 74 on page 290 lists the output fields for the show chassis pic command. Output
fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Table 74: show chassis pic Output Fields
Field Name
Field Description
Type
PIC type.
ASIC type
State
Status of the PIC. State is displayed only when a PIC is in the slot:
Online or Offline.
PIC version
Uptime
Package
Port Number
Cable Type
PortPort number
290
Field Description
PortPort number
291
Port
Number
0
1
Cable
Type
GIGE 1000SX
GIGE 1000SX
Xcvr
Vendor Name
FINISAR CORP.
FINISAR CORP.
Xcvr Vendor
Part Number
FTRJ8519P1BNL-J3
FTRJ-8519-7D-JUN
Fiber
Cable type
type
SFP-1000BASE-BX10-D SM
SFP-1000BASE-BX10-D SM
SFP-1000BASE-BX10-D SM
SFP-1000BASE-BX10-D SM
SFP-1000BASE-BX10-D SM
SFP-1000BASE-BX10-U SM
SFP-1000BASE-BX10-U SM
SFP-1000BASE-BX10-U SM
SFP-1000BASE-BX10-U SM
SFP-1000BASE-BX10-U SM
Xcvr vendor
SumitomoElectric
SumitomoElectric
SumitomoElectric
OCP
OCP
SumitomoElectric
SumitomoElectric
OCP
OCP
SumitomoElectric
Xcvr vendor
part number
SBP6H44-J3-BW-49
SBP6H44-J3-BW-49
SBP6H44-J3-BW-49
TRXBG1LXDBVM2-JW
TRXBG1LXDBVM2-JW
SBP6H44-J3-BW-31
SBP6H44-J3-BW-31
TRXBG1LXDBBMH-J1
TRXBG1LXDBBMH-J1
SBP6H44-J3-BW-31
Wavelength
1490 nm
1490 nm
1490 nm
1490 nm
1490 nm
1310 nm
1310 nm
1310 nm
1310 nm
1310 nm
292
Port
Cable type
Fiber
type Xcvr vendor
Xcvr vendor
part number
Wavelength
0
1
2
3
SM
MM
MM
SM
FTRJ1321P1BTL-J2
TRPA03MM3BAS-JE
TRXA03MM3BAS-JW
FTLF1322P1BTR
1310
1310
1310
1310
FINISAR CORP.
OCP
OCP
FINISAR CORP.
nm
nm
nm
nm
percent
percent
day, 22 hours, 28 minutes, 12 seconds
Normal
Cable type
OC3 short reach
OC3 short reach
OC3 long reach
Fiber
type
MM
MM
SM
Xcvr vendor
AVAGO
AVAGO
OPNEXT INC
Xcvr vendor
part number
HFBR-57E0P-JU2
HFBR-57E0P-JU2
TRF5456AVLB314
Wavelength
n/a
n/a
1310 nm
293
Field Description
Device
Total Tokens
router.
294
Field Description
FPC number
PIM slot number and power and heat information for the PIM in
this slot:
this PIM.
Tokens Used
the router.
the router.
command.
CAUTION: Use extreme caution when disabling J-series power
management. To prevent equipment damage, do not install a
combination of PIMs that exceeds the power and heat capacity of
the router when J-series power management is disabled.
295
show chassis
power-ratings
show chassis
power-ratings (Power
Management Disabled)
296
Ratings
OK
OK
Empty
Empty
Exceeded
-
Ratings
OK
OK
Empty
Empty
Exceeded
No Power Mgmt
Options
Additional Information
Field Name
Field Description
Slot Description
PSD identification.
State
Uptime
{master}
user@host> show chassis psd
Slot Description
State
1
Online
2
Online
3
Online
Uptime
12 hours, 19 minutes, 51 seconds
2 hours, 18 minutes, 17 seconds
12 hours, 19 minutes, 51 seconds
297
Syntax
Release Information
Description
(M120 routers only) Display information about the status of configured Forwarding
Engine Board (FEB) redundancy groups.
Options
noneDisplay information about the status of all configured FEB redundancy groups.
<redundancy-group group-name>Display information about the specified configured
redundancy group.
<errors>Display information about any errors encountered on the components in
Table 77 on page 298 lists the output fields for the show chassis redundancy feb
command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Output Fields
Field Description
Group
FEB
State
Priority
(Standard and redundancy-group option) Status of FEB in the redundancy group: Backup, Primary, or
null.
Connected FPCs
(Standard and redundancy-group option) Slot number of each FPC connected to the FEB. The status
Check is displayed when an error might have occurred.
Redundancy State
298
Field Description
Auto-failover
(Standard and redundancy-group option) Automatic failover status of redundancy group: Enabled or
Disabled.
Switch-reason
(Standard and redundancy-group option) Reason a switchover occurred to the backup FEB in the
redundancy group.
FPC
(errors option only) Slot number and status of FPC: link ok or link error.
Fabric plane
show chassis
redundancy feb
feb
Connected FPCs
5
Connected FPCs
0
Redundancy state
Not ready
Active
Redundancy state
Not ready
Active
show chassis
redundancy feb
redundancy-group grp1
show chassis
redundancy feb
redundancy-group grp0
errors
299
FEB: 3
State: Online
FPC 3 link OK
Fabric plane 0 OK
Fabric plane 1 OK
Fabric plane 2 OK
Fabric plane 3 OK
FEB: 4
State: Online
FPC 4 link OK
Fabric plane 0 OK
Fabric plane 1 OK
Fabric plane 2 OK
Fabric plane 3 OK
FEB: 5
State: Online
FPC 5 link OK
Fabric plane 0 OK
Fabric plane 1 OK
Fabric plane 2 OK
Fabric plane 3 OK
300
Release Information
Description
Options
matrix only, display information about all Routing Engines on the TX Matrix
platform and its attached T640 routing nodes.
bios(Optional) Display the basic input/output system (BIOS) firmware version.
slot(Systems with multiple Routing Engines) (Optional) Display information for an
for a specified T640 routing node (or line-card chassis) that is connected to a
TX Matrix platform. Replace number with a value from 0 through 3.
scc(Routing matrix only) (Optional) Display Routing Engine information for the
Output Fields
view
request chassis routing-engine master on page 140
show
show
show
show
show
show
show
show
show
show
show
show
chassis
chassis
chassis
chassis
chassis
chassis
chassis
chassis
chassis
chassis
chassis
chassis
routing-engine
routing-engine
routing-engine
routing-engine
routing-engine
routing-engine
routing-engine
routing-engine
routing-engine
routing-engine
routing-engine
routing-engine
Table 78 on page 302 lists the output fields for theshow chassis routing-engine
command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
301
Field Description
Slot
Current state
(Systems with multiple Routing Engines) Current state of the Routing Engine: Master, Backup, or
Disabled.
Election priority
(Systems with multiple Routing Engines) Election priority for the Routing Engine: Master or Backup.
Temperature
DRAM
Memory utilization
CPU utilization
Model
Serial ID
(Systems with multiple Routing Engines) Identification number of the Routing Engine in this slot.
Start time
Uptime
power cycle/failureReboot due to the switching off of the power button behind the Routing
reset-button reset(Not available on the J-series routing platform) Reboot due to pressing of the
thermal shutdownReboot due to the router reaching a critical temperature point at which it is
Load averages
302
show chassis
routing-engine (M5)
show chassis
routing-engine (M10)
show chassis
routing-engine (M20)
303
Current state
Election priority
Temperature
DRAM
Memory utilization
CPU utilization:
User
Background
Kernel
Interrupt
Idle
Model
Serial ID
Start time
Uptime
Last reboot reason
show chassis
routing-engine (M40)
show chassis
routing-engine (M120)
304
Backup
Backup (default)
29 degrees C / 84 degrees F
768 MB
0 percent
0
0
1
0
99
percent
percent
percent
percent
percent
RE-2.0
d800000734745701
2003-06-17 16:37:33 PDT
195 days, 18 hours, 47 minutes, 9 seconds
Router rebooted after a normal shutdown
F
F
normal shutdown
minute
0.07
Election priority
Temperature
CPU temperature
DRAM
Memory utilization
CPU utilization:
User
Background
Kernel
Interrupt
Idle
Model
Serial ID
Start time
Uptime
Last reboot reason
45
42
2048
15
0
0
0
0
100
Backup (default)
degrees C / 113 degrees F
degrees C / 107 degrees F
MB
percent
percent
percent
percent
percent
percent
RE-A-1000
1000621151
2006-10-31 17:10:04 PST
14 minutes, 30 seconds
Router rebooted after a normal shutdown
305
show chassis
routing-engine (M160)
show chassis
routing-engine (MX240)
306
show chassis
routing-engine (MX480)
F
F
seconds
normal shutdown
show chassis
routing-engine (MX960)
show chassis
routing-engine (Routing
Matrix)
307
Model
Serial ID
Start time
Uptime
Last reboot reason
Load averages:
RE-4.0
P11123900153
2004-08-05 18:42:05 PDT
9 days, 22 hours, 49 minutes, 50 seconds
Router rebooted after a normal shutdown
1 minute
5 minute 15 minute
0.00
0.08
0.07
lcc0-re0:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------Routing Engine status:
Slot 0:
Current state
Master
Election priority
Master (default)
Temperature
33 degrees C / 91 degrees F
CPU temperature
30 degrees C / 86 degrees F
DRAM
2048 MB
Memory utilization
12 percent
CPU utilization:
User
0 percent
Background
0 percent
Kernel
1 percent
Interrupt
0 percent
Idle
98 percent
Model
RE-3.0
Serial ID
210865700363
Start time
2004-08-05 18:42:05 PDT
Uptime
9 days, 22 hours, 48 minutes, 20 seconds
Last reboot reason
Router rebooted after a normal shutdown
Load averages:
1 minute
5 minute 15 minute
0.00
0.02
0.00
lcc2-re0:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------Routing Engine status:
Slot 0:
Current state
Master
Election priority
Master (default)
Temperature
34 degrees C / 93 degrees F
CPU temperature
35 degrees C / 95 degrees F
DRAM
2048 MB
Memory utilization
12 percent
CPU utilization:
User
0 percent
Background
0 percent
Kernel
2 percent
Interrupt
0 percent
Idle
98 percent
Model
RE-4.0
Serial ID
P11123900126
Start time
2004-08-05 18:42:05 PDT
Uptime
9 days, 22 hours, 49 minutes, 4 seconds
Last reboot reason
Router rebooted after a normal shutdown
Load averages:
1 minute
5 minute 15 minute
0.01
0.01
0.0
show chassis
routing-engine lcc
(Routing Matrix)
308
Current state
Election priority
Temperature
CPU temperature
DRAM
Memory utilization
CPU utilization:
User
Background
Kernel
Interrupt
Idle
Model
Serial ID
Start time
Uptime
Last reboot reason
Load averages:
show chassis
routing-engine bios
(Routing Matrix)
33
30
2048
12
Master
Master (default)
degrees C / 91 degrees F
degrees C / 86 degrees F
MB
percent
0
0
1
0
98
percent
percent
percent
percent
percent
RE-3.0
210865700363
2004-08-05 18:42:05 PDT
7 days, 22 hours, 49 minutes, 6 seconds
Router rebooted after a normal shutdown
1 minute
5 minute 15 minute
0.00
0.00
0.00
309
Syntax
Release Information
(M40 router only) Display System Control Board (SCB) status information.
Description
Options
view
Table 79 on page 310 lists the output fields for the show chassis scb command. Output
fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Output Fields
Field Description
Temperature
CPU utilization
Interrupt utilization
Of the total CPU being used by the SCB's processor, the percentage being used for interrupts.
Heap utilization
Buffer utilization
DRAM
Start time
Uptime
Internet Processor
memory
Information about the memory of the Internet Processor ASIC on the SCB:
310
311
Release Information
Description
Options
view
request chassis sfm on page 145
request chassis sfm master switch on page 146
Output Fields
Field Description
Level of Output
Slot
Slot number
All levels
State
Status of the SFMs: Online, Online-Standby (M40e router only), Offline, or Empty.
All levels
Reason
All levels
Temp
none specified
none specified
Total
All levels
Interrupt
Of the total CPU being used by the SFM's processor, the percentage being used
for interrupts.
All levels
Memory Utilization
none specified
DRAM
All levels
312
Field Description
Level of Output
Heap
All levels
Buffer
Percentage of buffer space being used by the SFM's processor for buffering
internal messages.
All levels
SPP Temperature
detail
SPR Temperature
Temperature of air passing by the Switch Plane Router card, in degrees Celsius
and Fahrenheit.
detail
detail
Total SSRAM
detail
Internet processor
II
detail
Start time
detail
Uptime
detail
Packet scheduling
mode
detail
Memory
Utilization (%)
DRAM (MB) Heap
Buffer
64
0
6
64
0
6
0
0
0
0
0
0
Offline
- power configured off
Present
0 degrees C / 32 degrees F
0 degrees C / 32 degrees F
0 MB
0 MB
313
314
Online
degrees C / 98 degrees F
degrees C / 102 degrees F
MB
MB
Version 1, Foundry IBM, Part number 9
2004-08-17 09:23:08 PDT
72 days, 1 hour, 15 minutes, 57 seconds
37
39
64
8
Online
degrees C / 96 degrees F
degrees C / 98 degrees F
MB
MB
Version 1, Foundry IBM, Part number 9
2004-08-17 09:23:08 PDT
72 days, 1 hour, 15 minutes, 57 seconds
36
37
64
8
Release Information
Description
Options
specified T640 routing node (or line-card chassis) that is connected to a TX Matrix
platform. Replace number with a value from 0 through 3.
scc(Routing matrix only) (Optional) Display SIB status information for the TX Matrix
maintenance
request chassis sib on page 147
show chassis spmb sibs on page 319
Field Name
Field Description
Slot
State
Uptime
315
3
4
316
Online
Online
Release Information
Description
(T-series routing platforms only) Display Switch Processor Mezzanine Board (SPMB)
status information.
Options
none(Routing matrix only) Display SPMB status for the TX Matrix platform and its
view
request chassis sib on page 147
show chassis spmb sibs on page 319
Output Fields
Field Description
Slot
State
Of the total CPU being used by the SPMB processor, the percentage being used for interrupts.
Percentage of heap space (dynamic memory) being used by the FPC processor. If this number
exceeds 80 percent, there may be a software problem (memory leak).
Percentage of buffer space being used by the SPMB processor for buffering internal messages.
317
Field Description
Start time
Uptime
Online
1%
0%
0%
40%
2001-08-27 14:05:04 PDT
46 minutes, 36 seconds
318
Release Information
Description
Options
specified T640 routing node (or line-card chassis) that is connected to a TX Matrix
platform. Replace number with a value from 0 through 3.
scc(Routing matrix only) (Optional) Display SIB status information for the TX Matrix
Output Fields
On a T-series routing platforms, you can use either this command or the show chassis
sibs command to produce the same output. The show chassis sibs command is
supported on the M320 router and on the T-series routing platforms.
view
request chassis spmb restart on page 148
show
show
show
show
show
Table 83 on page 319 lists the output fields for the show chassis spmb sibs command.
Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Table 83: show chassis spmb sibs Output Fields
Field Name
Field Description
Slot
State
319
Field Description
Uptime
show chassis-spmb-sibs
(T1600)
320
Release Information
Description
Options
view
request chassis ssb master switch on page 149
show chassis ssb on page 322
Table 84 on page 321 lists the output fields for theshow chassis ssb command. Output
fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Table 84: show chassis ssb Output Fields
Field Name
Field Description
Failover
Slot
State
Temperature
CPU utilization
Interrupt utilization
Of the total CPU being used by the SSB's processor, the percentage
being used for interrupts.
Heap utilization
Buffer utilization
DRAM
Start time
Uptime
321
322
0 time
33
0
0
0
6
64
Master
Centigrade
percent
percent
percent
percent
Mbytes
1999-01-15 22:05:36 UTC
21 hours, 21 minutes, 22 seconds
Syntax
Release Information
Command introduced in JUNOS Release 7.6 for M320 routers. Command introduced
in JUNOS Release 8.3 for M40e routers. Command introduced in JUNOS Release 9.3
for M120 routers.
Description
(M320, M40e, and M120 routers only) Display information about the external clock
source currently used for chassis synchronization.
master (Optional) Display clock synchronization information about the master
Options
clock.
backup(Optional) Display clock synchronization information about the backup
clock.
extensive(Optional) Display clock synchronization information in detail.
maintenance
Related Topics
show
show
show
show
chassis
chassis
chassis
chassis
Table 85 on page 323 lists the output fields for theshow chassis synchronization
command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Output Fields
Field Description
Current state
Selected for
Number of seconds this clock has been the master or backup clock source.
Selected since
323
Field Description
Configured sources
Source
Priority
numberDeviation in ppm.
numberDeviation in ppm.
Status
show chassis
synchronization
show chassis
synchronization master
show chassis
synchronization backup
324
show chassis
synchronization
extensive
: locked to master CB
: 34 days, 20 hours, 17 minutes, 8 seconds
: 2008-08-01 01:22:16 PDT
325
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
view
Table 86 on page 326 lists the output fields for the show chassis temperature-thresholds
command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Output Fields
Field Description
Item
Chassis component. If per FRU per slot thresholds are configured, the components about which
information is displayed include the chassis, the Routing Engines, FPCs, and FEBs. If per FRU per
slot thresholds are not configured, the components about which information is displayed include
the chassis and the Routing Engines.
Fan speed
The temperature threshold settings, in degrees Celsius, for the fans to operate at normal and high
speeds.
NormalThe fans operate at normal speed if the component is at or below this temperature
HighThe fans operate at high speed if the component has exceeded this temperature or a fan
The temperature threshold settings, in degrees Celsius, that trigger a yellow alarm.
NormalThe component has exceeded this temperature and the fans have been turned on to
full speed.
Bad fanThe component has exceeded this temperature and one or more fans have failed or
are missing.
Red alarm
The temperature threshold settings, in degrees Celsius, that trigger a red alarm.
NormalThe component has exceeded this temperature and the fans have been turned on to
full speed.
HighThe component has exceeded this temperature and one or more fans have failed or are
missing.
326
show chassis
temperature-thresholds
show chassis
temperature-thresholds
Bad fan
55
95
95
65
65
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
60
Bad fan
55
95
85
Red alarm
Normal
75
110
110
90
90
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
80
Bad fan
65
110
110
80
80
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
70
Red alarm
Normal
75
110
100
Bad fan
65
110
100
327
328
Chapter 8
Command
329
Command
NOTE: For information about how to configure CLI parameters, see the JUNOS CLI
User Guide.
For information about related tasks performed by network operations center (NOC)
personnel, see the JUNOS Baseline Network Operations Guide.
330
Options
Required Privilege Level
Related Topics
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
331
Options
set cli
complete-on-space
view
show cli on page 343
set cli complete-on-space on page 332
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request.
In the following example, pressing the Spacebar changes the partial command entry
from com to complete-on-space. The example shows how adding the keyword off at
the end of the command disables command completion.
user@host> set cli com<Space>
user@host>set cli complete-on-space off
Disabling complete-on-space
332
view
show cli directory on page 347
set cli directory on page 333
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request.
user@host> set cli directory /var/home/regress
Current directory: /var/home/regress
333
Release Information
Description
Set the maximum time that an individual session can be idle before the user is logged
off the router.
Options
100,000. If you do not issue this command, and the user's login class does not
specify this value, the user is never forced off the system after extended idle
times. Setting the value to 0 disables the timeout.
Required Privilege Level
Related Topics
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
334
view
show cli on page 343
set cli idle-timeout on page 334
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request.
user@host> set cli idle-timeout 60
Idle timeout set to 60 minutes
view
set cli logical-system on page 335
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request.
user@host> set cli logical-system log-router-A
logical system: log-router-A
user@host:log-router-A>
335
336
view
show cli on page 343
set cli prompt on page 336
When you enter this command, the new CLI prompt is displayed.
user@host> set cli prompt lab1-router>
lab1-router>
Options
set cli
restart-on-upgrade
view
show cli on page 343
set cli restart-on-upgrade on page 337
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request.
user@host> set cli restart-on-upgrade on
Enabling restart-on-upgrade
337
Options
lengthNumber of lines of text that the terminal screen displays. The range of values,
in number of lines, is 24 through 100,000. The default is 24.
Additional Information
The point at which the ---(more)--- prompt appears on the screen is a function of this
setting and the settings for the set cli screen-width and set cli terminal commands.
view
set cli screen-width on page 339
set cli terminal on page 340
show cli on page 343
338
Options
Additional Information
The point at which the ---(more)--- prompt appears on the screen is a function of this
setting and the settings for the set cli screen-length and set cli terminal commands.
view
set cli screen-length on page 338
set cli terminal on page 340
show cli on page 343
339
340
view
show cli on page 343
set cli terminal on page 340
This command provides no output.
user@host> set cli terminal xterm
timestamp format you specify can include the following placeholders in any
order:
%mTwo-digit month
%dTwo-digit date
view
show cli on page 343
set cli timestamp on page 341
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request.
user@host> set cli timestamp format '%m-%d-%T'
'04-21-17:39:13'
CLI timestamp set to: '%m-%d-%T'
341
set date
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
view
Related Topics
Output Fields
set date
342
set date
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request.
user@host> set date ntp
21 Apr 17:22:02 ntpdate[3867]: step time server 172.17.27.46 offset 8.759252 sec
show cli
Syntax
Release Information
show cli
Description
Options
view
show cli on page 343
Table 88 on page 343 lists the output fields for theshow cli command. Output fields
are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Field Description
CLI complete-on-space
Capability to complete a partial command entry when you type a space or a tab: on or off.
CLI idle-timeout
Maximum time that an individual session can be idle before the user is logged off the router. When
this feature is enabled, the number of minutes is displayed. Otherwise, the state is disabled.
CLI restart-on-upgrade
CLI is set to prompt you to restart the router after upgrading the software: on or off.
CLI screen-length
CLI screen-width
CLI terminal
Terminal type.
CLI is operating in
Mode: enhanced.
CLI timestamp
Date and time format for the timestamp. If the timestamp is not set, the state is disabled.
show cli
show cli
343
344
Field Name
Field Description
access
access-control
admin
admin-control
clear
configure
control
edit
field
firewall
firewall-control
floppy
flow-tap
flow-tap-control
interface
interface-control
Field Name
Field Description
maintenance
network
Can access the network by entering the ping, ssh, telnet, and
traceroute commands.
reset
rollback
routing
routing-control
secret
secret-control
security
security-control
shell
snmp
snmp-control
system
system-control
trace
trace-control
view
view-configuration
345
346
Field Name
Field Description
Current directory
347
Release Information
Description
Options
view
show cli history on page 348
Table 91 on page 348 lists the output fields for the show cli history command. Output
fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Table 91: show cli history Output Fields
348
Field Name
Field Description
timestamp
command-syntax
user@host>
11:14:14
11:22:10
11:27:12
Chapter 9
Command
Calculate checksums.
Copy files.
Delete files.
Rename files.
349
NOTE: See also the monitor list, monitor start, and monitor stop commands, which
are documented in Real-Time Router Monitoring Operational Mode
Commands on page 71.
For information about how to configure file parameters, see the JUNOS System Basics
Configuration Guide.
For information about related tasks performed by network operations center (NOC)
personnel, see the JUNOS Baseline Network Operations Guide.
350
clear log
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
clear
Related Topics
Output Fields
clear log
clear log
351
file archive
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Archive, and optionally compress, one or multiple local system files as a single file,
locally or at a remote location.
Options
as a URL or filename. The JUNOS software adds one of the following suffixes if
the destination filename does not already have it:
source sourceSource of the original file or files. Specify the source as a URL or
filename.
compress(Optional) Compress the archived file with the GNU zip (gzip) compression
utility. The compressed files have the suffix .tgz.
Required Privilege Level
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
file archive
(Multiple Files)
maintenance
file archive (Multiple Files) on page 352
file archive (Single File) on page 352
file archive (with Compression) on page 353
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request.
The following sample command archives all message files in the local directory
/var/log/messages as the single file messages-archive.tar in the same directory:
user@host> file archive source /var/log/messages* destination
/var/log/messages-archive.tar
/usr/bin/tar: Removing leading / from absolute path names in the archive.
user@host>
The following sample command archives one message file in the local directory
/var/log/messages as the single file messages-archive.tar in the same directory:
user@host> file archive source /var/log/messages destination
/var/log/messages-archive.tar
/usr/bin/tar: Removing leading / from absolute path names in the archive.
user@host
352
file archive
file archive
(with Compression)
The following sample command archives and compresses all message files in the
local directory /var/log/messages as the single file messages-archive.tgz in the same
directory:
user@host> file archive compress source /var/log/messages* destination
/var/log/messages-archive.tgz
/usr/bin/tar: Removing leading / from absolute path names in the archive.
user@host>
file archive
353
354
maintenance
file checksum md5 on page 354
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request.
user@host> file checksum md5 jbundle-5.3R2.4-export-signed.tgz
MD5 (jbundle-5.3R2.4-export-signed.tgz) = 2a3b69e43f9bd4893729cc16f505a0f5
file compare
Syntax
Release Information
Description
DefaultIn the first line of output, c means lines were changed between the two
files, d means lines were deleted between the two files, and a means lines were
added between the two files. The numbers preceding this alphabetical marker
represent the first file, and the lines after the alphabetical marker represent the
second file. A left angle bracket (<) in front of output lines refers to the first file.
A right angle bracket (>) in front of output lines refers to the second file.
ContextDisplay is divided into two parts. The first part is the first file; the second
part is the second file. Output lines preceded by an exclamation point (!) have
changed. Additions are marked with a plus sign (+), and deletions are marked
with a minus sign (-).
UnifiedDisplay is preceded by the line number from the first and the second
file (xx,xxx,x). Before the line number, additions to the file are marked with a
plus sign (+), and deletions to the file are marked with a minus sign (-). The body
of the output contains the affected lines. Changes are viewed as additions plus
deletions.
Options
Output Fields
none
file
file
file
file
compare
compare
compare
compare
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request.
file compare
355
356
file compare
file compare
357
file copy
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
are copying a file to the current directory (your home directory on the local
router) and are not renaming the file, specify the destination with a period (.).
source-address address(Optional) Source IP host address. This option is useful for
Output Fields
maintenance
file copy (A File from the Router to a PC) on page 358
file copy (A Configuration File Between Routing Engines) on page 358
file copy (A Log File Between Routing Engines) on page 358
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request.
user@host> file copy /var/tmp/rpd.core.4 berry:/c/junipero/tmp
...transferring.file...... |
0 KB |
file copy
(A Configuration File
Between Routing
Engines)
The following sample command copies a configuration file from Routing Engine 0
to Routing Engine 1:
The following sample command copies a log file from Routing Engine 0 to Routing
Engine 1:
358
file copy
file delete
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
in the filename if the file to be deleted is not local to the Routing Engine from
which the command is issued.
purge(Optional) Overwrite regular files before deleting them.
Required Privilege Level
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
file delete
file delete
(Routing Matrix)
maintenance
file delete on page 359
file delete (Routing Matrix) on page 359
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request.
user@host> file list /var/tmp
dcd.core
rpd.core
snmpd.core
user@host> file delete /var/tmp/snmpd.core
user@host> file list /var/tmp
dcd.core
rpd.core
user@host> file list lcc0-re0:/var/tmp
dcd.core
rpd.core
snmpd.core
user@host> file delete lcc0-re0:/var/tmp/snmpd.core
user@host> file list /var/tmp
dcd.core
rpd.core
file delete
359
file list
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
file list
<detail | recursive>
<filename>
file list
360
file list
The default directory is the home directory of the user logged into the router. To
view available directories, enter a space and then a backslash (/) after the file list
command. To view files within a specific directory, include a backslash followed by
the directory and, optionally, subdirectory name after the file list command.
maintenance
file list on page 360
file list (Routing Matrix) on page 361
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request.
user@host> file list /var/tmp
dcd.core
rpd.core
snmpd.core
file list
361
file rename
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
file rename
maintenance
file rename on page 362
file rename (Routing Matrix) on page 363
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request.
The following example lists the files in /var/tmp, renames one of the files, and then
displays the list of files again to reveal the newly named file.
user@host> file list /var/tmp
dcd.core
rpd.core
snmpd.core
user@host> file rename /var/tmp/dcd.core /var/tmp/dcd.core.990413
user@host> file list /var/tmp
dcd.core.990413
rpd.core
snmpd.core
362
file rename
file rename
(Routing Matrix)
The following example lists the files in /var/tmp, renames one of the files, and then
displays the list of files again to reveal the newly named file.
user@host> file list lcc0-re1:/var/tmp
lcc0-re1:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------/var/tmp:
.pccardd
sartre.conf
snmpd
syslogd.core-tarball.0.tgz
user@host> file rename lcc0-re0:/var/tmp/snmpd /var/tmp/snmpd.rr
user@host> file list lcc0-re1:/var/tmp
lcc0-re1:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------/var/tmp:
.pccardd
sartre.conf
snmpd.rr
syslogd.core-tarball.0.tgz
file rename
363
file show
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
information.
encoding base64(Optional) Encode file contents.
Required Privilege Level
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
file show
file show
(Routing Matrix)
maintenance
file show on page 364
file show (Routing Matrix) on page 364
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request.
user@host> file
Apr 13 21:00:08
Apr 13 21:00:40
Apr 13 21:02:48
Apr 13 21:07:04
Apr 13 21:07:13
Apr 13 21:07:29
...
show /var/log/messages
romney /kernel: so-1/1/2: loopback suspected; going to standby.
romney /kernel: so-1/1/2: loopback suspected; going to standby.
romney last message repeated 4 times
romney last message repeated 8 times
romney /kernel: so-1/1/0: Clearing SONET alarm(s) RDI-P
romney /kernel: so-1/1/0: Asserting SONET alarm(s) RDI-P
364
file show
file show
365
show log
Syntax
show log
<filename | user <username>>
show log
<all-lcc | lcc number | scc>
<filename | user <username>>
Release Information
Description
Options
information about all T640 routing nodes (or line-card chassis) or a specific T640
routing node (replace number with a value from 0 through 3) connected to a TX
Matrix platform. Or, display logging information about the TX Matrix platform
(or switch-card chassis).
filename(Optional) Display the log messages in the specified log file. For the routing
Output Fields
show log
366
show log
trace
show log on page 366
show log filename on page 367
show log user on page 367
Output field descriptions to be provided.
user@host> show log
total 57518
-rw-r--r-- 1 root
-rw-r--r-- 1 root
-rw-r--r-- 1 root
-rw-r--r-- 1 root
-rw-r--r-- 1 root
-rw-r--r-- 1 root
-rw-r--r-- 1 root
-rw-r--r-- 1 root
-rw-r--r-- 1 root
-rw-r--r-- 1 root
-rw-r--r-- 1 root
-rw-r--r-- 1 root
-rw-rw-r-- 1 root
bin
bin
bin
bin
bin
bin
bin
bin
bin
bin
bin
bin
bin
211663
999947
999994
238815
1049098
1061095
1052026
1056309
1056371
1056301
1056350
1048876
19656
Oct
Oct
Oct
Oct
Oct
Oct
Oct
Sep
Sep
Sep
Sep
Sep
Oct
1
1
1
1
1
1
1
30
30
30
30
30
1
19:44
19:41
17:48
19:44
18:00
12:13
06:08
18:21
14:36
10:50
07:04
03:21
19:37
dcd
dcd.0
dcd.1
rpd
rpd.0
rpd.1
rpd.2
rpd.3
rpd.4
rpd.5
rpd.6
rpd.7
wtmp
show log
367
368
show log
Chapter 10
Command
369
Command
NOTE: For information about how to configure PFE parameters, see the JUNOS System
Basics Configuration Guide.
370
Options
Required Privilege Level
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
371
RX messages
----------0
0
14582
0
0
0
0
0
1
2925
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
372
-----0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
----0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
373
Options
Required Privilege Level
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
show pfe feb
Present
Online
2005-03-11 00:33:57 PST
1d 09:14
0
0
374
RX messages
----------0
0
11889
0
0
0
0
0
940
3008
9
0
0
0
35
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
1995
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
375
bucket
-----0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
376
count
----0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Description
Display Packet Forwarding Engine statistics for the specified Flexible PIC Concentrator
(FPC).
Options
slotFPC slot number, for example, 0. The number of slots depends on the routing
platform.
Required Privilege Level
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
show pfe fpc
admin
show pfe fpc on page 377
Output field descriptions to be provided.
user@host> show pfe fpc
FPC 1 status:
Slot:
State:
Last State Change:
Uptime:
Failures:
Pending:
1
Present
Online
2000-01-10 18:12:27 UTC
1d 03:31
0
0
RX messages
----------0
0
2219
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
377
Options
Required Privilege Level
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
show pfe fwdd
378
RX messages
----------- ----------Header
0
Test
0
Interface
221
Chassis
0
Boot
0
Next-hop
40
Jtree
0
Cprod
0
Route
45
Pfe
1907
Dfw
16
Mastership
0
Sampling
0
GUCP
0
CoS
20
GCCP
0
GHCP
0
IRSD
0
Monitoring
0
RE
0
PIC
0
ASP cfg
0
ASP cmd
0
L2TP cfg
0
Collector
0
PIC state
0
----------0
0
3189
0
0
0
0
0
0
1520
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
379
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
380
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Description
(Routing matrix only) Display Packet Forwarding Engine status and statistics for the
specified T640 routing node (or line-card chassis).
Options
lcc numberSlot number of the T640 routing node (or line-card chassis) that is
connected to a TX Matrix platform. Replace number with a value from 0 through 3.
admin
show pfe lcc on page 381
Output field descriptions to be provided.
user@host> show pfe lcc
LCC 0 status:
Slot:
State:
Last State Change:
Uptime (total):
Failures:
Pending:
0
Present
Online
2005-03-10 19:31:50 PST
1d 14:20
23
0
381
type
TX Messages
----------- ----------Header
0
Test
0
Interface
163
Chassis
0
Boot
0
Next-hop
15
Jtree
0
Cprod
0
Route
100
Pfe
5369
Dfw
11
Mastership
0
Sampling
0
GUCP
0
CoS
20
GCCP
0
GHCP
0
IRSD
0
Monitoring
0
RE
3
PIC
0
ASP cfg
0
ASP cmd
0
L2TP cfg
0
Collector
0
PIC state
4
RX messages
----------0
0
2923
0
0
0
0
0
0
3072
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
6930
0
0
0
0
0
0
382
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
383
Release Information
Description
Options
interface.
lcc number(Routing matrix only) (Optional) Slot number of the T640 routing node
(or line-card chassis) that houses the FPC. Replace number with a value from 0
through 3.
Required Privilege Level
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
384
admin
show pfe next-hop on page 385
show pfe next-hop fpc (Routing Matrix) on page 385
Output field descriptions to be provided.
Protocol
--------IPv4
IPv4
IPv4
IPv4
IPv4
IPv4
IPv4
IPv4
IPv4
IPv4
IPv4
Encap
-----------Unspecified
Unspecified
ATM SNAP
Protocol
---------IPv4
IPv4
IPv4
IPv4
IPV6
IPV6
IPV6
None
IPv4
IPv4
IPv4
IPv4
IPv4
IPv4
IPv4
IPv4
IPv4
IPV6
IPV6
MTU
----0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4482
Encap
-----------Unspecified
Unspecified
Unspecified
Unspecified
Unspecified
Unspecified
Unspecified
Unspecified
MTU
---0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
385
Release Information
Description
NOTE: The Routing Engine maintains a master copy of the forwarding table. It copies
the forwarding table to the Packet Forwarding Engine, which is the part of the router
responsible for forwarding packets. To display the routes in the Routing Engine
forwarding table, use the show route forwarding table command. For more information,
see the JUNOS Routing Protocols and Policies Command Reference.
Options
Concentrator (FPC) slot. If you specify the number of a T640 routing node by
using the lcc number option (the recommended method), replace slot with a value
from 0 through 7. Otherwise, replace slot with a value from 0 through 31. For
example, the following commands have the same result:
user@host> show pfe route fpc 1 lcc 1
user@host> show pfe route fpc 9
inet6(Optional) Display Packet Forwarding Engine IPv6 routes.
ip(Optional) Display Packet Forwarding Engine IPv4 routes.
iso (Optional) Display ISO version routing tables.
prefix prefix(Optional) IPv4 or IPv6 prefix for which to show table entries.
table <table-name> <index index> <prefix prefix>(Optional) Display table information.
386
lcc number(Routing matrix only) (Optional) Slot number of the T640 routing node
(or line-card chassis) that houses the FPC. Replace number with a value from 0
through 3.
mpls(Optional) Display Packet Forwarding Engine Multiprotocol Label Switching
(MPLS) information.
summary(Optional) Display summary of Packet Forwarding Engine information.
Required Privilege Level
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
show pfe route ip
admin
show pfe route ip on page 387
show pfe route iso on page 387
show pfe route lcc summary (Routing Matrix) on page 387
Output field descriptions to be provided.
user@host> show pfe route ip
IPv4 Route Table 0, default.0, 0x0:
Destination
NH IP Addr
Type
NH ID Interface
--------------------------------- --------------- -------- ----- --------default
Discard
8
127.0.0.1
127.0.0.1
Local
256
172.16/12
192.168.71.254
Unicast
68 fxp0.0
192.168.0/18
192.168.71.254
Unicast
68 fxp0.0
192.168.40/22
192.168.71.254
Unicast
68 fxp0.0
192.168.64/18
192.168.71.254
Unicast
68 fxp0.0
192.168.64/21
Resolve
67 fxp0.0
192.168.71.249
192.168.71.249
Local
66
192.168.220.0/30
Resolve
303 fe-0/0/0.0
192.168.220.0
192.168.220.0
Receive
301 fe-0/0/0.0
224.0.0.1
Mcast
5
255.255.255.255
Bcast
6
...
Size(b)
---------3081
281
Size(b)
----------
387
Default
68
Size(b)
---------717
389
Slot 1
Size(b)
---------3081
281
Routes
---------1
Size(b)
---------68
Size(b)
---------717
389
Slot 16
IPv4 Route Tables:
Index
Routes
-------- ---------Default
41
1
4
Size(b)
---------2938
281
Size(b)
---------68
Size(b)
---------717
389
Slot 17
388
Size(b)
---------2938
281
Size(b)
---------68
Size(b)
---------717
389
389
Options
Required Privilege Level
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
Present
Online
1999-02-05 11:02:36 UTC
1d 02:31
0
0
RX messages
----------0
0
10594
0
0
0
0
0
0
1593
0
0
0
390
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
...
PFE socket-buffer bytes pending transmit:
bucket
count
---------0
5298
1
0
2
0
3
0
4
2
5
3
6
1
7
1
...
391
Options
Additional Information
Required Privilege Level
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
1
Offline
Init
2000-03-01 07:45:55 UTC
17:47:29
167
0
RX messages
----------0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
392
bucket
-----0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
count
----0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
393
Options
Required Privilege Level
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
Present
Online
2005-03-06 03:10:28 PST
11:23:27
0
0
394
Resync Time:
RX messages
----------0
0
9911
0
0
0
0
0
0
683
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
395
396
Release Information
Description
Options
admin
show pfe statistics dma on page 397
show pfe statistics dma lcc (Routing Matrix) on page 398
Output Fields
Failed
---------0
0
0
0
DMA Errors:
Name
-------------Illegal Bank
Address Range
ECC Error
PCI Retries
PCI Error
Write 0
---------0
0
0
0
0
Write 1
---------0
0
0
0
0
Read 0
---------0
0
0
0
0
Read 1
---------0
0
0
0
0
397
DMA Requests:
Requests available: 256, Requests used: 0
Requests
---------10718
9935
Completed
---------10718
9935
Failed
---------0
0
Write 0
---------0
0
0
Write 1
---------0
0
0
Read 0
----------
DMA Errors:
Name
-------------Illegal Bank
Address Range
ECC Error
Read 1
----------
DMA Requests:
Requests available: 768, Requests used: 0
DMA Statistics:
Name
-------------Packet Read
Packet Write
Requests
---------0
0
Completed
---------0
0
Failed
---------0
0
Write 0
---------0
0
0
Write 1
---------0
0
0
Read 0
----------
DMA Errors:
Name
-------------Illegal Bank
Address Range
ECC Error
Read 1
----------
DMA Requests:
Requests available: 768, Requests used: 0
Slot 1
DMA Statistics:
Name
-------------Packet Read
Packet Write
Requests
---------2
10154
Completed
---------2
10154
Failed
---------0
0
Write 0
---------0
0
0
Write 1
---------0
0
0
Read 0
----------
DMA Errors:
Name
-------------Illegal Bank
Address Range
ECC Error
DMA Requests:
398
Read 1
----------
Requests
---------0
0
Completed
---------0
0
Failed
---------0
0
Write 0
---------0
0
0
Write 1
---------0
0
0
Read 0
----------
DMA Errors:
Name
-------------Illegal Bank
Address Range
ECC Error
Read 1
----------
DMA Requests:
Requests available: 768, Requests used: 0
DMA Statistics:
Name
-------------Packet Read
Packet Write
Requests
---------0
0
Completed
---------0
0
Failed
---------0
0
Write 0
---------0
0
0
Write 1
---------0
0
0
Read 0
----------
DMA Errors:
Name
-------------Illegal Bank
Address Range
ECC Error
Read 1
----------
DMA Requests:
Requests available: 768, Requests used: 0
Slot 17
DMA Statistics:
Name
-------------Packet Read
Packet Write
Requests
---------0
0
Completed
---------0
0
Failed
---------0
0
Write 0
---------0
0
0
Write 1
---------0
0
0
Read 0
----------
DMA Errors:
Name
-------------Illegal Bank
Address Range
ECC Error
Read 1
----------
DMA Requests:
Requests available: 768, Requests used: 0
399
Release Information
Description
Options
Concentrator (FPC) slot. If you specify the number of a T640 routing node by
using the lcc number option (the recommended method), replace slot with a value
from 0 through 7. Otherwise, replace slot with a value from 0 through 31. For
example, the following commands have the same result:
user@host> show pfe statistics error fpc 1 lcc 1
user@host> show pfe statistics error fpc 9
lcc number(Routing matrix only) (Optional) Display error statistics for a specific
T640 routing node (or line-card chassis) that is connected to a TX Matrix platform.
Replace number with a value from 0 through 3.
Required Privilege Level
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
show pfe statistics error
400
admin
show pfe statistics error on page 400
show pfe statistics error lcc (Routing Matrix) on page 401
Output field descriptions to be provided.
user@host> show pfe statistics error
PFE error statistics:
C chip
A1 chip
A2 chip
---------- ---------- ---------0
0
0 scan fail
0
0
N/A A1<->C FCS error
0
N/A
0 A2<->C FCS error
N/A
0
0 A<->B FCS error
B chip slots:
0
1
2
3
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------0
0
0
0
scan fail
0
0
0
0
A1->B FCS error
0
0
0
0
A2->B FCS error
0
0
0
0
correctable ECC error
0
0
0
0
uncorrectable ECC error
0
0
0
0
multiple ECC errors
0
0
0
0
B->HS link error
0
0
0
0
A1->Bm error
0
0
0
0
A2->Bo error
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
4
5
6
7
---------- ---------- ---------- ---------0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
scan fail
A1->B FCS error
A2->B FCS error
correctable ECC error
uncorrectable ECC error
multiple ECC errors
B->HS link error
A1->Bm error
A2->Bo error
write buffer overflow
Bo FIFO sync error
Bo FIFO size error
Bo stream stuck error
Bo SRAM parity error
HST Name
=========================
No errors on this PFE
---->
Index
=====
HSR Name
====================
Errors
======
Index
=====
HSR Name
====================
Errors
======
*****
HST Name
=========================
No errors on this PFE
---->
*****
Slot 1
LCHIP Error statistics:
LCHIP
0
1
2
3
------------------------------------------------------Lin PIF:
0
0
0
0
Lin SRCTL:
0
0
0
0
Lout NLIF:
0
0
0
0
Lout DESRD:
0
0
0
0
Lout HDRF:
0
0
0
0
401
402
HST Name
=========================
No errors on this PFE
---->
*****
Index
=====
HSR Name
====================
Errors
======
Release Information
Description
Options
Concentrator (FPC) slot. If you specify the number of a T640 routing node by
using the lcc number option (the recommended method), replace slot with a value
from 0 through 7. Otherwise, replace slot with a value from 0 through 31. For
example, the following commands have the same result:
user@host> show pfe statistics ip fpc 1 lcc 1
user@host> show pfe statistics ip fpc 9
icmp(Optional) Display Packet Forwarding Engine IP ICMP statistics.
options(Optional) Display Packet Forwarding Engine IP options statistics.
lcc number(Routing matrix only) (Optional) Display error statistics for a specific
T640 routing node (or line-card chassis) that is connected to a TX Matrix platform.
Replace number with a value from 0 through 3.
Required Privilege Level
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
admin
show pfe statistics ip icmp on page 404
show pfe statistics ip options on page 405
Table 94 on page 404 lists the output fields for the show pfe statistics ip command.
Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
403
Field Description
ICMP Statistics
requestsNumber of ICMP notifications sent to the PFE. If a throttler is configured, the number
of notifications might not reflect all requests made. (See the throttled icmps field description.)
network unreachablesWhen route lookups fail, ICMP packets are sent to the source. These
packets are ICMP TypeDestination Unreachable (3) and ICMP Code=Network Unreachable (0).
ttl capturedNumber of TTL expired packets sent by PFE interfaces to the Routing Engine.
icmp/option handoffsNumber of packets that the PFE hardware requests the PFE software to
process.
ICMP errors
unknown unreachablesUnknown code (greater than 16) found for an unknown unreachable
unsupported ICMP typeAny ICMP type other than UNREACH, REDIRECT, TIME_EXCEED, and
PARAM_PROB.
unprocessed redirectsWhen trying to find the neighbor to send redirects to, the PFE could not
invalid ICMP typeAny ICMP type other than UNREACH, REDIRECT, TIME_EXCEED, and
PARAM_PROB.
bad input interface if1The PFE software cannot map the interface index supplied by the chips
runtsNumber of packets for which the IP header length is less than the minimum length that
is supported.
ICMP Discards
multicastsICMP packets are not sent for link-layer multicast packets. These are counted as
bad source addressesICMP packets were received from an invalid source address (not a unicast
bad dest addressesICMP packets were sent to an invalid destination address (not a unicast
IP fragmentsICMP responses are sent only for the first fragments. The rest do not receive a
response. This is the count for ICMP requests that receive no response.
404
0 mtu exceeded
0 icmp/option handoffs
ICMP Errors:
0 unknown unreachables
0 unsupported ICMP type
0 unprocessed redirects
0 invalid ICMP type
0 invalid protocol
0 bad input interface
0 throttled icmps
0 runts
ICMP Discards:
0 multicasts
0 bad source addresses
0 bad dest addresses
0 IP fragments
0 ICMP errors
405
Release Information
Description
Options
Concentrator slot. If you specify the number of a T640 routing node by using
the lcc number option (the recommended method), replace slot with a value
from 0 through 7. Otherwise, replace slot with a value from 0 through 31. For
example, the following commands have the same result:
user@host> show pfe statistics ip6 fpc 1 lcc 1
user@host> show pfe statistics ip6 fpc 9
icmp(Optional) Display Packet Forwarding Engine IP ICMP statistics.
lcc number(Routing matrix only) (Optional) Display statistics for a specific T640
406
admin
show pfe statistics ip6 icmp on page 407
Table 95 on page 407 lists the output fields for the show pfe statistics ip6 command.
Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Field Description
ICMP6 Statistics
requestsNumber of ICMP notifications sent to the PFE. If a throttler is configured, the number
of notifications might not reflect all requests made. (See the throttled icmps field description.)
network unreachablesWhen route lookups fail, ICMP packets are sent to the source. These
packets are ICMP Type= Destination Unreachable (3) and ICMP Code= Network Unreachable
(0).
ttl capturedNumber of TTL expired packets sent by PFE interfaces to the Routing Engine.
icmp/option handoffsNumber of packets that the PFE hardware requests the PFE software to
process.
ICMP6 errors
unknown unreachablesUnknown code (greater than 16) found for an unknown unreachable
unsupported ICMP typeAny ICMP type other than UNREACH, REDIRECT, TIME_EXCEED, and
PARAM_PROB.
unprocessed redirectsWhen trying to find the neighbor to send redirects to, the PFE could not
invalid ICMP typeAny ICMP type other than UNREACH, REDIRECT, TIME_EXCEED, and
PARAM_PROB.
bad input interface if1The PFE software cannot map the interface index supplied by the chips
runtsNumber of packets for which the IP header length is less than the minimum length that
is supported.
ICMP6 Discards
multicastsICMP packets are not sent for link-layer multicast packets. These are counted as
bad source addressesICMP packets were received from an invalid source address (not a unicast
bad dest addressesICMP packets were sent to an invalid destination address (not a unicast
IP fragmentsICMP responses are sent only for the first fragments. The rest do not receive a
response. This is the count for ICMP requests that receive no response.
407
0 redirects
0 mtu exceeded
0 icmp/option handoffs
ICMP6 Errors:
0 unknown unreachables
0 unsupported ICMP type
0 unprocessed redirects
0 invalid ICMP type
0 invalid protocol
0 bad input interface
0 throttled icmps
0 runts
ICMP6 Discards:
0 multicasts
0 bad source addresses
0 bad dest addresses
0 IP fragments
0 ICMP errors
408
Release Information
Description
Options
notification on the TX Matrix platform and its attached T640 routing nodes.
fpc slot(Routing matrix only) (Optional) Display notification for a Flexible PIC
Concentrator (FPC) slot. If you specify the number of a T640 routing node by
using the lcc number option (the recommended method), replace slot with a
value from 0 through 7. Otherwise, replace slot with a value from 0 through 31.
For example, the following commands have the same result:
user@host> show pfe statistics notification fpc 1 lcc 1
user@host> show pfe statistics notification fpc 9
lcc number(Routing matrix only) (Optional) Display notification for a specific T640
admin
show pfe statistics notification on page 409
show pfe statistics notification lcc (Routing Matrix) on page 410
Output field descriptions to be provided.
user@host> show pfe statistics notification
PFE Notification statistics:
2453 parsed
0 aged
0 corrupt
0 illegal
0 sample
0 giants
0 transit options/ttl-exceeded
PFE Notification Type statistics:
Parsed
Input
Failed
Illegal
0
0
Unclass
1733
1733
Option
0
0
Next-Hop
720
720
Discard
0
0
Sample
0
0
Redirect
0
0
Ignored
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
409
DontFrag
CfDF
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
410
Failed
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Ignored
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Release Information
Description
Options
polled I/O on the TX Matrix platform and its attached T640 routing nodes.
fpc slot(Routing matrix only) (Optional) Display statistics for a Flexible PIC
Concentrator (FPC) slot. If you specify the number of a T640 routing node by
using the lcc number option (the recommended method), replace slot with a value
from 0 through 7. Otherwise, replace slot with a value from 0 through 31. For
example, the following commands have the same result:
user@host> show pfe statistics pio fpc 1 lcc 1
user@host> show pfe statistics pio fpc 9
lcc number(Routing matrix only) (Optional) Display statistics for a specific T640
admin
show pfe statistics pio on page 411
show pfe statistics pio lcc (Routing Matrix) on page 411
Output field descriptions to be provided.
user@host> show
PIO Statistics:
8542732 PIO
8542732 PIO
586193 PIO
586191 PIO
0 PIO
0 PIO
0 PIO
0 PIO
0 PIO
0 PIO
411
412
Release Information
Description
noneDisplay statistics about PFE traffic. On the TX Matrix platform, display statistics
Options
about PFE traffic for all its attached T640 routing nodes.
fpc slot(T-series and M320 platforms only) (Optional) Display statistics for a Flexible
PIC Concentrator (FPC) slot. If you specify the number of a T640 routing node
by using the lcc number option (the recommended method), replace slot with a
value from 0 through 7. Otherwise, replace slot with a value from 0 through 31.
For example, the following commands have the same result:
user@host> show pfe statistics traffic fpc 1 lcc 1
user@host> show pfe statistics traffic fpc 9
lcc number(Routing matrix only) (Optional) Display statistics for a specific T640
Table 96 on page 413 lists the output fields for the show pfe statistics traffic command.
Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Output Fields
Field Description
Packet Forwarding
Engine Traffic statistics
413
Field Description
Packet Forwarding
Engine Local Traffic
statistics
Packet Forwarding
Engine Local Protocol
statistics
Frame Relay LMINumber of Frame Relay Local Management Interface (LMI) packets.
PPP LCP/NCPNumber of Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP) Link Control Protocol (LCP) or Network
Packet Forwarding
Engine Hardware
Discard statistics
414
OSPF3 helloNumber of Open Shortest Path First version 3 (OSPFv3) hello packets.
27 pps
4 pps
415
Release Information
Description
Options
admin
show pfe statistics traffic protocol bfd on page 417
Table 97 on page 416 lists the output fields for the show pfe statistics traffic protocol
bfd command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Table 97: show pfe statistics traffic protocol bfd Output Fields
Field Name
Field Description
416
Table 97: show pfe statistics traffic protocol bfd Output Fields (continued)
Field Name
Field Description
(T640 and M20 only) Number of packets discarded due to non-availability of logical interface.
(T640 and M20 only) Number of packets discarded due to prefix length mismatch.
Packets received
Packets absorbed
Packets failed to
transmit
Packets allocation
failures
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
417
Release Information
Description
Options
admin
show pfe statistics traffic protocol cfm on page 419
Table 98 on page 418 lists the output fields for the show pfe statistics traffic protocol
cfm command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Table 98: show pfe statistics traffic protocol cfm Output Fields
Field Name
Field Description
Packets transmitted
Packets failed to
transmit
Packets received
Packets sent to RE
Packets absorbed
418
Table 98: show pfe statistics traffic protocol cfm Output Fields (continued)
Field Name
Field Description
Packets dropped
(Invalid)
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
419
Release Information
Description
Options
admin
show pfe statistics traffic protocol lfm on page 421
Table 99 on page 420 lists the output fields for the show pfe statistics traffic protocol
lfm command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Table 99: show pfe statistics traffic protocol lfm Output Fields
Field Name
Field Description
Packets transmitted
Packets failed to
transmit
Packets received
Packets send to RE
Packets absorbed
Packets dropped
(Invalid)
420
:
:
:
:
:
:
0
0
0
0
0
0
421
Release Information
Description
Options
Engine on the TX Matrix platform and its attached T640 routing nodes.
lcc number(Routing matrix only) (Optional) Display Packet Forwarding Engine
information for a specific T640 routing node (or line-card chassis) that is
connected to a TX Matrix platform. Replace number with a value from 0 through 3.
scc(Routing matrix only) (Optional) Display Packet Forwarding Engine information
422
admin
show pfe terse on page 422
Output field descriptions to be provided.
user@host> show pfe terse
Slot Type Slot
State
0 SFM Present Online
2 SFM Present Online
0 FPC Present Online
1 FPC Present Online
2 FPC Present Online
Flags
0x0bf
0x0bf
0x102
0x102
0x102
Uptime
01:25:42
01:25:40
01:25:57
01:25:55
01:25:53
Syntax
Release Information
Description
(M320 and T320 routers, and T-640 routing platform only) Display Packet Forwarding
Engine resource and L-chip SRAM memory usage statistics.
Options
fpc slot(Optional) Display L-chip-based FPC SRAM usage statistics for a Flexible PIC
admin
show pfe resource usage memory on page 423 lists the output fields for the show pfe
resource usage memory command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order
in which they appear.
Output Fields
Field Description
Resource Name
FPC
Pfe
Free
Inuse
Total
%Use
Total
%Use
SRAM Pages
Pfe
Inuse
3
(Page = 4096 bytes)
Lout
510
512
0.59
423
Lin
0
20
24
16384
2080768
512
0.00
0.00
4.69
511
33
512
6.45
16384
2080768
504
0
0
8
16384
2080768
512
0.00
0.00
1.56
SRAM Pages
Pfe
16384
2080748
488
Lout
Free
Fpc 2
Pfe
Lin
Lout
Lin
511
512
0.20
16384
2080768
504
0
0
8
16384
2080768
512
0.00
0.00
1.56
510
512
0.98
16384
2080744
496
0
24
16
16384
2080768
512
0.00
0.00
3.12
SRAM Pages
Pfe
Lout
Lin
Lout
424
Lin
510
3
1
1
512
0.59
16384
2080748
488
0
20
24
16384
2080768
512
0.00
0.00
4.69
%Use
%Use
Total
SRAM Pages
Pfe
Inuse
Lout
511
33
0
1
512
6.45
16384
2080768
504
0
0
8
16384
2080768
512
0.00
0.00
1.56
425
426
Chapter 11
Command
NOTE: To configure SSH and Telnet parameters, see the JUNOS System Basics
Configuration Guide.
427
ssh
Syntax
Release Information
Description
ssh host
<bypass-routing>
<inet | inet6>
<interface interface-name>
<logical-system logical-system-name>
<routing-instance routing-instance-name>
<source address>
<v1 | v2>
Options
hierarchy level, because this configuration uses the loopback interface as the
source address for all locally generated IP packets.)
logical-system logical-system-name(Optional) Name of a particular logical system for
host.
428
ssh
Additional Information
To configure an SSH (version 1) key for your user account, include the authentication
ssh-rsa statement at the [edit system login user user-name] hierarchy level. To configure
an SSH (version 2) key for your user account, include the authentication dsa-rsa
statement at the [edit system login user user-name] hierarchy level. For details, see
the JUNOS System Basics Configuration Guide.
Beginning with Release 8.0, you can limit the number of times a user can attempt
to enter a password while logging in through SSH. To specify the number of times a
user can attempt to enter a password to log in through SSH, include the retry-options
statement at the [edit system login] hierarchy level. For details, see the JUNOS System
Basics Configuration Guide.
If you use SSH to connect between a router running JUNOS Release 5.x and one
running Release 4.x, the console displays warnings because of minor discrepancies
between the two implementations: Warning: Server lies about size of server host
key: actual size is 1023 bits vs. announced 1024. Warning: This may be due to an
old implementation of ssh. The warnings are informational and do not affect SSH
operation.
ssh
network
ssh on page 429
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request.
user@host> ssh cree
Host key not found from the list of known hosts.
Are you sure you want to continue connecting (yes/no)? yes
Host ?cree' added to the list of known hosts.
boojun@cree's password:
Last login: Sun Jun 21 10:43:42 1998 from junos-router
% ...
ssh
429
telnet
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
telnet host
<8bit>
<bypass-routing>
<inet | inet6>
<interface interface-name>
<logical-system logical-system-name>
<no-resolve>
<port port-number>
<routing-instance routing-instance-name>
<source source-address>
hierarchy level, because this configuration uses the loopback interface as the
source address for all locally generated IP packets.)
logical-system logical-system-name(Optional) Name of a particular logical system for
to the IP address.
port port-number(Optional) Port number or service name on the remote system.
routing-instance routing-instance-name(Optional) Name of the routing instance for
430
telnet
Additional Information
telnet
Beginning with Release 8.0, you can limit the number of times a user can attempt
to enter a password while logging in through telnet. To specify the number of times
a user can attempt to enter a password to log in through telnet, include the
retry-options statement at the [edit system login] hierarchy level. For details, see the
JUNOS System Basics Configuration Guide.
network
telnet on page 431
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request.
user@host> telnet 192.154.1.254
Trying 192.154.169.254...
Connected to level5.company.net.
Escape character is '^]'.
ttypa
login:
telnet
431
432
telnet
Chapter 12
Command
NOTE: For information about how to configure SNMP, see the JUNOS Network
Management Configuration Guide.
433
Related Topics
Output Fields
clear snmp statistics
See show snmp statistics on page 453 for an explanation of output fields.
In the following example, SNMP statistics are displayed before and after the clear
snmp statistics command is issued:
user@host> show snmp statistics
SNMP statistics:
Input:
Packets: 8, Bad versions: 0, Bad community names: 0,
Bad community uses: 0, ASN parse errors: 0,
Too bigs: 0, No such names: 0, Bad values: 0,
Read onlys: 0, General errors: 0,
Total request varbinds: 8, Total set varbinds: 0,
Get requests: 0, Get nexts: 8, Set requests: 0,
Get responses: 0, Traps: 0,
Silent drops: 0, Proxy drops 0
Output:
Packets: 2298, Too bigs: 0, No such names: 0,
Bad values: 0, General errors: 0,
Get requests: 0, Get nexts: 0, Set requests: 0,
Get responses: 8, Traps: 2290
user@host> clear snmp statistics
user@host> show snmp statistics
SNMP statistics:
Input:
Packets: 0, Bad versions: 0, Bad community names: 0,
Bad community uses: 0, ASN parse errors: 0,
Too bigs: 0, No such names: 0, Bad values: 0,
Read onlys: 0, General errors: 0,
Total request varbinds: 0, Total set varbinds: 0,
Get requests: 0, Get nexts: 0, Set requests: 0,
Get responses: 0, Traps: 0,
Silent drops: 0, Proxy drops 0
Output:
Packets: 0, Too bigs: 0, No such names: 0,
Bad values: 0, General errors: 0,
Get requests: 0, Get nexts: 0, Set requests: 0,
Get responses: 0, Traps: 0
434
Release Information
Description
Options
to include in the trap. Each variable binding is specified as an object name, the
object instance, and the value (for example, ifIndex[14] = 14). Enclose the list of
variable bindings in quotation marks ( ) and use a comma to separate each
object name, instance, and value definition (for example, variable-bindings
ifIndex[14] = 14, ifAdminStatus[14] = 1, ifOperStatus[14] = 2). Objects included
in the trap definition that do not have instances and values specified as part of
the command are included in the trap and spoofed with automatically generated
instances and values.
Required Privilege Level
List of Sample Output
request
request snmp spoof-trap (with Variable Bindings) on page 435
request snmp spoof-trap (Illegal Trap Name) on page 435
435
bgpEstablished
coldStart
dlswTrapCircuitDown
dlswTrapCircuitUp
dlswTrapTConnDown
dlswTrapTConnPartnerReject
dlswTrapTConnProtViolation
dlswTrapTConnUp
dsx1LineStatusChange
dsx3LineStatusChange
fallingAlarm
frDLCIStatusChange
ggsnTrapChanged
ggsnTrapCleared
ggsnTrapNew
ipv6IfStateChange
isisAreaMismatch
isisAttemptToExceedMaxSequence
isisAuthenticationFailure
isisAuthenticationTypeFailure
isisCorruptedLSPDetected
isisDatabaseOverload
isisIDLenMismatch
isisLSPTooLargeToPropagate
isisManualAddressDrops
isisMaxAreaAddressesMismatch
isisOriginatingLSPBufferSizeMismatch
isisOwnLSPPurge
isisProtocolsSupportedMismatch
isisRejectedAdjacency
isisSequenceNumberSkip
isisVersionSkew
jnxBgpM2BackwardTransition
jnxBgpM2Established
jnxCmCfgChange
jnxCmRescueChange
jnxCollFlowOverload
jnxCollFlowOverloadCleared
jnxCollFtpSwitchover
jnxCollMemoryAvailable
jnxCollMemoryUnavailable
jnxCollUnavailableDest
jnxCollUnavailableDestCleared
jnxCollUnsuccessfulTransfer
jnxDfcHardMemThresholdExceeded
jnxDfcHardMemUnderThreshold
jnxDfcHardPpsThresholdExceeded
jnxDfcHardPpsUnderThreshold
jnxDfcSoftMemThresholdExceeded
jnxDfcSoftMemUnderThreshold
jnxDfcSoftPpsThresholdExceeded
jnxDfcSoftPpsUnderThreshold
jnxEventTrap
jnxFanFailure
jnxFanOK
jnxFruCheck
jnxFruFailed
jnxFruInsertion
jnxFruOffline
jnxFruOnline
jnxFruPowerOff
436
jnxFruPowerOn
jnxFruRemoval
jnxLdpLspDown
jnxLdpLspUp
jnxLdpSesDown
jnxLdpSesUp
jnxMplsLdpInitSesThresholdExceeded
jnxMplsLdpPathVectorLimitMismatch
jnxMplsLdpSessionDown
jnxMplsLdpSessionUp
jnxOverTemperature
jnxPMonOverloadCleared
jnxPMonOverloadSet
jnxPingEgressJitterThresholdExceeded
jnxPingEgressStdDevThresholdExceeded
jnxPingEgressThresholdExceeded
jnxPingIngressJitterThresholdExceeded
jnxPingIngressStddevThresholdExceeded
jnxPingIngressThresholdExceeded
jnxPingRttJitterThresholdExceeded
jnxPingRttStdDevThresholdExceeded
jnxPingRttThresholdExceeded
jnxPowerSupplyFailure
jnxPowerSupplyOK
jnxRedundancySwitchover
jnxRmonAlarmGetFailure
jnxRmonGetOk
jnxSonetAlarmCleared
jnxSonetAlarmSet
jnxSpSvcSetCpuExceeded
jnxSpSvcSetCpuOk
jnxSpSvcSetZoneEntered
jnxSpSvcSetZoneExited
jnxSyslogTrap
jnxTemperatureOK
jnxVpnIfDown
jnxVpnIfUp
jnxVpnPwDown
jnxVpnPwUp
linkDown
linkUp
mfrMibTrapBundleLinkMismatch
mplsLspChange
mplsLspDown
mplsLspPathDown
mplsLspPathUp
mplsLspUp
mplsNumVrfRouteMaxThreshExceeded
mplsNumVrfRouteMidThreshExceeded
mplsNumVrfSecIllglLblThrshExcd
mplsTunnelDown
mplsTunnelReoptimized
mplsTunnelRerouted
mplsTunnelUp
mplsVrfIfDown
mplsVrfIfUp
mplsXCDown
mplsXCUp
msdpBackwardTransition
msdpEstablished
ospfIfAuthFailure
437
ospfIfConfigError
ospfIfRxBadPacket
ospfIfStateChange
ospfLsdbApproachingOverflow
ospfLsdbOverflow
ospfMaxAgeLsa
ospfNbrStateChange
ospfOriginateLsa
ospfTxRetransmit
ospfVirtIfAuthFailure
ospfVirtIfConfigError
ospfVirtIfRxBadPacket
ospfVirtIfStateChange
ospfVirtIfTxRetransmit
ospfVirtNbrStateChange
pingProbeFailed
pingTestCompleted
pingTestFailed
risingAlarm
sdlcLSStatusChange
sdlcPortStatusChange
traceRoutePathChange
traceRouteTestCompleted
traceRouteTestFailed
vrrpTrapAuthFailure
vrrpTrapNewMaster
warmStart
438
Release Information
Description
Options
view
show snmp health-monitor on page 441
show snmp health-monitor alarms detail on page 443
Table 103 on page 439 describes the output fields for the show snmp health-monitor
command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Field Description
Level of Output
Alarm Index
Alarm identifier.
All levels
Variable description
All levels
Variable name
All levels
Value
Current value of the monitored variable in the most recent sample interval.
All levels
439
Field Description
Level of Output
State
All levels
Alarms:
threshold limit.
threshold limit.
variable.
Variable OID
detail
Sample type
Method of sampling the monitored variable and calculating the value to compare
against the upper and lower thresholds. It can have the value of absolute value
or delta value.
detail
Startup alarm
Alarm that might be sent when this entry is first activated, depending on the
following criteria:
detail
Value of the alarm is above or equal to the rising threshold and the
startup type is either rising alarm or rising or falling alarm.
Value of the alarm is below or equal to the falling threshold and the
startup type is either falling alarm or rising or falling alarm.
Value of the alarm is above or equal to the rising threshold and the
startup type is falling alarm.
Value of the alarm is below or equal to the falling threshold and the
startup type is rising alarm.
Owner
Name of the entry configured by the user. If the entry was created through the
CLI, the owner has monitor prepended to it.
detail
Creator
detail
Sample interval
detail
Rising threshold
detail
440
Field Description
Level of Output
Falling threshold
detail
detail
detail
show snmp
health-monitor
Variable description
Value State
58 active
0 active
0 active
35 active
0
50
0
5
11
42
0
0
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
3
0
0
0
active
active
active
active
active
active
active
active
active
active
active
active
active
active
active
active
active
active
active
active
active
active
active
active
active
active
active
active
active
active
441
1
0
0
4
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0 active
442
active
active
active
active
active
active
active
active
active
active
active
active
active
active
active
active
active
active
active
active
active
active
active
active
active
active
active
active
active
active
active
active
active
active
active
active
active
active
active
active
active
active
active
active
active
active
active
active
active
active
active
active
show snmp
health-monitor alarms
detail
Creator
State
Sample interval
Rising threshold
Falling threshold
Rising event index
Falling event index
Instance Value: 0
Instance State: active
Alarm Index 32773:
Variable name
Variable OID
Sample type
jnxHrStoragePercentUsed.1
1.3.6.1.4.1.2636.3.31.1.1.1.1.1
absolute value
rising alarm
Health Monitor: root file system
utilization
Health Monitor
active
300 seconds
80
70
32768
32768
jnxHrStoragePercentUsed.2
1.3.6.1.4.1.2636.3.31.1.1.1.1.2
absolute value
rising alarm
Health Monitor: /config file system
utilization
Health Monitor
active
300 seconds
80
70
32768
32768
jnxOperatingCPU.9.1.0.0
1.3.6.1.4.1.2636.3.1.13.1.8.9.1.0.0
absolute value
rising alarm
Health Monitor: RE 0 CPU utilization
Health Monitor
active
300 seconds
80
70
32768
32768
jnxOperatingBuffer.9.1.0.0
1.3.6.1.4.1.2636.3.1.13.1.11.9.1.0.0
absolute value
443
Startup alarm
Owner
Creator
State
Sample interval
Rising threshold
Falling threshold
Rising event index
Falling event index
Instance Value: 35
Instance State: active
rising alarm
Health Monitor: RE 0 Memory utilization
Health Monitor
active
300 seconds
80
70
32768
32768
sysApplElmtRunCPU.3
1.3.6.1.2.1.54.1.2.3.1.9.3
delta value
rising alarm
Health Monitor: jkernel daemon CPU
utilization
Creator
Health Monitor
State
active
Sample interval
300 seconds
Rising threshold
24000
Falling threshold
21000
Rising event index
32768
Falling event index
32768
Instance Name: sysApplElmtRunCPU.3.1.1
Instance Description: Init daemon
Instance Value: 0
Instance State: active
Instance
Instance
Instance
Instance
Name: sysApplElmtRunCPU.3.2.2786
Description: Chassis daemon
Value: 50
State: active
Instance
Instance
Instance
Instance
Name: sysApplElmtRunCPU.3.3.2938
Description: Firewall daemon
Value: 0
State: active
Instance
Instance
Instance
Instance
Name: sysApplElmtRunCPU.3.4.2942
Description: Interface daemon
Value: 5
State: active
Instance
Instance
Instance
Instance
Name: sysApplElmtRunCPU.3.7.7332
Description: SNMP daemon
Value: 11
State: active
Instance
Instance
Instance
Instance
Name: sysApplElmtRunCPU.3.9.2914
Description: MIB2 daemon
Value: 42
State: active
444
Name: sysApplElmtRunCPU.3.13.2917
Description: VRRP daemon
Value: 0
State: active
Instance
Instance
Instance
Instance
Name: sysApplElmtRunCPU.3.14.2787
Description: Alarm daemon
Value: 3
State: active
Instance
Instance
Instance
Instance
Name: sysApplElmtRunCPU.3.15.2940
Description: PFE daemon
Value: 0
State: active
Instance
Instance
Instance
Instance
Name: sysApplElmtRunCPU.3.16.2788
Description: CRAFT daemon
Value: 0
State: active
445
Options
Required Privilege Level
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
Field Description
Target Name
Address
Sent
Number of informs sent to the target device and acknowledged by the target device.
Pending
Number of informs held in memory pending a response from the target device.
Discarded
Number of informs discarded after the specified number of retransmissions to the target device were
attempted.
Timeouts
Number of informs that did not receive an acknowledgement from the target device within the
timeout specified.
Probe Failures
Connection failures that occurred (for example, when the target server returned invalid content or
you incorrectly configured the target address).
show snmp
inform-statistics
446
Options
show snmp mib (get | get-next | walk)<name |name name name ...>
requested object identifier (OID). When you use this option, the JUNOS software
displays the objects below the subtree that you specify.
name(Optional) The object can be represented by a sequence of dotted integers
(such as 1.3.6.1.2.1.2) or by its subtree name (such as interfaces). When entering
Output Fields
show
show
show
show
show
snmp
snmp
snmp
snmp
snmp
mib
mib
mib
mib
mib
Table 105 on page 447 describes the output fields for the show snmp mib command.
Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Table 105: show snmp mib Output Fields
Field Name
Field Description
name
object value
447
448
Release Information
Description
Options
or events.
events(Optional) Display information about RMON events.
logs(Optional) Display information about RMON monitoring logs.
Required Privilege Level
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
view
show snmp rmon on page 451
show snmp rmon alarms detail on page 451
show snmp rmon events detail on page 452
Table 106 on page 449 describes the output fields for the show snmp rmon command.
Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Field Description
Level of Output
Alarm Index
Alarm identifier.
All levels
449
Field Description
Level of Output
State
All levels
Alarms:
threshold limit.
threshold limit.
SNMP agent.
was processed.
Events:
Variable name
All levels
Event Index
Event identifier.
All levels
Type
detail
logA system log message is generated and an entry is made to the log
table.
log and trapA system log message is generated, an entry is made to the
Last Event
Date and time of the last event. It has the format yyyy-mm-dd hh:mm:ss
timezone.
brief
Community
Identifies the trap group used for sending the SNMP trap.
detail
Variable OID
detail
Sample type
Method of sampling the monitored variable and calculating the value to compare
against the upper and lower thresholds. It can have the value of absolute value
or delta value.
detail
450
Field Description
Level of Output
Startup alarm
Alarm that might be sent when this entry is first activated, depending on the
following criteria:
detail
Value of the alarm is above or equal to the rising threshold and the
startup type is either rising alarm or rising or falling alarm.
Value of the alarm is below or equal to the falling threshold and the
startup type is either falling alarm or rising or falling alarm.
Value of the alarm is above or equal to the rising threshold and the
startup type is falling alarm.
Value of the alarm is below or equal to the falling threshold and the
startup type is rising alarm.
Owner
Name of the entry configured by the user. If the entry was created through the
CLI, the owner has monitor prepended to it.
detail
Creator
detail
Sample interval
detail
Rising threshold
detail
Falling threshold
detail
detail
detail
Current value
Current value of the monitored variable in the most recent sample interval.
detail
Variable name
ifInOctets.1
Event
Index
1
Last Event
2002-01-30 01:13:01 PST
Type
log and trap
ifInOctets.1
1.3.6.1.2.1.2.2.1.10.1
delta value
rising or falling alarm
monitor
451
Creator
State
Sample interval
Rising threshold
Falling threshold
Rising event index
Falling event index
Current value
452
CLI
falling threshold crossed
60 seconds
100000
80000
1
1
0
Syntax
Release Information
Display statistics about Simple Network Management Protocol (SNMP) packets sent
and received by the router.
Description
Options
view
Output Fields
Field Description
Input
Packets(snmpInPkts)Total number of messages delivered to the SNMP entity from the transport
service.
Bad versions(snmpInBadVersions) Total number of messages delivered to the SNMP entity that
the SNMP entity that used an SNMP community name not known to the entity.
SNMP entity that represented an SNMP operation that was not allowed by the SNMP community
named in the message.
Too bigs(snmpInTooBigs) Total number of SNMP PDUs delivered to the SNMP entity with an
error status field of tooBig.
Bad values(snmpInBadValues) Total number of SNMP PDUs delivered to the SNMP entity with
an error status field of badValue.
Read onlys(snmpInReadOnlys) Total number of valid SNMP PDUs delivered to the SNMP entity
with an error status field of readOnly. Only incorrect implementations of SNMP generate this
error.
453
Field Description
Input (continued)
General errors(snmpInGenErrs) Total number of SNMP PDUs delivered to the SNMP entity with
an error status field ofgenErr.
Total set varbinds(snmpInSetVars) Total number of MIB objects modified successfully by the
SNMP entity as a result of receiving valid SNMP SetRequest PDUs.
Get nexts(snmpInGetNexts) Total number of SNMP GetNext PDUs that have been accepted and
Set requests(snmpInSetRequests) Total number of SNMP SetRequest PDUs that have been
because the size of a reply containing an alternate response PDU with an empty variable-bindings
field was greater than either a local constraint or the maximum message size associated with
the originator of the requests.
because the transmission of the message to a proxy target failed in such a way (other than a
timeout) that no response PDU could be returned.
454
Commit pending dropsNumber of SNMP packets forSet requests dropped because of a previous
pending SNMP Set request on the committed configuration.
Throttle dropsNumber of SNMP packets for any requests dropped reaching the throttle limit.
Field Description
V3 Input
the SNMP engine that were dropped because they referenced a security model that was not
known to or supported by the SNMP engine.
Invalid messages(snmpInvalidMsgs) Number of packets received by the SNMP engine that were
dropped because there were invalid or inconsistent components in the SNMP message.
engine that were dropped because the PDU contained in the packet could not be passed to an
application responsible for handling the PDU type.
by the SNMP engine which were dropped because they requested a security level unknown to
the SNMP engine (or otherwise unavailable).
SNMP engine that were dropped because they appeared outside of the authoritative SNMP
engine's window.
SNMP engine that were dropped because they referenced a user that was not known to the
SNMP engine.
SNMP engine that were dropped because they referenced an SNMP engine ID that was not
known to the SNMP engine.
that were dropped because they didn't contain the expected digest value.
455
Field Description
Output
Packets(snmpOutPkts) Total number of messages passed from the SNMP entity to the transport
service.
Too bigs(snmpOutTooBigs) Total number of SNMP PDUs generated by the SNMP entity with
an error status field of tooBig.
Bad values(snmpOutBadValues) Total number of SNMP PDUs generated by the SNMP entity
with an error status field of badValue.
General errors(snmpOutGenErrs) Total number of SNMP PDUs generated the SNMP entity with
an error status field of genErr.
Get nexts(snmpOutGetNexts) Total number of SNMP GetNext PDUs generated by the SNMP
entity.
SNMP entity.
456
show snmp v3
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
show snmp v3
<access <brief | detail> | community | general | groups | notify <filter> | target <address |
parameters> | users>
information.
community(Optional) Display SNMPv3 community information.
general(Optional) Display SNMPv3 general information.
groups(Optional) Display SNMPv3 security-to-group information.
notify <filter>(Optional) Display SNMPv3 notify and, optionally, notify filter
information.
target <address | parameters>(Optional) Display SNMPv3 target and, optionally,
To edit the default display of the show snmp v3 command, specify options in the
show statement at the [edit snmp v3] hierarchy level.
view
show snmp v3 on page 458
Table 108 on page 458 describes the output fields for the show snmp v3 command.
Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
show snmp v3
457
Field Description
Access control
GroupGroup name for which the configured access privileges apply. The group, together with
the context prefix and the security model and security level, forms the index for this table.
Context prefixSNMPv3 context for which the configured access privileges apply.
Security model/levelSecurity model and security level for which the configuration access
privileges apply.
Engine
Local engine IDIdentifier that uniquely and unambiguously identifies the local SNMPv3 engine.
Engine bootsNumber of times the local SNMPv3 engine has rebooted or reinitialized since the
Engine timeNumber of seconds since the local SNMPv3 engine was last rebooted or reinitialized.
Engine ID
Local engine IDIdentifier that uniquely and unambiguously identifies the local SNMPv3 engine.
Engine bootsNumber of times the local SNMPv3 engine has rebooted or reinitialized since the
Engine timeNumber of seconds since the local SNMPv3 engine was last rebooted or reinitialized.
UserSNMPv3 user.
StorageIndicates whether a user is saved to the configuration file (nonvolatile) or not (volatile).
StatusStatus of the conceptual row. Only rows with an active status are used by the SNMPv3
engine.
Group name
Security model
Security name
Used with the security model; identifies a specific security name instance. Each security model/security
name combination can be assigned to a specific group.
Storage type
Indicates whether a user is saved to the configuration file (nonvolatile) or not (volatile). Applies only
to users with active status.
Status
Status of the conceptual row. Only rows with active status are used by the SNMPv3 engine.
show snmp v3
458
show snmp v3
Auth/Priv
md5/des
sha/none
none/none
Engine ID: 81 00 0a 4c 04 64 64 64 64
User
Auth/Priv
UNEW
md5/none
Group name
Security Security
model
name
g1
usm
user1
g2
usm
user2
g3
usm
user3
Access control:
Group
g1
g2
g3
Context Security
prefix model/level
usm/privacy
usm/authent
usm/none
Read
view
v1
v1
v1
Storage
nonvolatile
nonvolatile
nonvolatile
Status
active
active
active
Storage
Status
nonvolatile active
Storage
Status
type
nonvolatile active
nonvolatile active
nonvolatile active
Write
view
v1
v1
v1
Notify
view
show snmp v3
459
460
show snmp v3
Chapter 13
Command
op on page 480
461
462
Task
Command
Command
463
464
Task
Command
Command
465
Command
NOTE: For information about the request system certificate add and show system
certificate commands, see IP Security Operational Mode Commands on page 821.
NOTE: For information about how to configure system software parameters, see the
JUNOS System Basics Configuration Guide.
For information about related tasks performed by network operations center (NOC)
personnel, see the JUNOS Baseline Network Operations Guide.
466
clear arp
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
clear arp
<hostname hostname>
<logical-system logical-system-name>
<vpn vpn>
network (VPN).
Required Privilege Level
Related Topics
clear
set cli logical-system on page 335
show arp on page 533
clear arp
user@host> clear
192.168.71.254
192.168.65.46
192.168.64.10
10.0.12.14
10.0.17.14
arp
deleted
deleted
deleted
deleted
deleted
user@host> clear
192.168.71.254
192.168.65.46
192.168.64.10
10.0.12.14
10.0.17.14
clear arp
467
Release Information
Description
Options
IP address.
mac-address(Optional) Clear the binding state for the DHCP client with the specified
MAC address.
interface interface-name(Optional) Clear the binding state for DHCP clients on the
specified interface.
NOTE: This option clears all bindings whose initial login requests were received over
the specified interface. Dynamic demux login requests are not received over the
dynamic demux interface, but rather the underlying interface of the dynamic demux
interface. To clear a specific dynamic demux interface, use the ip-address or
mac-address options.
logical-system logical-system-name(Optional) Clear the binding state for DHCP clients
Output Fields
clear dhcp server
binding
view
clear dhcp server binding on page 468
clear dhcp server binding all on page 469
clear dhcp server binding interface on page 469
See show dhcp server binding on page 537 for an explanation of output fields.
The following sample output displays the address bindings in the DHCP client table
on the extended DHCP local server before and after the clear dhcp server binding
command is issued.
user@host> show dhcp server binding
2 clients, (0 bound, 0 selecting, 0 renewing, 0 rebinding)
468
IP address
100.20.32.1
100.20.32.3
Hardware address
90:00:00:01:00:01
90:00:00:02:00:01
Type
active
active
Lease expires at
2007-01-17 11:38:47 PST
2007-01-17 11:38:41 PST
Hardware address
90:00:00:02:00:01
Type
active
Lease expires at
2007-01-17 11:38:41 PST
469
Release Information
Description
Clear all extended Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) local server statistics.
Options
the specified logical system. If you do not specify a logical system, statistics are
cleared for the default logical system.
routing-instance routing-instance-name(Optional) Clear the statistics for DHCP clients
on the specified routing instance. If you do not specify a routing instance, statistics
are cleared for the default routing instance.
Required Privilege Level
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
clear dhcp server
statistics
view
clear dhcp server statistics on page 470
See show dhcp server statistics on page 540 for an explanation of output fields.
The following sample output displays the extended DHCP local server statistics before
and after the clear dhcp server statistics command is issued.
user@host> show dhcp server statistics
Packets dropped:
Total
0
Messages received:
BOOTREQUEST
DHCPDECLINE
DHCPDISCOVER
DHCPINFORM
DHCPRELEASE
DHCPREQUEST
89163
0
8110
0
0
81053
Messages sent:
BOOTREPLY
DHCPOFFER
DHCPACK
DHCPNAK
32420
8110
8110
8100
470
0
0
0
0
0
DHCPREQUEST
Messages sent:
BOOTREPLY
DHCPOFFER
DHCPACK
DHCPNAK
0
0
0
0
471
Release Information
Description
Options
the subscriber.
username username(Optional) Log out the AAA subscriber.
Required Privilege Level
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
clear network-access
aaa subscriber statistics
username
clear network-access
aaa subscriber
username
472
maintenance
clear network-access aaa subscriber statistics username on page 472
clear network-access aaa subscriber username on page 472
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request.
user@host> clear network-access aaa subscriber statistics username
[email protected]
Output Fields
473
Release Information
Description
Options
Engines. For a routing matrix, clears both Routing Engines on all chassis
connected to the routing matrix.
all-lcc(Routing matrix only) (Optional) Clear all halt or reboot requests for all T640
specific T640 routing node (or line-card chassis) that is connected to a TX Matrix
platform. Replace number with a value from 0 through 3.
scc(Routing matrix only) (Optional) Clear all halt or reboot requests for the TX Matrix
474
maintenance
request system reboot on page 501
clear system reboot on page 475
clear system reboot (Routing Matrix) on page 475
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request.
475
Release Information
Description
Options
pool.
Required Privilege Level
Related Topics
Output Fields
476
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request.
user@host> clear system services dhcp binding
Release Information
Description
(J-series routing platform only) Remove IP addresses from the Dynamic Host
Configuration Protocol (DHCP) server conflict list and return them to the IP address
pool.
Options
address(Optional) Remove a specific IP address from the conflict list and return it
Related Topics
Output Fields
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request.
user@host> clear system services dhcp conflict
477
Options
Required Privilege Level
Related Topics
Output Fields
478
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request.
user@host> clear system services dhcp statistics
configure
Syntax
Release Information
configure
<exclusive>
<private>
Description
Enter configuration mode. When this command is entered without any optional
keywords, everyone can make configuration changes and commit all changes made
to the configuration.
Options
at the same time and to commit only their own changes, or to roll back without
interfering with one another's changes. You cannot commit changes in configure
private mode when another user is in configure exclusive mode.
Additional Information
configure
For more information about the different methods of entering configuration mode
and the restrictions that apply, see the JUNOS System Basics Configuration Guide.
configure
show configuration on page 535
configure on page 479
When you enter this command, you are placed in configuration mode and the system
prompt changes from hostname> to hostname#.
user@host> configure
Entering configuration mode
[edit]
user@host#
configure
479
op
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
op filename
<argument-name argument-value>
script. For each argument you include on the command line, you must specify
a corresponding value for the argument.
Additional Information
op
480
op
For more information about JUNOS op scripts, see the JUNOS Configuration and
Diagnostic Automation Guide.
maintenance
op on page 480
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request.
user@host> op script1 interface ge-0/2/0.0 protocol inet
request message
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
request message
message
maintenance
request message message on page 481
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request.
user@host> request message message "Maintenance window in 10 minutes" user maria
Message from user@host on ttyp0 at 20:27 ...
Maintenance window in 10 minutes
EOF
request message
481
Release Information
Description
Options
n with a value from 1 to 31. A PSD is accessible from a T320 router or a T640
or T1600 routing node that is interconnected with the JCS 1200 platform. When
you log in to a PSD, you are required to provide user authentication.
re0Log in to the Routing Engine in slot 0.
re1Log in to the Routing Engine in slot 1.
rsd(RSD only) Log in to the RSD (as opposed to a PSD). A T320 router or a T640
or T1600 routing node that is interconnected with the JCS 1200 platform can be
configured as an RSD.
Additional Information
482
For more information about PSDs, RSDs, and the JCS 1200 platform, see the JUNOS
Protected System Domain Configuration Guide.
maintenance
request routing-engine login other-routing-engine on page 483
request routing-engine login psd on page 483
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request.
request
routing-engine login
other-routing-engine
request routing-engine
login psd
483
Release Information
Description
Options
T640 routing node (or line-card chassis) that is connected to a TX Matrix platform.
Replace number with a value from 0 through 3.
scc(Routing matrix only) (Optional) Display system information for the TX Matrix
484
The output of this command can be lengthy. We recommend that you redirect the
output to a file. This command is a combination of the following commands:
request support
information | save
request support
information scc (Routing
Matrix)
show version
maintenance
request support information | save on page 485
request support information scc (Routing Matrix) on page 485
For information about output fields, see the description for the specific command
(listed in the Additional Information section) in which you are interested.
user@host> request support information | save
Wrote 1143 lines of output to 'goose'
user@host>
goose
485
JUNOS
JUNOS
JUNOS
JUNOS
JUNOS
JUNOS
JUNOS
JUNOS
lcc0-re0:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------Hostname: hostB
Model: t640
JUNOS Base OS boot [7.0I20040914_1707_mapte]
JUNOS Base OS Software Suite [7.0I20040907_1922_rtuplur]
JUNOS Kernel Software Suite [7.0I20040914_1707_mapte]
JUNOS Packet Forwarding Engine Support (T-Series) [7.0I20040914_1707_mapte]
JUNOS Routing Software Suite [7.0I20040914_1707_mapte]
JUNOS Online Documentation [7.0I20040914_1707_mapte]
JUNOS Crypto Software Suite [7.0I20040914_1707_mapte]
lcc2-re0:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------Hostname: dewey
Model: t640
JUNOS Base OS boot [7.0I20040914_1707_mapte]
JUNOS Base OS Software Suite [7.0I20040907_1922_rtuplur]
JUNOS Kernel Software Suite [7.0I20040914_1707_mapte]
JUNOS Packet Forwarding Engine Support (T-Series) [7.0I20040914_1707_mapte]
JUNOS Routing Software Suite [7.0I20040914_1707_mapte]
JUNOS Online Documentation [7.0I20040914_1707_mapte]
JUNOS Crypto Software Suite [7.0I20040914_1707_mapte]
...
486
487
Options
Required Privilege Level
Related Topics
488
Release Information
Description
Options
downgrade.
partnumber partnumber(Optional) Part number of the component to upgrade or
downgrade.
pic-slot pic-slot-number(Optional) Location of the PIC to upgrade or downgrade.
tag tag(Optional) Firmware release number.
Required Privilege Level
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
maintenance
request system firmware upgrade on page 489
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request.
user@host> request system configuration firmware upgrade fpc
489
Release Information
Description
Options
backup Routing Engine on the TX Matrix platform (or switch-card chassis). If you
issue the command from the master Routing Engine, the master SCC is halted.
If you issue the command from the backup Routing Engine, the backup SCC is
halted.
at time (Optional) Time at which to stop the software, specified in one of the
following ways:
490
command is issued. For example, if you issue the command from the master
Routing Engine, the backup Routing Engine is halted. Similarly, if you issue the
command from the backup Routing Engine, the master Routing Engine is halted.
in minutes(Optional) Number of minutes from now to stop the software. This option
is an alias for the at +minutes option.
media (compact-flash | disk | removable-compact-flash | usb)(Optional) Boot medium
for next boot. (The options removable-compact-flash and usb pertain to the J-series
the software.
Additional Information
On the M7i router, the request system halt command does not immediately power
down the Packet Forwarding Engine. The power-down process can take as long as
5 minutes.On a routing matrix, if you issue the request system halt command on the
TX Matrix master Routing Engine, all the master Routing Engines connected to the
routing matrix are halted. If you issue this command on the backup Routing Engine,
all the backup Routing Engines connected to the routing matrix are halted. If you
issue the request system halt both-routing-engines command on the TX Matrix, all the
Routing Engines on the routing matrix are halted.
NOTE: If you have a router with two Routing Engines and you want to shut the power
off to the router or remove a Routing Engine, you must first halt the backup Routing
Engine (if it has been upgraded), then halt the master Routing Engine. To halt a
Routing Engine, issue the request system halt command. You can also halt both
Routing Engines at the same time by issuing the request system halt
both-routing-engines command.
Output Fields
maintenance
request
request
request
request
system
system
system
system
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request.
491
The following example, which assumes that the time is 5 PM (1700), illustrates three
different ways to request the system to stop 2 hours from now:
user@host> request system halt at +120
user@host> request system halt in 120
user@host> request system halt at 19:00
user@host>
To stop the system at 1:20 AM, enter the following command. Because 1:20 AM is
the next day, you must specify the absolute time.
492
key is located.
terminalLicense key from the terminal.
Required Privilege Level
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
maintenance
request system license add on page 493
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request.
user@host> request system license add terminal
493
494
maintenance
request system license delete on page 494
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request.
user@host> request system license delete G03000002223
key is located.
terminalLicense key from the terminal.
Required Privilege Level
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
maintenance
request system license save on page 495
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request.
user@host> request system license save ftp://user@host/license.conf
495
Release Information
Description
Options
496
For information about using the configure exclusive command, see the JUNOS System
Basics Configuration Guide.
configure
request system logout on page 496
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request.
user@host> request system logout user tammy all
Connection closed by foreign host.
Release Information
Description
Options
operation on all T640 routing nodes (or line-card chassis) connected to a TX Matrix
platform.
lcc number(Routing matrix only) (Optional) Abort a previously scheduled partition
maintenance
request system partition hard-disk on page 498
request system partition abort on page 497
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request.
user@host> request partition abort
The hard disk is no longer scheduled to be partitioned.
497
Release Information
Description
Set up the hard disk for partitioning. After this command is issued, the hard disk is
partitioned the next time the system is rebooted. When the hard disk is partitioned,
the contents of /altroot and /altconfig are saved and restored. All other data on the
hard disk is at risk of being lost.
Options
all-lcc(Routing matrix only) (Optional) Schedule a partition of the hard disk for all
T640 routing nodes (or line-card chassis) connected to the TX Matrix platform
at their next reboot.
lcc number(Routing matrix only) (Optional) Schedule a partition of the hard disk
498
To immediately partition the hard disk, use the request system reboot command. To
cancel the partition request, use the request system partition abort command.
maintenance
request system partition abort on page 497
request system partition hard-disk on page 498
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request.
user@host> request partition hard-disk
Release Information
Description
Options
the backup Routing Engine on the TX Matrix platform (or switch-card chassis).
If you issue the command from the master Routing Engine, the master SCC is
powered off. If you issue the command from the backup Routing Engine, the
backup SCC is powered off.
at time(Optional) Time at which to power off the software, specified in one of the
following ways:
hh:mmAbsolute time on the current day at which to power off the software.
499
other-routing-engine(Optional) Power off the other Routing Engine from which the
command is issued. For example, if you issue the command from the master
Routing Engine, the backup Routing Engine is halted. Similarly, if you issue the
command from the backup Routing Engine, the master Routing Engine is halted.
in minutes(Optional) Number of minutes from now to power off the software. This
option is an alias for the at +minutes option.
media (compact-flash | disk | removable-compact-flash | usb)(Optional) Boot medium
for next boot. (The options removable-compact-flash and usb pertain to the J-series
On a routing matrix, if you issue the request system power-off command on the TX
Matrix master Routing Engine, all the master Routing Engines connected to the
routing matrix are powered off. If you issue this command on the backup Routing
Engine, all the backup Routing Engines connected to the routing matrix are powered
off.
If you issue the request system power-off both-routing-engines command on the TX
Matrix, all the Routing Engines on the routing matrix are powered off.
request system
power-off
maintenance
request system power-off on page 500
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request.
user@host> request system power-off message This router will be powered off in
30 minutes. Please save your data and log out immediately.
warning: This command will not halt the other routing-engine.
If planning to switch off power, use the both-routing-engines option.
Power Off the system ? [yes,no] (no) yes
*** FINAL System shutdown message from remote@nutmeg ***
System going down IMMEDIATELY
This router will be powered off in 30 minutes. Please save your data and log out
immediately.
Shutdown NOW!
[pid 5177]
500
Release Information
Description
Options
issued. For example, if you issue the command from the master Routing Engine,
the backup Routing Engine is rebooted. Similarly, if you issue the command
from the backup Routing Engine, the master Routing Engine is rebooted.
at time(Optional) Time at which to reboot the software, specified in one of the
following ways:
501
Reboot requests are recorded in the system log files, which you can view with the
show log command (see show log on page 366). Also, the names of any running
processes that are scheduled to be shut down are changed. You can view the process
names with the show system processes command (see show system
processes on page 582).
On a routing matrix, if you issue the request system reboot command on the master
Routing Engine, all the master Routing Engines connected to the routing matrix are
rebooted. If you issue this command on the backup Routing Engine, all the backup
Routing Engines connected to the routing matrix are rebooted.
NOTE: To reboot a router that has two Routing Engines, reboot the backup Routing
Engine (if you have upgraded it) first, and then reboot the master Routing Engine.
Output Fields
maintenance
clear system reboot on page 474
request
request
request
request
request
system
system
system
system
system
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request.
502
The following example, which assumes that the time is 5 PM (17:00), illustrates
three different ways to request the system to reboot in two hours:
user@host> request system reboot at +120
user@host> request system reboot in 120
user@host> request system reboot at 19:00
To reboot the system at 1:20 AM, enter the following command. Because 1:20 AM is
the next day, you must specify the absolute time.
user@host> request system reboot at 06060120
request system reboot at 120
Reboot the system at 120? [yes,no] (no) yes
503
Release Information
Description
Options
Optionally, you can specify a filename for the converted file. If you do not specify
a filename, the software assigns one automatically. The default destination
filename is the same as the source filename, except the file extension is altered.
For example, the software converts a source file called test.xsl to test.slax. The
software converts a source file called test1.slax to test1.xsl.
Required Privilege Level
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
maintenance
request system scripts convert slax-to-xslt on page 504
request system scripts convert xslt-to-slax on page 504
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request.
504
Release Information
Description
CAUTION: After you run the request system snapshot command, you cannot return
to the previous version of the software, because the running and backup copies of
the software are identical.
Options
noneBack up the currently running and active file system partitions on the router
a specific T640 routing node (or line-card chassis) that is connected to a TX Matrix
platform. Replace number with a value from 0 through 3.
scc(Routing matrix only) (Optional) Archive data and executable areas for a
used to replace the medium in the primary compact flash drive. This option can
be used on the removable compact flash only. The option copies the default files
that were loaded on the primary compact flash drive when it was shipped from
505
the factory, plus the rescue configuration if one has been set. This option is useful
if you have multiple routers and want to use the same software and configuration
on each router. After a boot device is created as a primary compact flash drive,
it can operate in only a primary compact flash drive slot. This option causes the
boot medium to be partitioned.
config-size size(J-series routing platform only) (Optional) Specify the size of the
config partition, in megabytes. The default value is 10 percent of physical memory
on the boot partition. The config partition is mounted on /config, and the
configuration files are stored in this partition. This option causes the boot medium
to be partitioned.
data-size size(J-series routing platform only) (Optional) Specify the size of the data
partition, in megabytes. The default value is 0 MB. The data partition is mounted
on /data. This space is not used by the router, and can be used for extra storage.
loaded on the primary compact flash drive when it was shipped from the factory,
plus the rescue configuration if one has been set. After the boot medium is
created with the factory option, it can operate in only the primary compact flash
drive.
media type(J-series routing platform only) (Optional) Specify the boot device the
drive.
partition table on the flash drive is corrupted, the request system snapshot
command fails and reports errors. The partition option is only supported for
restoring the software image from the hard drive to the flash drive. You cannot
issue the request system snapshot command when you enable flash disk
mirroring. We recommend that you disable flash disk mirroring when you
upgrade or downgrade the software. For more information, see the JUNOS System
Basics Configuration Guide.
root-size size(J-series routing platform only) (Optional) Specify the size of the root
506
Before upgrading the software on the router, when you have a known stable system,
issue the request system snapshot command to back up the software, including the
configuration, to the /altroot and /altconfig file systems. After you have upgraded
the software on the router and are satisfied that the new packages are successfully
installed and running, issue the request system snapshot command again to back up
the new software to the /altroot and /altconfig file systems.
On a routing matrix, if you issue the request system snapshot command on the
master Routing Engine, all the master Routing Engines connected to the routing
matrix are backed up. If you issue this command on the backup Routing Engine, all
the backup Routing Engines connected to the routing matrix are backed up.
You cannot issue the request system snapshot command when you enable flash disk
mirroring. We recommend that you disable flash disk mirroring when you upgrade
or downgrade the software. For more information, see the JUNOS System Basics
Configuration Guide.
Output Fields
request system
snapshot
maintenance
show system snapshot on page 605
request
request
request
request
system
system
system
system
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request.
user@host> request system snapshot
umount: /altroot: not currently mounted
Copying / to /altroot.. (this may take a few minutes)
umount: /altconfig: not currently mounted
Copying /config to /altconfig.. (this may take a few minutes)
The following filesystems were archived: / /config
request system
snapshot (When
Partition Flag Is On)
request system
snapshot (When
Mirroring Is Enabled)
507
request system
snapshot all-lcc
(Routing Matrix)
508
Options
Required Privilege Level
Related Topics
509
510
Release Information
Description
Options
For example:
credentials, use
ftp://<username>:<password>@hostname/pathname/package-name. To
have the system prompt you for the password, specify prompt in place
credentials, use
http://<username>:<password>@hostname/pathname/package-name. If
a password is required and you omit it, you are prompted for it.
511
credentials, use
scp://<username>:<password>@hostname/pathname/package-name.
NOTE:
The pathname in the protocol is the relative path to the user's home directory
on the remote system and not the root directory.
On a J-series Services Router, when you install the software from a remote
location, the package is removed at the earliest opportunity in order to make
room for the installation to be completed. If you copy the software to a local
directory on the router and then install the new package, use the unlink option
to achieve the same effect and allow the installation to be completed.
instead of errors.
delay-restart(Optional) Install software package or bundle, but do not restart software
processes.
force(Optional) Force the addition of the software package or bundle
(ignore warnings).
lcc number | scc(Routing matrix only) (Optional) Install a software package or
Routing Engine.
reboot(Optional) After adding the software package or bundle, reboot the system.
unlink(Optional) On J-series Services Routers, this option ensures that the software
package is removed at the earliest opportunity in order to make room for the
installation to be completed. On M-series and T-series routers, use the unlink
option to remove the software package from this directory after a successful
upgrade is completed.
validate(Optional) Validate the software package or bundle against the current
512
Additional Information
Before upgrading the software on the router, when you have a known stable system,
issue the request system snapshot command to back up the software, including the
configuration, to the /altroot and /altconfig file systems. After you have upgraded
the software on the router and are satisfied that the new package or bundle is
successfully installed and running, issue the request system snapshot command again
to back up the new software to the /altroot and /altconfig file systems.
After you run the request system snapshot command, you cannot return to the
previous version of the software, because the running and backup copies of the
software are identical.
If you are upgrading more than one package at the same time, delete the operating
system package, jkernel, last. Add the operating system package, jkernel, first and
the routing software package, jroute, last. If you are upgrading all packages at once,
delete and add them in the following order:
user@host>
user@host>
user@host>
user@host>
user@host>
user@host>
request
request
request
request
request
request
system
system
system
system
system
system
software
software
software
software
software
software
add
add
add
add
add
add
/var/tmp/jbase
/var/tmp/jkernel
/var/tmp/jpfe
/var/tmp/jdocs
/var/tmp/jroute
/var/tmp/jcrypto
By default, when you issue the request system software add package-name command
on a TX Matrix master Routing Engine, all the T640 master Routing Engines that are
connected to it are upgraded to the same version of software. If you issue the same
command on the TX Matrix backup Routing Engine, all the T640 backup Routing
Engines that are connected to it are upgraded to the same version of software.
Required Privilege Level
Related Topics
maintenance
request system software delete on page 515
request system software rollback on page 523
request system software validate on page 525
request system storage cleanup on page 527
513
Using /var/validate/tmp/jbundle/jcrypto-7.2R1.7.tgz
Using /var/validate/tmp/jbundle/jpfe-7.2R1.7.tgz
Using /var/validate/tmp/jbundle/jdocs-7.2R1.7.tgz
Using /var/validate/tmp/jbundle/jroute-7.2R1.7.tgz
Validating against /config/juniper.conf.gz
mgd: commit complete
Validation succeeded
Validating against /config/rescue.conf.gz
mgd: commit complete
Validation succeeded
Installing package '/var/tmp/jinstall-7.2R1.7-domestic-signed.tgz' ...
Verified jinstall-7.2R1.7-domestic.tgz signed by PackageProduction_7_2_0
Adding jinstall...
WARNING:
WARNING:
WARNING:
WARNING:
WARNING:
WARNING:
WARNING:
514
Release Information
Description
CAUTION: Before removing a software package or bundle, make sure that you have
already placed the new software package or bundle that you intend to load onto the
router.
Options
package from a specific T640 routing node (or line-card chassis) that is connected
to a TX Matrix platform. Replace number with a value from 0 through 3.
scc(Routing matrix only) (Optional) Remove an extension or upgrade package
515
Additional Information
Before upgrading the software on the router, when you have a known stable system,
issue the request system snapshot command to back up the software, including the
configuration, to the /altroot and /altconfig file systems. After you have upgraded
the software on the router and are satisfied that the new packages are successfully
installed and running, issue the request system snapshot command again to back up
the new software to the /altroot and /altconfig file systems. After you run the request
system snapshot command, you cannot return to the previous version of the software,
because the running and backup copies of the software are identical.
maintenance
request system software add on page 511
request system software rollback on page 523
request system software validate on page 525
516
517
Options
Required Privilege Level
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
518
Release Information
Description
Perform a unified in-service software upgrade (ISSU). A unified ISSU enables you to
upgrade from one JUNOS software release to another with no disruption on the
control plane and with minimal disruption of traffic. A unified ISSU is only supported
by dual Routing Engine platforms. In addition, graceful Routing Engine switchover
(GRES) and nonstop active routing (NSR) must be enabled.
Options
For example:
after the backup Routing Engine is rebooted with the new software package and
a switchover occurs to make it the new master Routing Engine, the former master
(new backup) Routing Engine will not be upgraded to the new software. In this
case, you must manually upgrade the former master (new backup) Routing
Engine. If you do not include the no-old-master-upgrade option, the system will
automatically upgrade the former master Routing Engine.
reboot(Optional) When the reboot option is included, the former master (new
Unified ISSUs are supported on M320 and T320 routers and on T640 routing
nodes only.
Unsupported PICs are restarted during a unified ISSU. For information about
supported PICs, see the JUNOS High Availability Configuration Guide.
519
Unsupported protocols will experience packet loss during a unified ISSU. For
information about supported protocols, see the JUNOS High Availability
Configuration Guide.
During a unified ISSU, you cannot bring any PICs online or offline.
For more information, see the JUNOS High Availability Configuration Guide.
Required Privilege Level
Related Topics
view
request system software abort on page 509
show chassis in-service-upgrade on page 282
request system
software-in-service
upgrade reboot
520
WARNING:
WARNING:
WARNING:
WARNING:
WARNING:
521
/var/db/config/juniper.conf.pre-install
Installing the bootstrap installer ...
WARNING:
WARNING:
WARNING:
WARNING:
WARNING:
522
Release Information
Description
Options
request system software add on the TX Matrix platform and its attached T640
routing nodes.
lcc number(Routing matrix only) (Optional) Attempt to roll back to the previous set
On the J-series routing platform, you can use this command to roll back to a previous
software package when the current upgrade has been successful or has failed. On
M-series and T-series routing platforms, use this command only to recover from a
failed software upgradeyou cannot issue this command to return to the previously
installed software after using a jinstall package. To return to the previously installed
software, use the corresponding jinstall package.
A software rollback fails if any required package (or a jbundle package containing the
required package) cannot be found in /var/sw/pkg.
maintenance
request system software add on page 511
request system software delete on page 515
request system software validate on page 525
request system configuration rescue delete on page 487
request system configuration rescue save on page 488
523
524
Release Information
Description
Options
By default, when you issue the request system software validate command on a TX
Matrix master Routing Engine, all the T640 master Routing Engines that are connected
to it are validated. If you issue the same command on the TX Matrix backup Routing
Engine, all the T640 backup Routing Engines that are connected to it are upgraded
to the same version of software.
maintenance
request system software add on page 511
request system software delete on page 515
request system software rollback on page 523
525
526
Options
Additional Information
If logging is configured and being used, the dry-run option will rotate the log files. In
that case, the output displays the message Currently rotating log files, please wait.
If no logging is currently underway, the output displays only a list of files to delete.
maintenance
request system storage cleanup dry-run on page 527
request system storage cleanup on page 527
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request.
user@host> request system storage cleanup dry-run
Currently rotating log files, please wait.
This operation can take up to a minute.
List of files to delete:
11.4K
7245B
11.8K
3926B
3962B
4146B
4708B
7068B
13.7K
890B
65.8M
63.1M
Size Date
Mar 8 15:00
Feb 5 15:00
Feb 22 13:00
Mar 16 13:57
Feb 22 12:47
Mar 8 12:20
Dec 21 11:39
Jan 16 18:00
Dec 27 22:00
Feb 22 17:22
Oct 26 09:10
Oct 26 09:13
Name
/var/log/messages.1.gz
/var/log/messages.3.gz
/var/log/messages.2.gz
/var/log/messages.0.gz
/var/log/sampled.1.gz
/var/log/sampled.0.gz
/var/log/sampled.2.gz
/var/log/messages.4.gz
/var/log/messages.5.gz
/var/tmp/sampled.pkts
/var/sw/pkg/jinstall-7.4R1.7-export-signed.tgz
/var/sw/pkg/jbundle-7.4R1.7.tgz
11.4K
7245B
11.8K
3926B
11.6K
Size Date
Mar 8 15:00
Feb 5 15:00
Feb 22 13:00
Mar 16 13:57
Mar 8 15:00
Name
/var/log/messages.1.gz
/var/log/messages.3.gz
/var/log/messages.2.gz
/var/log/messages.0.gz
/var/log/messages.5.gz
527
7254B
12.9K
3726B
3962B
4146B
4708B
7068B
13.7K
890B
65.8M
63.1M
Feb
Feb
Mar
Feb
Mar
Dec
Jan
Dec
Feb
Oct
Oct
5
22
16
22
8
21
16
27
22
26
26
15:00
13:00
13:57
12:47
12:20
11:39
18:00
22:00
17:22
09:10
09:13
/var/log/messages.6.gz
/var/log/messages.8.gz
/var/log/messages.7.gz
/var/log/sampled.1.gz
/var/log/sampled.0.gz
/var/log/sampled.2.gz
/var/log/messages.4.gz
/var/log/messages.5.gz
/var/tmp/sampled.pkts
/var/sw/pkg/jinstall-7.4R1.7-export-signed.tgz
/var/sw/pkg/jbundle-7.4R1.7.tgz
528
restart
Syntax
restart
<adaptive-services | audit-process | chassis-control | class-of-service | disk-monitoring |
dynamic-flow-capture | ecc-error-logging | event-processing | firewall | interface-control
| ipsec-key-management | kernel-replication | l2-learning | l2tp-service | lacp |
mib-process | pgcp-service | pgm | pic-services-logging | ppp | pppoe |
protected-system-domain-service |redundancy-interface-process | remote-operations |
root-system-domain-service | routing <logical-system logical-system-name> | sampling
| service-deployment | snmp>
<gracefully | immediately | soft>
restart
<adaptive-services | audit-process | chassis-control | class-of-service | disk-monitoring |
dynamic-flow-capture | ecc-error-logging | event-processing | firewall | interface-control
| ipsec-key-management | kernel-replication | l2-learning | l2tp-service | lacp |
link-management | mib-process | pgm | pic-services-logging | ppp | pppoe |
redundancy-interface-process | remote-operations | routing <logical-system
logical-system-name> | sampling | service-deployment | snmp>
<all | all-lcc | lcc number>
<gracefully | immediately | soft>
restart
<adaptive-services | audit-process | chassis-control | class-of-service | dhcp |
dialer-services | dlsw | event-processing | firewall | interface-control |
ipsec-key-management | isdn-signaling | l2-learning | l2tp-service | mib-process |
network-access-service | pgm | ppp | pppoe | remote-operations | routing <logical-system
logical-system-name> | sampling | service-deployment | snmp | usb-control |
web-management>
<gracefully | immediately | soft>
Release Information
Description
Options
noneSame as gracefully.
restart
529
out process.
disk-monitoring(Optional) Restart disk monitoring, which checks the health of the
service.
dynamic-flow-capture(Optional) Restart the dynamic flow capture (DFC) process,
configuration.
interface-control(Optional) Restart the interface process, which controls the router's
connections.
kernel-replication(Optional) Restart the kernel replication process, which replicates
the state of the backup Routing Engine when graceful Routing Engine switchover
is configured.
l2-learning(Optional) Restart the Layer 2 address flooding and learning process.
l2tp-service(Optional) (M10, M10i, and M7i routers only) Restart the Layer 2
530
restart
Cards (PICs). With this process, also known as fsad (the file system access
daemon), PICs send special logging information to the Routing Engine for
archiving on the hard disk.
ppp(Optional) Restart the Point-to-Point Protocol (PPP) process.
pppoe(Optional) Restart the Point-to-Point Protocol over Ethernet (PPPoE) process.
protected-system-domain-service(Optional) Restart the Protected System Domain
(PSD) process.
redundancy-interface-process(Optional) Restart the ASP redundancy process.
remote-operations(Optional) Restart the remote operations process, which provides
process, which controls the routing protocols that run on the router and maintains
the routing tables. Optionally, restart the routing protocol process for the specified
logical system only.
sampling(Optional) Restart the sampling process, which performs packet sampling
master agent.
usb-control(J-series routing platform only) (Optional) Restart the USB control process.
web-management(J-series routing platform only) (Optional) Restart the Web
management process.
restart
531
all(Routing matrix only) (Optional) Restart the software process on all chassis.
all-lcc(Routing matrix only) (Optional) Restart the software process on all T640
the software processes. For example, Border Gateway Protocol (BGP) peers stay
up and the routing table stays constant. Omitting this option results in a graceful
restart of the software process.
Required Privilege Level
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
restart interfaces
532
restart
reset
restart interfaces on page 532
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request.
user@host> restart interfaces
interfaces process terminated
interfaces process restarted
show arp
show arp
<no-resolve>
<expiration-time>
Syntax
Release Information
Display all entries in the Address Resolution Protocol (ARP) table. To display entries
for a particular logical system only, first enter the set cli logical-system
logical-system-name command, and then enter the show arp command.
Description
Options
to the IP address.
expiration-time(Optional) Display the amount of time, in seconds, until each ARP
Related Topics
Table 110 on page 533 describes the output fields for the show arp command. Output
fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Output Fields
Field Description
MAC Address
Address
Name
Hostname.
Interface
Interface name.
Flags
( no-resolve option only) Indicates how mappings between IP and MAC addresses are defined:
TTE
PermanentStatic mapping.
NoneDynamic mapping.
(expiration-time option only) Amount of time, in seconds, until ARP entry is set to expire.
show arp
533
show arp
534
show arp
Name
firewall.my.net
lab.my net
Interface
fe-0/0/1.0
fe-0/0/0.0
fe-0/0/0.0
fe-0/0/0.0
Interface
fxp0.0
fxp0.0
Flags
none
permanent published
permanent
none
Flags TTE
none
none 1491
none 1279
none 452
none 1421
show configuration
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
show configuration
<statement-path>
Additional Information
chassisChassis configuration.
class-of-serviceClass-of-service configuration.
firewallFirewall configuration.
groupsConfiguration groups.
interfacesInterface configuration.
securitySecurity configuration.
The portions of the configuration that you can view depend on the user class that
you belong to and the corresponding permissions. If you do not have permission to
view a portion of the configuration, the text ACCESS-DENIED is substituted for that
portion of the configuration. If you do not have permission to view authentication
show configuration
535
keys and passwords in the configuration, because the secret permission bit is not
set for your user account, the text SECRET-DATA is substituted for that portion of the
configuration. If an identifier in the configuration contains a space, the identifier is
displayed in quotation marks.
Required Privilege Level
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
536
view
show configuration on page 536
show configuration policy-options on page 536
This command displays information about the current running configuration.
show configuration
show configuration
policy-options
show configuration
Release Information
Description
Display the address bindings in the client table on the extended Dynamic Host
Configuration Protocol (DHCP) local server.
Options
Output Fields
view
clear dhcp server binding on page 468
show
show
show
show
dhcp
dhcp
dhcp
dhcp
server
server
server
server
Table 111 on page 537 lists the output fields for the show dhcp server binding command.
Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Field Description
Level of Output
number clients,
(number bound,
number selecting,
number renewing,
number rebinding)
Summary counts of the total number of DHCP clients and the number of DHCP
clients in each state.
detail none
IP address
All levels
537
Field Description
Level of Output
Hardware address
All levels
Type
All levels
router.
Lease expires at
Date and time at which the clients IP address lease expires or, for a client with
a state of bound-grace, the time at which the grace period for the clients IP
address lease expires.
All levels
State
State of the address binding table on the extended DHCP local server:
detail
Active binding
information
initInitial state.
Request received on(detail level only) Interface on which the client request
was received.
relayed by(detail level only) IP address on which the client request was
relayed.
Lease information
Obtained atDate and time at which the clients IP address lease was
obtained.
Expires atDate and time at which the clients IP address lease expires.
State(detail level only) State of the address binding table on the extended
538
IP address
100.20.32.1
100.20.32.3
100.20.32.4
100.20.32.5
100.20.32.6
Hardware address
90:00:00:01:00:01
90:00:00:02:00:01
90:00:00:03:00:01
90:00:00:04:00:01
90:00:00:05:00:01
Type
active
active
active
active
active
Lease expires at
2007-01-17 11:38:47
2007-01-17 11:38:41
2007-01-17 11:38:01
2007-01-17 11:38:07
2007-01-17 11:38:47
PST
PST
PST
PST
PST
Hardware address
Type
90:00:00:01:00:01 active
90:00:00:02:00:01 active
90:00:00:03:00:01 active
90:00:00:04:00:01 active
90:00:00:05:00:01 active
90:00:00:06:00:01 active
Lease expires
State
2007-01-17 11:38:47 PST rebind
2007-01-17 11:38:41 PST rebind
2007-01-17 11:38:01 PST rebind
2007-01-17 11:38:07 PST rebind
2007-01-17 11:38:47 PST rebind
2007-01-19 16:38:47 PST bound-grace
DHCP
2007-01-17 11:28:47 PST
2007-01-17 11:38:47 PST
DHCP
2007-01-17 11:28:47 PST
2007-01-17 11:38:47 PST
rebind
539
Release Information
Description
Options
DHCP local server statistics on the specified logical system. If you do not specify
a logical system, statistics are displayed for the default logical system.
routing-instance routing-instance-name(Optional) Display information about extended
DHCP local server statistics on the specified routing instance. If you do not specify
a routing instance, statistics are displayed for the default routing instance.
Required Privilege Level
view
Related Topics
Output Fields
540
Table 112 on page 541 lists the output fields for the show dhcp server statistics
command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Field Description
Packets dropped
Number of packets discarded by the extended DHCP local server because of errors. Only nonzero
statistics appear in the Packets dropped output. When all of the Packets dropped statistics are 0
(zero), only the Total field appears.
Bad hardware addressNumber of packets discarded because an invalid hardware address was
specified
Bad opcodeNumber of packets discarded because an invalid operation code was specified
Invalid server addressNumber of packets discarded because an invalid server address was
specified
for assignment
No interface matchNumber of packets discarded because they did not belong to a configured
interface
No routing instance matchNumber of packets discarded because they did not belong to a
Messages received
Messages sent
No valid local addressNumber of packets discarded because there was no valid local address
Packet too shortNumber of packets discarded because they were too short
Send errorNumber of packets that the extended DHCP local server could not send
541
542
4
2
1
1
Messages received:
BOOTREQUEST
DHCPDECLINE
DHCPDISCOVER
DHCPINFORM
DHCPRELEASE
DHCPREQUEST
89163
0
8110
0
0
81053
Messages sent:
BOOTREPLY
DHCPOFFER
DHCPACK
DHCPNAK
32420
8110
8110
8100
show host
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Additional Information
Required Privilege Level
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
show host
The show host command displays the raw data received from the DNS server.
view
show host on page 543
Output field descriptions to be provided.
user@host> show host snark
snark.boojum.net has address 192.168.1.254
user@host> show host 192.168.1.254
Name: snark.boojum.net
Address: 192.168.1.254
Aliases:
show host
543
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
view
Table 113 on page 544 lists the output fields for the show network-access aaa statistics
command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Output Fields
Field Description
Accepts
Accounting Response
Failures
Accounting Response
Success
Challenges
Number of dynamic requests that resulted in processing errors by the AAA framework.
Processed Successfully
Rejects
Requests Received
544
Field Description
Silently Dropped
Number of dynamic requests dropped by the AAA framework due to multiple back-to-back or duplicate
requests.
show network-access
aaa statistics
accounting
show network-access
aaa statistics
authentication
show network-access
aaa statistics
dynamic-requests
545
Release Information
Description
Options
system.
routing-instance routing-instance-name(Optional) List subscribers for the specific
routing instance. If you do not specify a routing instance name, the default routing
instance is assumed.
statistics(Optional) Display statistics for the subscriber events.
username(Optional) Display information for the specific subscriber session.
Required Privilege Level
view
show
show
show
show
Output Fields
network-access
network-access
network-access
network-access
aaa
aaa
aaa
aaa
Table 114 on page 546 lists the output fields for the show network-access aaa
subscribers command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which
they appear.
Field Description
Challenge requests
Number of authentication requests challenged by the authentication server for this subscriber.
Challenge responses
Number of accounting start requests generated by the AAA framework for this subscriber.
Number of accounting start requests that failed to make it to the accounting server for this subscriber.
Number of accounting start requests acknowledged by the accounting server for this subscriber.
INTERIM sent
successfully
Number of accounting interim requests generated by the AAA framework for this subscriber.
Number of accounting interim requests that failed to make it to the accounting server for this
subscriber.
546
Field Description
Number of accounting interim requests acknowledged by the accounting server for this subscriber.
STOP-on-failure sent
successfully
Number of accounting stop-on-failure requests generated by the AAA framework for this subscriber.
STOP-on-failure send
failures
Number of accounting stop-on-failure requests that failed to make it to the accounting server for this
subscriber.
STOP-on-failure ack
received
Number of accounting stop-on-failure requests acknowledged by the accounting server for this
subscriber.
Number of accounting stop requests generated by the AAA framework for this subscriber.
Number of accounting stop requests that failed to make it to the accounting server for this subscriber.
Number of accounting stop requests acknowledged by the accounting server for this subscriber.
show network-access
aaa subscribers
logical-system
show network-access
aaa subscribers
show network-access
aaa subscribers
statistics username
547
show network-access
aaa subscribers
username
548
Service type
volume
Quota
1200 Mbps
time
6000 secs
Accounting
on/volume+time
on/volume
on/volume
Release Information
Description
Options
address-assignment pool.
pool pool-nameDisplay information about the specified address-assignment pool.
logical-system logical-system-name(Optional) Perform this operation on the specified
logical system.
routing-instance routing-instance-name(Optional) Perform this operation on the
Field Description
IP address
Hardware address
Type
Type of client.
show network-access
address-assignment pool
549
Release Information
Description
Options
view
show ntp status on page 552
show ntp associations on page 551
Table 116 on page 550 describes the output fields for the show ntp associations
command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Field Description
remote
refid
Reference identifier of the remote peer. If the reference identifier is not known, this field shows a
value of 0.0.0.0.
st
when
poll
reach
delay
offset
disp
550
Field Description
peer-name
Peer name and status of the peer in the clock selection process:
551
Release Information
Description
Options
552
view
show ntp associations on page 550
show ntp status on page 552
Output field descriptions to be provided.
user@host> show ntp status
status=0644 leap_none, sync_ntp, 4 events, event_peer/strat_chg,
version="ntpd 4.1.0-a Fri Jun 24 06:40:56 GMT 2005 (1)",
processor="i386", system="JUNOS7.4-20050624.0", leap=00, stratum=2,
precision=-28, rootdelay=6.849, rootdispersion=10.615, peer=38788,
refid=ntp-server.company-a.net,
reftime=c66705d9.06ee0f3c Fri, Jun 24 2005 15:21:13.027, poll=6,
clock=c6670602.cf6db940 Fri, Jun 24 2005 15:21:54.810, state=4,
offset=0.205, frequency=75.911, jitter=0.396, stability=0.005
show subscribers
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
show subscribers
<address address>
<count>
<interface interface>
<logical-system logical-system>
<profile-name profile-name>
<routing-instance routing-instance>
<detail | terse>
address.
count(Optional) Display the specified count. The count option cannot be used with
interface.
logical system(Optional) Display subscribers whose logical system matches the
view
show
show
show
show
Output Fields
Table 117 on page 553 lists the output fields for the show subscribers command.
Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Field Description
User Name
Name of subscriber.
IP Address
show subscribers
553
Field Description
IP Netmask
Subscriber IP netmask.
Logical System
Interface
Interface associated with the subscriber. The router displays subscribers whose interface matches
or begins with the specified interface.
Interface Type
Routing Instance
MAC Address
State
RADIUS Accounting ID
Login Time
show subscribers
IP Address
192.168.15.10
1234:5678:9012:3456:7890:1234:5678:9012
User Name
[email protected]
[email protected]
show subscribers
logical-system
554
show subscribers
show subscribers
555
556
Description
IPsec VPN tunneling usage requires a
Rescue configuration is not sent
Release Information
Description
Options
information for all T640 routing nodes (or line-card chassis) connected to a TX
Matrix platform.
lcc number(Routing matrix only) (Optional) Display file system MD5 hash and
permissions information for a specific T640 routing node (or line-card chassis)
that is connected to a TX Matrix platform. Replace number with a value from 0
through 3.
scc(Routing matrix only) (Optional) Display file system MD5 hash and permissions
If you save the output of the show system audit root-only command to a file, you can
compare it to subsequent output from the command to determine whether anything
has changed.
By default, when you issue the show system audit command on a TX Matrix master
Routing Engine, the command is broadcast to all the T640 master Routing Engines
connected to it. If you issue the command on the TX Matrix backup Routing Engine,
the command is broadcast to all the T640 backup Routing Engines that are connected
to it.
Required Privilege Level
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
show system audit
root-only
admin
show system audit root-only on page 557
show system audit lcc (Routing Matrix) on page 558
Output field descriptions to be provided.
user@host> show system audit root-only
557
#
user:
#
machine:
#
tree:
date: Fri Feb 11
root
my-host
/
21:21:46 2000
# .
/set type=file uid=0 gid=0 mode=0755 nlink=1
.
type=dir nlink=23 size=1024 time=950252640.0
.cshrc
uid=3 gid=7 mode=0644 size=177 time=939182975.0 \
md5digest=f414e06fea6bd646244b98e13d6e6226
.kernel.jkernel.backup \
mode=0744 size=1934552 time=944688902.0 \
md5digest=2c343cf0bd9fea8f04f78604feed7aa4
.profile
uid=3 gid=7 mode=0644 nlink=2 size=173 time=939182975.0 \
md5digest=55a1e3c6c67789c9d3a1cce1ea39f670
COPYRIGHT
uid=3 gid=7 mode=0444 size=3425 time=939182975.0 \
md5digest=7df8bc77dcee71382ea73eb0ec6a9243
boot.config mode=0644 size=3 time=945902618.0 \
md5digest=93d722493ed38477338a1405d7dcbb40
boot.help
uid=3 gid=7 mode=0444 size=411 time=939182876.0 \
md5digest=9b7126385734bcae753f4179ab59d8e5
compat
type=link mode=0777 size=11 time=915149058.0 \
link=/usr/compat
kernel
mode=0444 size=1947607 time=950230892.0 \
md5digest=1a2a8aff2fec678a918ba0d6bf063980
kernel.avr uid=1112 size=1947642 time=950252597.0 \
md5digest=82e1637682d58ec28964dfee7fccb62e
kernel.config \
mode=0644 size=0 time=915149058.0 \
md5digest=d41d8cd98f00b204e9800998ecf8427e
sys
type=link mode=0777 size=11 time=915149029.0 \
link=usr/src/sys
# ./altroot
altroot
# ./altroot
..
# ./b
558
b
# ./b
..
# ./bin
/set type=file uid=0 gid=0 mode=0700 nlink=1 flags=none
bin
type=dir mode=0755 nlink=2 size=512 time=1089843059.0
[
type=link size=28 time=1090266270.0 \
link=/packages/mnt/jbase/bin/test
cat
type=link size=27 time=1090266270.0 \
link=/packages/mnt/jbase/bin/cat
chmod
type=link size=29 time=1090266270.0 \
link=/packages/mnt/jbase/bin/chmod
cp
type=link size=26 time=1090266270.0 \
link=/packages/mnt/jbase/bin/cp
csh
type=link size=27 time=1090266270.0 \
link=/packages/mnt/jbase/bin/csh
date
type=link size=28 time=1090266270.0 \
link=/packages/mnt/jbase/bin/date
dd
type=link size=26 time=1090266270.0 \
link=/packages/mnt/jbase/bin/dd
df
type=link size=26 time=1090266270.0 \
link=/packages/mnt/jbase/bin/df
echo
type=link size=28 time=1090266270.0 \
link=/packages/mnt/jbase/bin/echo
ed
type=link size=26 time=1090266270.0 \
link=/packages/mnt/jbase/bin/ed
expr
type=link size=28 time=1090266270.0 \
link=/packages/mnt/jbase/bin/expr
hostname
type=link size=32 time=1090266270.0 \
link=/packages/mnt/jbase/bin/hostname
kill
type=link size=28 time=1090266270.0 \
link=/packages/mnt/jbase/bin/kill
ln
type=link size=26 time=1090266270.0 \
link=/packages/mnt/jbase/bin/ln
ls
type=link size=26 time=1090266270.0 \
link=/packages/mnt/jbase/bin/ls
mkdir
type=link size=29 time=1090266270.0 \
link=/packages/mnt/jbase/bin/mkdir
mv
type=link size=26 time=1090266270.0 \
link=/packages/mnt/jbase/bin/mv
ps
type=link size=26 time=1090266270.0 \
link=/packages/mnt/jbase/bin/ps
pwd
type=link size=27 time=1090266270.0 \
link=/packages/mnt/jbase/bin/pwd
rcp
type=link size=27 time=1090266270.0 \
link=/packages/mnt/jbase/bin/rcp
red
type=link size=26 time=1090266270.0 \
link=/packages/mnt/jbase/bin/ed
rm
type=link size=26 time=1090266270.0 \
link=/packages/mnt/jbase/bin/rm
rmdir
type=link size=29 time=1090266270.0 \
link=/packages/mnt/jbase/bin/rmdir
sh
type=link size=26 time=1090266270.0 \
link=/packages/mnt/jbase/bin/sh
sleep
type=link size=29 time=1090266270.0 \
link=/packages/mnt/jbase/bin/sleep
stty
type=link size=28 time=1090266270.0 \
link=/packages/mnt/jbase/bin/stty
sync
type=link size=28 time=1090266270.0 \
559
tcsh
test
link=/packages/mnt/jbase/bin/sync
type=link size=27 time=1090266270.0 \
link=/packages/mnt/jbase/bin/csh
type=link size=28 time=1090266270.0 \
link=/packages/mnt/jbase/bin/test
# ./bin
..
# ./boot
/set type=file uid=0 gid=0 mode=0444 nlink=1 flags=none
boot
type=dir mode=0555 nlink=3 size=512 time=1095069935.0
boot0
size=512 time=1094978286.0 \
md5digest=6f780822dd4ae482a20462b66e542cca
boot1
mode=0555 size=512 time=1094978294.0 \
md5digest=8d112b09df342cd0b60fdb9bdcde8e07
boot2
mode=0555 size=7680 time=1094978294.0 \
md5digest=28eb58c4068c6b85717e1484f9e028e4
cdboot
mode=0555 size=165888 time=1094978298.0 \
md5digest=1474c6b800dfc82ba552d7c36116d07d
kgzldr.o
size=5996 time=1094982121.0 \
md5digest=c53dc948eb07e2ea4eb0413e4c4634a3
loader
mode=0555 size=163840 time=1094978298.0 \
md5digest=82d9dc2d31033476bfb61bb7264c4fed
loader.4th size=9237 time=986013631.0 \
md5digest=43144391465ad50267d31e0a320be1de
...
560
561
Release Information
Description
Options
By default, when you issue the show system boot-messages command on a TX Matrix
master Routing Engine, the command is broadcast to all the T640 master Routing
Engines connected to it. Likewise, if you issue the same command on the TX Matrix
backup Routing Engine, the command is broadcast to all the T640 backup Routing
Engines that are connected to it.
view
show system boot-messages on page 562
show system boot-messages lcc (Routing Matrix) on page 564
Output field descriptions to be provided.
user@host> show system boot-messages
Copyright (c) 1992-1998 FreeBSD Inc.
Copyright (c) 1996-2000 Juniper Networks, Inc.
All rights reserved.
Copyright (c) 1982, 1986, 1989, 1991, 1993
The Regents of the University of California.
562
0 on pci0:0:0
chip1 <Intel 82371AB PCI-ISA bridge> rev 1 class 60100 on pci0:7:0
chip2 <Intel 82371AB IDE interface> rev 1 class 10180 on pci0:7:1
chip3 <Intel 82371AB USB interface> rev 1 class c0300 int d irq 11 on pci0:7:2
smb0 <Intel 82371AB SMB controller> rev 1 class 68000 on pci0:7:3
pcic0 <TI PCI-1131 PCI-CardBus Bridge> rev 1 class 60700 int a irq 15 on pci0:13
:0
TI1131 PCI Config Reg: [pci only][FUNC0 pci int]
pcic1 <TI PCI-1131 PCI-CardBus Bridge> rev 1 class 60700 int b irq 12 on pci0:13
:1
TI1131 PCI Config Reg: [pci only][FUNC1 pci int]
fxp0 <Intel EtherExpress Pro 10/100B Ethernet> rev 8 class 20000 int a irq 12 on
pci0:16:0
chip4 <generic PCI bridge (vendor=1011 device=0022 subclass=4)> rev 4 class 6040
0 on pci0:17:0
fxp1 <Intel EtherExpress Pro 10/100B Ethernet> rev 8 class 20000 int a irq 10 on
pci0:19:0
Probing for devices on PCI bus 1:
mcs0 <Miscellaneous Control Subsystem> rev 12 class ff0000 int a irq 12 on pci1:
13:0
fxp2 <Intel EtherExpress Pro 10/100B Ethernet> rev 8 class 20000 int a irq 10 on
pci1:14:0
Probing for devices on the ISA bus:
sc0 at 0x60-0x6f irq 1 on motherboard
sc0: EGA color <16 virtual consoles, flags=0x0>
ed0 not found at 0x300
ed1 not found at 0x280
ed2 not found at 0x340
psm0 not found at 0x60
sio0 at 0x3f8-0x3ff irq 4 flags 0x20010 on isa
sio0: type 16550A, console
sio1 at 0x3e8-0x3ef irq 5 flags 0x20000 on isa
sio1: type 16550A
sio2 at 0x2f8-0x2ff irq 3 flags 0x20000 on isa
sio2: type 16550A
pcic0 at 0x3e0-0x3e1 on isa
PC-Card ctlr(0) TI PCI-1131 [CardBus bridge mode] (5 mem & 2 I/O windows)
pcic0: slot 0 controller I/O address 0x3e0
npx0 flags 0x1 on motherboard
npx0: INT 16 interface
fdc0: direction bit not set
fdc0: cmd 3 failed at out byte 1 of 3
fdc0 not found at 0x3f0
wdc0 at 0x1f0-0x1f7 irq 14 on isa
wdc0: unit 0 (wd0): <SunDisk SDCFB-80>, single-sector-i/o
wd0: 76MB (156672 sectors), 612 cyls, 8 heads, 32 S/T, 512 B/S
wdc0: unit 1 (wd1): <IBM-DCXA-210000>
wd1: 8063MB (16514064 sectors), 16383 cyls, 16 heads, 63 S/T, 512 B/S
wdc1 not found at 0x170
wdc2 not found at 0x180
ep0 not found at 0x300
fxp0: Ethernet address 00:a0:a5:12:05:5a
fxp1: Ethernet address 00:a0:a5:12:05:59
fxp2: Ethernet address 02:00:00:00:00:01
swapon: adding /dev/wd1s1b as swap device
Automatic reboot in progress...
/dev/rwd0s1a: clean, 16599 free (95 frags, 2063 blocks, 0.1% fragmentation)
/dev/rwd0s1e: clean, 9233 free (9 frags, 1153 blocks, 0.1% fragmentation)
563
/dev/rwd0s1a: clean, 16599 free (95 frags, 2063 blocks, 0.1% fragmentation)
/dev/rwd1s1f: clean, 4301055 free (335 frags, 537590 blocks, 0.0% fragmentation)
show system
boot-messages lcc
(Routing Matrix)
564
Release Information
Description
Options
T640 routing node (or line-card chassis) that is connected to a TX Matrix platform.
Replace number with a value from 0 through 3.
scc(Routing matrix only) (Optional) Show buffer statistics for the TX Matrix platform
By default, when you issue the show system buffers command on a TX Matrix master
Routing Engine, the command is broadcast to all the T640 master Routing Engines
connected to it. Likewise, if you issue the same command on the TX Matrix backup
Routing Engine, the command is broadcast to all the T640 backup Routing Engines
that are connected to it.
A special type of memory buffer called a cluster is 2 KB in size. For more information,
see The Design and Implementation of the 4.4BSD Operation System by McKusic, Bostic,
Karels, and Quarterman.
view
show system buffers on page 566
show system buffers scc (Routing Matrix) on page 567
Table 118 on page 566 describes the output fields for the show system buffers
command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
565
Field Description
mbufs in use
Memory buffers (mbufs) are 128-byte buffers that are used for various purposes inside the kernel.
Each memory buffer has a type, and the output itemizes the amount allocated for each type. Types
with no memory buffers allocated are not displayed.
mbufs allocated to
packet headers
mbufs allocated to
control blocks
Number of memory buffers currently holding Packet Forwarding Engine refill data.
mbufs allocated to
socket names and
addresses
allocated to network
Total amount of memory in use by the networking and interprocess communication (IPC) code.
Number of times a memory allocation request within the IPC and networking code failed.
Number of times a memory allocation request within the IPC and networking code was postponed.
Number of times a memory allocation request within the IPC and networking code triggered a
memory reclamation attempt.
566
567
Syntax
Release Information
Display the pending commit operation (if any) and the commit history.
Description
Options
view
Related Topics
show
show
show
show
system
system
system
system
Table 119 on page 568 describes the output fields for the show system commit
command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Output Fields
Field Description
Commit History
Displays the last 50 commit operations listed, most recent to first. The identifier rescue designates
a configuration created for recovery using the request system configuration rescue save command.
Timestamp
User name
Commit method
568
buttonA button on the router was pressed to commit a rescue configuration for recovery.
otherA method other than those identified was used to perform the commit operation.
7 15:59:00 2002
569
Release Information
Description
Options
Required Privilege Level
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
show system
configuration archival
570
571
Release Information
Description
Options
connections, includes the TCP control block. This option is useful for debugging
TCP connections.
all-lcc(Routing matrix only) (Optional) Display system connection activity for all
572
By default, when you issue the show system connections command on a TX Matrix
master Routing Engine, the command is broadcast to all the T640 master Routing
Engines connected to it. Likewise, if you issue the same command on the TX Matrix
backup Routing Engine, the command is broadcast to all the T640 backup Routing
Engines that are connected to it.
view
show system connections on page 573
show system connections extensive on page 574
show system connections lcc (Routing Matrix) on page 574
Output Fields
Table 120 on page 573 describes the output fields for the show system connections
command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Table 120: show system connections Output Fields
show system
connections
Field Name
Field Description
Proto
Recv-Q
Send-Q
Local Address
Foreign Address
(state)
(state)
ESTABLISHED
ESTABLISHED
LISTEN
LISTEN
LISTEN
573
show system
connections extensive
show system
connections lcc
(Routing Matrix)
574
Release Information
Description
Options
information about all T640 routing nodes (or line-card chassis) or a specific T640
routing node (replace number with a value from 0 through 3) connected to a TX
Matrix platform. Or, display logging information about the TX Matrix platform
(or switch-card chassis).
core-filename(Optional) Name of a specific core file to display.
core-file-info(Optional) Display the stack trace of a core file.
brief(Optional) View details of binary.
detail(Optional) View stack trace with details of binary.
Required Privilege Level
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
view
show system core-dumps on page 576
show system core-dumps on page 576
Table 121 on page 576 describes the output fields for the show system core-dumps
command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
575
576
Field Name
Field Description
Permissions
Links
Owner
Group
File size
Modified
Path/filename
show system
core-dumps
show system
core-dumps
This example shows the command output if core files do not exist.
user@host>
-rw-------rw-rw----rw-r--r--
Release Information
Description
Options
when you want to limit the output shown for a large file system.
path(Optional) Path or root directory to traverse.
Required Privilege Level
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
view
show system directory-usage scc (Routing Matrix) on page 578
Table 122 on page 577 describes the output fields for the show system directory-usage
command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Table 122: show system directory-usage Output Fields
Field Name
Field Description
bytes
directory-name
577
show system
directory-usage scc
(Routing Matrix)
578
Release Information
Description
Options
Required Privilege Level
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
view
show system firmware on page 579
show system firmware compatibility on page 579
Table 123 on page 579 lists the output fields for the show system firmware command.
Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Table 123: show system firmware Output Fields
Field Name
Field Description
Part
Type
Tag
Current version
Available version
Status
Action
Available Status
version
OK
OK
579
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
maintenance
show
show
show
show
system
system
system
system
Table 124 on page 580 lists the output fields for the show system license command.
Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Output Fields
Field Description
Feature name
Name assigned to the configured feature. You use this information to verify that all the features for
which you installed licenses are present.
Licenses used
Number of licenses used by a Services Router. You use this information to verify that the number
of licenses used matches the number configured. If a licensed feature is configured, the feature is
considered used.
Licenses installed
StateState of the license key:valid or invalid. An invalid state indicates that the key was entered
License versionVersion of a license. The version indicates how the license is validated, the
Licenses needed
Number of licenses required for features being used but not yet properly licensed.
Expiry
Amount of time left within the grace period before a license is required for a feature being used.
580
Licenses
used
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Licenses
installed
1
1
1
1
1
1000
1000
1000
Licenses
needed
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Expiry
permanent
permanent
permanent
permanent
permanent
permanent
permanent
permanent
Licenses installed:
License identifier: E000185416
License version: 2
Features:
subscriber-accounting - Per Subscriber Radius Accounting
permanent
subscriber-authentication - Per Subscriber Radius Authentication
permanent
subscriber-address-assignment - Radius/SDX Address Pool Assignment
permanent
subscriber-vlan - Dynamic Auto-sensed Vlan
permanent
subscriber-ip
- Dynamic and Static IP
permanent
Licenses
installed
1
Licenses
needed
0
Expiry
permanent
subscriber-authentication
permanent
subscriber-address-assignment
permanent
subscriber-vlan
permanent
subscriber-ip
permanent
581
Release Information
Description
Options
for all T640 routing nodes (or line-card chassis) connected to a TX Matrix platform.
brief | detail | extensive | summary(Optional) Display the specified level of detail.
lcc number(Routing matrix only) (Optional) Display standard system process
By default, when you issue the show system processes command on a TX Matrix
master Routing Engine, the command is broadcast to all the T640 master Routing
Engines connected to it. Likewise, if you issue the same command on the TX Matrix
backup Routing Engine, the command is broadcast to all the T640 backup Routing
Engines that are connected to it.
view
show
show
show
show
show
show
Output Fields
582
system
system
system
system
system
system
Table 125 on page 583 describes the output fields for the show system processes
command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Field Description
Level of Output
last PID
load averages
processes
Mem
Swap
PID
Process identifier.
detail extensive
summary
TT
none detail
STAT
Symbolic process state. The state is given by a sequence of letters. The first
letter indicates the run state of the process:
none detail
RRunnable
TStopped
ZDead (zombie)
> The process has specified a soft limit on memory requirements and
UID
User identifier.
detail
USERNAME
Process owner.
extensive summary
PPID
detail
CPU
detail extensive
summary
(E and S)Raw (unweighted) CPU usage. The value of this field is used to sort
583
Field Description
Level of Output
RSS
detail
WCHAN
detail
STARTED
detail
PRI
detail extensive
summary
NI or NICE
detail extensive
summary
SIZE
extensive summary
RES
extensive summary
STATE
Current state of the process (for example, sleep, wait, run, idle, zombie, or stop).
extensive summary
TIME
(S)Number of system and user CPU seconds that the process has used.
detail extensive
summary
(None, D, and E)Total amount of time that the command has been running.
WCPU
extensive summary
COMMAND
detail extensive
summary
584
0.00,
0.00
18:29:47
Mem: 25M Active, 3976K Inact, 19M Wired, 8346K Buf, 202M Free
Swap: 528M Total, 64K Used, 528M Free
0.00
TIME COMMAND
0:00.00 ps -ax -r
0:00.29 /sbin/ini
0:00.00 (pagedae
0:00.00 (vmdaemo
0:07.15 (update)
0:02.90 (if_pfe)
0:00.46 mfs /dev/
0:31.21 syslogd 0:00.00 portmap
0:02.95 amd -p -a
0:00.34 cron
0:00.07 /usr/loca
0:00.51 /sbin/wat
0:00.16 /usr/sbin
0:08.21 /sbin/dcd
0:05.83 /usr/sbin
0:00.03 /usr/sbin
0:00.50 /usr/sbin
0:00.02 /usr/libe
0:00.01 /usr/libe
0:00.01 /usr/libe
0:00.01 /usr/libe
0:19.14 /usr/sbin
0:14.13 /usr/sbin
0:00.46 bash
0:02.93 tnp.chass
0:00.77 ./rpd -N
0:00.12 rlogind
0:00.14 -tcsh (tc
0:00.10 (swapper
18:30:33
Mem: 25M Active, 3968K Inact, 19M Wired, 8346K Buf, 202M Free
Swap: 528M Total, 64K Used, 528M Free
PID USERNAME PRI NICE SIZE
RES STATE
TIME
WCPU
CPU
544 root
30
0
604K
768K RUN
0:00 0.00% 0.00%
3 root
28
0
0K
12K psleep
0:00 0.00% 0.00%
4 root
28
0
0K
12K update
0:03 0.00% 0.00%
528 aviva
18
0
660K
948K pause
0:00 0.00% 0.00%
204 root
18
0
300K
544K pause
0:00 0.00% 0.00%
131 root
18
0
332K
532K pause
0:00 0.00% 0.00%
186 root
18
0
196K
68K pause
0:00 0.00% 0.00%
27 root
10
0
512M 16288K mfsidl
0:00 0.00% 0.00%
1 root
10
0
620K
344K wait
0:00 0.00% 0.00%
304 root
3
0
884K
900K ttyin
0:00 0.00% 0.00%
200 root
3
0
180K
540K ttyin
0:00 0.00% 0.00%
203 root
3
0
180K
540K ttyin
0:00 0.00% 0.00%
202 root
3
0
180K
540K ttyin
0:00 0.00% 0.00%
201 root
3
0
180K
540K ttyin
0:00 0.00% 0.00%
COMMAND
top
vmdaemon
update
tcsh
csh
cron
watchdog
mount_mfs
init
bash
getty
getty
getty
getty
585
194
205
189
114
188
527
195
187
83
538
99
163
192
191
537
193
5
2
0
586
root
root
root
root
root
root
root
root
root
root
daemon
root
root
root
aviva
root
root
root
root
2
0
2
0
2 -12
2
0
2
0
2
0
2
0
2
0
2
0
2
0
2
0
2
0
2
0
2
0
2
0
2
0
2
0
-18
0
-18
0
2248K
964K
352K
296K
780K
176K
212K
192K
188K
1324K
176K
572K
560K
1284K
636K
312K
0K
0K
0K
1640K
800K
740K
612K
600K
580K
552K
532K
520K
516K
492K
420K
400K
376K
364K
204K
12K
12K
0K
select
select
select
select
select
select
select
select
select
select
select
select
select
select
select
select
pfesel
psleep
sched
0:11
0:12
0:03
0:00
0:00
0:00
0:00
0:00
0:00
0:00
0:00
0:00
0:10
0:00
0:00
0:07
0:00
0:00
0:00
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
0.00%
rpd
tnp.chassisd
xntpd
amd
dcd
rlogind
inetd
tnetd
syslogd
mgd
portmap
nsrexecd
snmpd
mgd
cli
mib2d
if_pfe
pagedaemon
swapper
0.00
18:29:47
Mem: 25M Active, 3976K Inact, 19M Wired, 8346K Buf, 202M Free
Swap: 528M Total, 64K Used, 528M Free
PID USERNAME PRI NICE SIZE
527 root
2
0
176K
543 root
30
0
604K
RES STATE
580K select
768K RUN
TIME
0:00
0:00
WCPU
0.04%
0.00%
CPU COMMAND
0.04% rlogind
0.00% top
587
Syntax
Release Information
Description
all-lcc(Routing matrix only) (Optional) Display system queue statistics for all LCC
Options
platform.
By default, when you issue the show system queues command on a TX Matrix master
Routing Engine, the command is broadcast to all the T640 master Routing Engines
connected to it. Likewise, if you issue the same command on the TX Matrix backup
Routing Engine, the command is broadcast to all the T640 backup Routing Engines
that are connected to it.
Additional Information
maintenance
Table 126 on page 588 lists the output fields for the show system queues command.
Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Output Fields
Field Description
Output interface
dscDiscard interface
bytes
max
packets
588
Field Description
max
drops
max
1250000
1250000
12500
0
packets
0
0
0
0
max
4166
4166
41
0
drops
6
19
0
0
max
1250000
12500
0
0
12500000
12500000
12500
12500
0
12500
12500
12500
125000
125000
125000
1250000
1250000
1250000
1250000
125000
125000
125000
125000
12500
12500
12500
12500
12500
12500
12500
125000
max
1000000
1000000
1000
200000
50000
0
25000
200000
1250000
packets
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
packets
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
max
4166
41
0
0
30000
30000
41
41
0
41
41
41
416
416
416
4166
4166
4166
4166
416
416
416
416
41
41
41
41
41
41
41
416
max
1000
1000
50
200
50
0
250
200
4166
drops
5
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
3
0
3
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
drops
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
589
tagintrq
tagfragq
590
0
0
200000
200000
0
0
200
200
0
0
Release Information
Description
Options
for all T640 routing nodes (or line-card chassis) connected to a TX Matrix platform.
lcc number(Routing matrix only) (Optional) Display halt or reboot request
information for a specific T640 routing node (or line-card chassis) that is
connected to a TX Matrix platform. Replace number with a value from 0 through 3.
scc(Routing matrix only) (Optional) Display halt or reboot request information for
Routing Engines.
Additional Information
By default, when you issue the show system reboot command on a TX Matrix master
Routing Engine, the command is broadcast to all the T640 master Routing Engines
connected to it. Likewise, if you issue the same command on the TX Matrix backup
Routing Engine, the command is broadcast to all the T640 backup Routing Engines
that are connected to it.
maintenance
show system reboot on page 591
show system reboot all-lcc (Routing Matrix) on page 592
Output field descriptions to be provided.
user@host> show system reboot
reboot requested by root at Wed Feb 10 17:40:46 1999
[process id 17885]
591
592
Release Information
Description
Options
view
show system rollback compare on page 593
Output field descriptions to be provided.
user@host> show system rollback 3 compare 1
[edit]
+ interfaces {
+
ge-1/1/1 {
+
unit 0 {
+
family inet {
+
filter {
+
input mf_plp;
+
}
+
address 14.1.1.1/30;
+
}
+
}
+
}
+
ge-1/2/1 {
+
unit 0 {
+
family inet {
+
filter {
+
input mf_plp;
+
}
+
address 13.1.1.1/30;
+
}
+
}
+
}
+
ge-1/3/0 {
+
unit 0 {
+
family inet {
+
filter {
+
input mf_plp;
+
}
+
address 12.1.1.1/30;
+
}
+
}
593
+
+}
594
Release Information
Description
Options
address only.
Required Privilege Level
Related Topics
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
Field Description
Level of Output
Allocated address
All levels
MAC address
All levels
Client identifier
All levels
Binding Type
Type of binding assigned to the client. DHCP servers can assign a dynamic
binding from a pool of IP addresses or a static binding to one or more specific
IP addresses.
All levels
Lease Expires at
Time the lease expires or never for leases that do not expire.
All levels
Lease Obtained at
(address option only) Time the client obtained the lease from the DHCP server.
detail
State
detail
Pool
detail
595
Table 127: show system services dhcp binding Output Fields (continued)
Field Name
Field Description
Level of Output
Request received on
Interface on which the DHCP message exchange occurs. The IP address pool
is configured based on the interface's IP address. If a relay agent is used, its
IP address is also displayed.
detail
DHCP options
User-defined options created for the DHCP server. If no options have been
defined, this field is blank.
detail
DHCP
2004-05-02 13:01:42 PDT
2004-05-03 13:01:42 PDT
DHCP options:
Name: name-server, Value: { 6.6.6.6, 6.6.6.7 }
Name: domain-name, Value: mydomain.tld
Code: 19, Type: flag, Value: off
Code: 40, Type: string, Value: domain.tld
Code: 32, Type: ip-address, Value: 3.3.3.33
596
Options
Additional Information
Related Topics
Output Fields
Table 128 on page 597 describes the output fields for the show system services dhcp
conflict command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they
appear.
Table 128: show system services dhcp conflict Output Fields
Field Name
Field Description
Detection time
Detection method
Address
Detection method
ARP
Ping
Client
Address
3.3.3.5
4.4.4.8
3.3.3.10
597
Options
Required Privilege Level
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
598
Field Name
Field Description
DHCP options
infinite
1 hour
2 hours
infinite
DHCP options:
Name: name-server, Value: { 6.6.6.6, 6.6.6.7 }
Name: domain-name, Value: mydomain.tld
Code: 19, Type: flag, Value: off
Code: 40, Type: string, Value: domain.tld
Code: 32, Type: ip-address, Value: 3.3.3.33
599
Release Information
Description
Options
Output Fields
Field Description
Level of Output
Pool name
None specified
Low address
None specified
High address
None specified
Excluded addresses
None specified
Subnet
(subnet-address option only) Subnet to which the specified address pool belongs.
None specified
Address range
None specified
Addresses assigned
Number of IP addresses in the pool that are assigned to DHCP clients and the
total number of IP addresses in the pool.
detail
Active
detail
Excluded
detail
Lease time assigned to clients that do not request a specific lease time.
detail
detail
600
Table 130: show system services dhcp pool Output Fields (continued)
Field Name
Field Description
Level of Output
Maximum lease
time
detail
DHCP options
User-defined options created for the DHCP server. If no options have been
defined, this field is blank.
detail
Pool information:
Subnet
Address range
Addresses assigned
Pool information:
Subnet
Address range
Addresses assigned
Active: 1, Excluded: 1
DHCP lease times:
Default lease time
Minimum lease time
Maximum lease time
3.3.3.0/24
3.3.3.2 - 3.3.3.254
2/253
3.3.3.0/24
3.3.3.2 - 3.3.3.254
2/253
1 hour
2 hours
infinite
DHCP options:
Name: name-server, Value: { 6.6.6.6, 6.6.6.7 }
Name: domain-name, Value: mydomain.tld
Name: router, Value: { 3.3.3.1 }
Name: server-identifier, Value: 3.3.3.1
Code: 19, Type: flag, Value: off
Code: 40, Type: string, Value: domain.tld
Code: 32, Type: ip-address, Value: 3.3.3.333.3.3.254 3.3.3.1
601
Syntax
Release Information
(J-series routing platform only) Display Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP)
server statistics.
Description
Options
Output Fields
Field Description
Lease time assigned to clients that do not request a specific lease time.
Packets dropped
Total number of packets dropped and number of packets dropped because of:
602
Invalid opcode
No available address
No interface match
Read error
Send error
Table 131: show system services dhcp statistics Output Fields (continued)
Field Name
Field Description
Messages received
Number of the following message types sent from DHCP clients and received by the DHCP server:
Messages sent
BOOTREQUEST
DHCPDECLINE
DHCPDISCOVER
DHCPINFORM
DHCPRELEASE
DHCPREQUEST
Number of the following message types sent from the DHCP server to DHCP clients:
BOOTREPLY
DHCPACK
DHCPOFFER
DHCPNAK
1 hour
2 hours
infinite
Packets dropped:
Total
Bad hardware address
Bad opcode
Invalid server address
No available addresses
No interface match
No routing instance match
No valid local address
Packet too short
Read error
Send error
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Messages received:
BOOTREQUEST
DHCPDECLINE
DHCPDISCOVER
DHCPINFORM
DHCPRELEASE
DHCPREQUEST
0
0
0
0
0
0
Messages sent:
BOOTREPLY
DHCPACK
DHCPOFFER
DHCPNAK
0
0
0
0
603
604
Options
Required Privilege Level
Related Topics
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
show system snapshot
605
Release Information
Description
Options
maintenance
show system software on page 606
Output field descriptions to be provided.
user@host> show system software
Information for jbase:
Comment:
JUNOS Base OS Software Suite [7.2R1.7]
606
Comment:
JUNOS Online Documentation [7.2R1.7]
607
Release Information
Description
Options
all-lcc(Routing matrix only) (Optional) Display system statistics for a protocol for
all T640 routing nodes (or line-card chassis) connected to a TX Matrix platform.
lcc number(Routing matrix only) (Optional) Display systems statistics for a protocol
for a specific T640 routing node (or line-card chassis) connected to a TX Matrix
platform. Replace number with a value from 0 through 3.
scc(Routing matrix only) (Optional) Display system statistics for a protocol for the
608
By default, when you issue the show system statistics command on a TX Matrix
master Routing Engine, the command is broadcast to all the T640 master Routing
Engines connected to it. Likewise, if you issue the same command on the TX Matrix
backup Routing Engine, the command is broadcast to all the T640 backup Routing
Engines that are connected to it.
Required Privilege Level
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
show system statistics
view
show system statistics on page 609
Output field descriptions to be provided.
user@host> show system statistics
ip:
3682087 total packets received
0 bad header checksums
0 with size smaller than minimum
0 with data size < data length
0 with header length < data size
0 with data length < header length
0 with incorrect version number
0 packets destined to dead next hop
0 fragments received
0 fragments dropped (dup or out of space)
0 fragments dropped (queue overflow)
0 fragments dropped after timeout
0 fragments dropped due to over limit
0 packets reassembled ok
3664774 packets for this host
17316 packets for unknown/unsupported protocol
0 packets forwarded
0 packets not forwardable
0 redirects sent
6528 packets sent from this host
0 packets sent with fabricated ip header
0 output packets dropped due to no bufs
0 output packets discarded due to no route
0 output datagrams fragmented
0 fragments created
0 datagrams that can't be fragmented
0 packets with bad options
1123 packets with options handled without error
0 strict source and record route options
0 loose source and record route options
0 record route options
0 timestamp options
0 timestamp and address options
0 timestamp and prespecified address options
0 option packets dropped due to rate limit
1123 router alert options
0 multicast packets dropped (no iflist)
0 packets dropped (src and int don't match)
icmp:
0 drops due to rate limit
0 calls to icmp_error
0 errors not generated because old message was icmp
Output histogram:
echo reply: 75
0 messages with bad code fields
0 messages less than the minimum length
0 messages with bad checksum
0 messages with bad source address
0 messages with bad length
0 echo drops with broadcast or multicast destination address
609
610
0 badack
0 unreach
0 zone failures
0 cookies sent
0 cookies received
0 ACKs sent in response to in-window but not exact RSTs
0 ACKs sent in response to in-window SYNs on established connections
0 rcv packets dropped by TCP due to bad address
0 out-of-sequence segment drops due to insufficient memory
1058 RST packets
0 ICMP packets ignored by TCP
0 send packets dropped by TCP due to auth errors
0 rcv packets dropped by TCP due to auth errors
udp:
3658884 datagrams received
0 with incomplete header
0 with bad data length field
0 with bad checksum
3657342 dropped due to no socket
3657342 broadcast/multicast datagrams dropped due to no socket
0 dropped due to full socket buffers
0 not for hashed pcb
4291311496 delivered
1551 datagrams output
ipsec:
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
igmp:
17186 messages received
0 messages received with too few bytes
0 messages received with bad checksum
0 membership queries received
0 membership queries received with invalid field(s)
0 membership reports received
0 membership reports received with invalid field(s)
0 membership reports received for groups to which we belong
0 membership reports sent
arp:
44181302 datagrams received
2 ARP requests received
2028 ARP replies received
3156 resolution requests received
0 unrestricted proxy requests
0 received proxy requests
0 proxy requests not proxied
611
612
calls to icmp_error
errors not generated because old message was icmp error or so
errors not generated because rate limitation
messages with bad code fields
messages < minimum length
0 bad checksums
0 messages with bad length
Histogram of error messages to be generated:
0 no route
0 administratively prohibited
0 beyond scope
0 address unreachable
0 port unreachable
0 packet too big
0 time exceed transit
0 time exceed reassembly
0 erroneous header field
0 unrecognized next header
0 unrecognized option
0 redirect
0 unknown
0 message responses generated
0 messages with too many ND options
ipsec6:
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
clnl:
613
0
0
0
0
0
packets reconstructed
packets destined to dead nexthop
packets discarded due to no route
Error pdu rate drops
ER pdu generation failure
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
esis:
tnp:
146776365 unicast packets received
0 broadcast packets received
0 fragmented packets received
0 hello packets dropped
0 fragments dropped
0 fragment reassembly queue flushes
0 hello packets received
0 control packets received
49681642 rdp packets received
337175 udp packets received
96757548 tunnel packets received
0 input packets discarded with no protocol
98397591 unicast packets sent
0 broadcast packets sent
0 fragmented packets sent
0 hello packets dropped
0 fragments dropped
0 hello packets sent
0 control packets sent
49681642 rdp packets sent
337175 udp packets sent
48378774 tunnel packets sent
0 packets sent with unknown protocol
rdp:
49681642 input packets
0 discards for bad checksum
0 discards bad sequence number
0 refused connections
2031964 acks received
0 dropped due to full socket buffers
49692 retransmits
49681642 output packets
24815968 acks sent
28 connects
0 closes
22783990 keepalives received
22783990 keepalives sent
tudp:
337175 datagrams received
0 with incomplete header
614
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
vpls:
615
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
616
Release Information
Description
Options
By default, when you issue the show system statistics arp command on a TX Matrix
master Routing Engine, the command is broadcast to all the T640 master Routing
Engines connected to it. Likewise, if you issue the same command on the TX Matrix
backup Routing Engine, the command is broadcast to all the T640 backup Routing
Engines that are connected to it.
view
Output Fields
617
618
Release Information
Description
Options
By default, when you issue the show system statistics clnl command on a TX Matrix
master Routing Engine, the command is broadcast to all the T640 master Routing
Engines connected to it. Likewise, if you issue the same command on the TX Matrix
backup Routing Engine, the command is broadcast to all the T640 backup Routing
Engines that are connected to it.
view
Output Fields
619
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
620
fragments sent
fragments discarded
fragments timed out
fragmentation prohibited
packets reconstructed
packets destined to dead nexthop
packets discarded due to no route
Error pdu rate drops
ER pdu generation failure
Release Information
Description
Options
By default, when you issue the show system statistics esis command on a TX Matrix
master Routing Engine, the command is broadcast to all the T640 master Routing
Engines connected to it. Likewise, if you issue the same command on the TX Matrix
backup Routing Engine, the command is broadcast to all the T640 backup Routing
Engines that are connected to it.
view
show system statistics esis on page 621
Output field descriptions to be provided.
user@host> show system statistics esis
esis:
0 total pkts received
0 total packets consumed by protocol
0 pdus received with bad checksum
0 pdus received with bad version number
0 pdus received with bad type field
0 short pdus received
0 bogus sdl size
0 bad header length
0 unknown or unsupported protocol
0 no free memory in socket buffer
0 send packets discarded
0 sbappend failure
0 mcopy failure
0 ISO family not configured
621
Release Information
Description
Options
622
By default, when you issue the show system statistics icmp command on a TX Matrix
master Routing Engine, the command is broadcast to all the T640 master Routing
Engines connected to it. Likewise, if you issue the same command on the TX Matrix
backup Routing Engine, the command is broadcast to all the T640 backup Routing
Engines that are connected to it.
view
show system statistics icmp on page 622
Output field descriptions to be provided.
user@host> show system statistics icmp
icmp:
0 drops due to rate limit
0 calls to icmp_error
0 errors not generated because old message was icmp
Output histogram:
echo reply: 75
0 messages with bad code fields
0 messages less than the minimum length
0 messages with bad checksum
0 messages with bad source address
0 messages with bad length
0 echo drops with broadcast or multicast dest in at on address
0 timestamp drops with broadcast or multicast destination address
Input histogram:
echo: 75
router advertisement: 130
75 message responses generated
Release Information
Description
Display system-wide Internet Control Message Protocol for IPv6 (ICMP6) statistics.
Options
all-lcc(Routing matrix only) (Optional) Display system statistics for ICMPv6 for all
for a specified T640 routing node (or line-card chassis) connected to a TX Matrix
platform. Replace number with a value from 0 through 3.
scc(Routing matrix only) (Optional) Display system statistics for ICMPv6 for the
By default, when you issue the show system statistics icmpv6 command on a TX
Matrix master Routing Engine, the command is broadcast to all the T640 master
Routing Engines connected to it. Likewise, if you issue the same command on the
TX Matrix backup Routing Engine, the command is broadcast to all the T640 backup
Routing Engines that are connected to it.
view
show system statistics icmp6 on page 623
Output field descriptions to be provided.
user@host> show system statistics icmp6
icmp6:
0 calls to icmp_error
0 errors not generated because old message was icmp error or so
0 errors not generated because rate limitation
0 messages with bad code fields
0 messages < minimum length
0 bad checksums
0 messages with bad length
Histogram of error messages to be generated:
0 no route
0 administratively prohibited
0 beyond scope
0 address unreachable
0 port unreachable
0 packet too big
0 time exceed transit
0 time exceed reassembly
0 erroneous header field
0 unrecognized next header
0 unrecognized option
623
0 redirect
0 unknown
0 message responses generated
0 messages with too many ND options
624
Release Information
Description
Options
By default, when you issue the show system statistics igmp command on a TX Matrix
master Routing Engine, the command is broadcast to all the T640 master Routing
Engines connected to it. Likewise, if you issue the same command on the TX Matrix
backup Routing Engine, the command is broadcast to all the T640 backup Routing
Engines that are connected to it.
view
show system statistics igmp on page 625
Output field descriptions to be provided.
user@host> show system statistics igmp
igmp:
17178 messages received
0 messages received with too few bytes
0 messages received with bad checksum
0 membership queries received
0 membership queries received with invalid field(s)
0 membership reports received
0 membership reports received with invalid field(s)
0 membership reports received for groups to which we belong
0 membership reports sent
625
Release Information
Description
Options
626
By default, when you issue the show system statistics ip command on a TX Matrix
master Routing Engine, the command is broadcast to all the T640 master Routing
Engines connected to it. Likewise, if you issue the same command on the TX Matrix
backup Routing Engine, the command is broadcast to all the T640 backup Routing
Engines that are connected to it.
view
show system statistics ip on page 626
Output field descriptions to be provided.
user@host> show system statistics ip
ip:
3680538 total packets received
0 bad header checksums
0 with size smaller than minimum
0 with data size < data length
0 with header length < data size
0 with data length < header length
0 with incorrect version number
0 packets destined to dead next hop
0 fragments received
0 fragments dropped (dup or out of space)
0 fragments dropped (queue overflow)
0 fragments dropped after timeout
0 fragments dropped due to over limit
0 packets reassembled ok
3663232 packets for this host
17309 packets for unknown/unsupported protocol
0 packets forwarded
0 packets not forwardable
0 redirects sent
627
Release Information
Description
Options
By default, when you issue the show system statistics ip6 command on a TX Matrix
master Routing Engine, the command is broadcast to all the T640 master Routing
Engines connected to it. Likewise, if you issue the same command on the TX Matrix
backup Routing Engine, the command is broadcast to all the T640 backup Routing
Engines that are connected to it.
view
Output Fields
628
0 fragments created
0 datagrams that can't be fragmented
0 packets that violated scope rules
0 multicast packets which we don't join
Mbuf statistics:
0 packets whose headers are not continuous
0 tunneling packets that can't find gif
0 packets discarded due to too may headers
0 failures of source address selection
0 forward cache hit
0 forward cache miss
0 packets destined to dead next hop
0 option packets dropped due to rate limit
0 packets dropped (src and int don't match)
0 packets dropped due to bad protocol
629
Release Information
Description
Options
630
By default, when you issue the show system statistics mpls command on a TX Matrix
master Routing Engine, the command is broadcast to all the T640 master Routing
Engines connected to it. Likewise, if you issue the same command on the TX Matrix
backup Routing Engine, the command is broadcast to all the T640 backup Routing
Engines that are connected to it.
view
show system statistics mpls on page 630
Output field descriptions to be provided.
user@host> show system statistics mpls
mpls:
0 total mpls packets received
0 packets forwarded
0 packets dropped
0 with header too small
0 after tagging, can't fit link MTU
0 with IPv4 explicit NULL tag
0 with IPv4 explicit NULL cksum errors
0 with router alert tag
0 lsp ping packets (ttl-expired/router alert)
0 with ttl expired
0 with tag encoding error
0 packets discarded, no route
Release Information
Description
Options
By default, when you issue the show system statistics rdp command on a TX Matrix
master Routing Engine, the command is broadcast to all the T640 master Routing
Engines connected to it. Likewise, if you issue the same command on the TX Matrix
backup Routing Engine, the command is broadcast to all the T640 backup Routing
Engines that are connected to it.
view
Output Fields
631
Release Information
Description
Options
632
By default, when you issue the show system statistics tcp command on a TX Matrix
master Routing Engine, the command is broadcast to all the T640 master Routing
Engines connected to it. Likewise, if you issue the same command on the TX Matrix
backup Routing Engine, the command is broadcast to all the T640 backup Routing
Engines that are connected to it.
view
show system statistics tcp on page 632
show system statistics tcp lcc on page 634
Output field descriptions to be provided.
user@host> show system statistics tcp
tcp:
3844 packets sent
3618 data packets (1055596 bytes)
0 data packets (0 bytes) retransmitted
0 resends initiated by MTU discovery
205 ack-only packets (148 packets delayed)
0 URG only packets
0 window probe packets
0 window update packets
1079 control packets
5815 packets received
3377 acks (for 1055657 bytes)
24 duplicate acks
0 acks for unsent data
2655 packets (15004 bytes) received in-sequence
1 completely duplicate packet (0 bytes)
0 old duplicate packets
0 packets with some dup. data (0 bytes duped)
0 out-of-order packets (0 bytes)
633
634
Release Information
Description
Options
By default, when you issue the show system statistics tnp command on a TX Matrix
master Routing Engine, the command is broadcast to all the T640 master Routing
Engines connected to it. Likewise, if you issue the same command on the TX Matrix
backup Routing Engine, the command is broadcast to all the T640 backup Routing
Engines that are connected to it.
view
Output Fields
635
636
Release Information
Description
Options
By default, when you issue the show system statistics tudp command on a TX Matrix
master Routing Engine, the command is broadcast to all the T640 master Routing
Engines connected to it. Likewise, if you issue the same command on the TX Matrix
backup Routing Engine, the command is broadcast to all the T640 backup Routing
Engines that are connected to it.
view
show system statistics tudp on page 637
Output field descriptions to be provided.
user@host> show system statistics tudp
tudp:
337109 datagrams received
0 with incomplete header
0 with bad data length field
0 with bad checksum
0 dropped due to no socket
0 broadcast/multicast datagrams dropped due to no socket
0 dropped due to full socket buffers
337109 delivered
337109 datagrams output
637
Release Information
Description
Options
By default, when you issue the show system statistics udp command on a TX Matrix
master Routing Engine, the command is broadcast to all the T640 master Routing
Engines connected to it. Likewise, if you issue the same command on the TX Matrix
backup Routing Engine, the command is broadcast to all the T640 backup Routing
Engines that are connected to it.
view
Output Fields
638
Release Information
Description
Options
By default, when you issue the show system statistics vpls command on a TX Matrix
master Routing Engine, the command is broadcast to all the T640 master Routing
Engines connected to it. Likewise, if you issue the same command on the TX Matrix
backup Routing Engine, the command is broadcast to all the T640 backup Routing
Engines that are connected to it.
view
Output Fields
packets
packets
packets
packets
packets
packets
with
with
with
with
with
with
no
no
no
no
no
no
logical interface
family
route table
auxiliary table
corefacing entry
CE-facing entry
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
639
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
640
Release Information
Description
Options
T640 routing node (or line-card chassis) that is connected to a TX Matrix platform.
Replace number with a value from 0 through 3.
scc(Routing matrix only) (Optional) Display storage statistics for the TX Matrix
By default, when you issue the show system storage command on a TX Matrix master
Routing Engine, the command is broadcast to all the T640 master Routing Engines
connected to it. Likewise, if you issue the same command on the TX Matrix backup
Routing Engine, the command is broadcast to all the T640 backup Routing Engines
that are connected to it.
view
show system storage on page 642
Table 132 on page 641 describes the output fields for the show system storage
command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Table 132: show system storage Output Fields
Field Name
Field Description
Filesystem
Size
Used
Avail
641
642
Field Name
Field Description
Capacity
Mounted on
Used
37M
16K
12M
39M
Avail
34M
0B
0B
0B
Capacity
Mounted on
52% /
100% /dev/
100% /packages/mnt/jbase
100%
12M
0B
100%
2.3M
0B
100%
14M
0B
100%
4.5M
0B
100%
4.0K
20K
4.0K
4.9G
1.3G
11M
0B
3.7G
0%
0%
100%
57%
/tmp
/config
/proc
/var
Release Information
Description
NOTE: Issue the show system switchover command on the backup Routing Engine.
This command is not supported on the master Routing Engine.
Options
information for all T640 routing nodes (or line-card chassis) connected to a
TX Matrix platform.
lcc number(Routing matrix only) (Optional) Display graceful Routing Engine
switchover information for a specific T640 routing node (or line-card chassis)
connected to a TX Matrix platform. Replace number with a value from 0 through 3.
scc(Routing matrix only) (Optional) Display graceful Routing Engine switchover
By default, when you issue the show system switchover command on a TX Matrix
master Routing Engine, the command is broadcast to all the T640 master Routing
Engines connected to it. Likewise, if you issue the same command on the TX Matrix
backup Routing Engine, the command is broadcast to all the T640 backup Routing
Engines that are connected to it.
view
show system switchover on page 644
show system switchover all-lcc (Routing Matrix) on page 644
Table 133 on page 644 describes the output fields for the show system switchover
command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
643
Field Description
Graceful switchover
Configuration database
Kernel database
SynchronizingKernel database is synchronizing. Displayed when there are updates within the
last 5 seconds.
Version incompatibleThe primary and standby Routing Engines are running incompatible
Replication errorAn error occurred when the state was replicated from the primary Routing
Engine. Inspect /var/log/ksyncd for possible causes, or notify Juniper Networks customer support.
Peer state
644
Release Information
Description
Display the current time and information about how long the router, router software,
and routing protocols have been running.
Options
all-lcc(Routing matrix only) (Optional) Show the time since the system booted and
processes started on all T640 routing nodes (or line-card chassis) connected to
a TX Matrix platform.
lcc number(Routing matrix only) (Optional) Show the time since the system booted
and processes started on a specific T640 routing node (or line-card chassis) that
is connected to a TX Matrix platform. Replace number with a value from 0
through 3.
scc(Routing matrix only) (Optional) Show the time since the system booted and
By default, when you issue the show system uptime command on a TX Matrix master
Routing Engine, the command is broadcast to all the T640 master Routing Engines
connected to it. Likewise, if you issue the same command on the TX Matrix backup
Routing Engine, the command is broadcast to all the T640 backup Routing Engines
that are connected to it.
view
show system uptime on page 646
show system uptime all-lcc (Routing Matrix) on page 646
Table 134 on page 645 describes the output fields for the show system uptime
command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Field Description
Current time
System booted
Date and time when the router was last booted and how long it has been running.
Protocols started
Date and time when the routing protocols were last started and how long they have been running.
Last configured
Date and time when a configuration was last committed. Also shows name of user who issued the
last commit command.
time and up
Current time, in the local time zone, and how long the router has been operational.
645
Field Description
users
load averages
646
(22:54:06 ago)
(00:12:02 ago)
(00:12:02 ago) by abc
0.07, 0.02, 0.01
Release Information
Description
Options
onto a specific T640 routing node (or line-card chassis) that is connected to a TX
Matrix platform. Replace number with a value from 0 through 3.
no-resolve(Optional) Do not attempt to resolve IP addresses to hostnames.
scc(Optional) (Routing matrix only) Show users currently logged on to the TX Matrix
By default, when you issue the show system users command on a TX Matrix master
Routing Engine, the command is broadcast to all the T640 master Routing Engines
connected to it. Likewise, if you issue the same command on the TX Matrix backup
Routing Engine, the command is broadcast to all the T640 backup Routing Engines
that are connected to it.
view
show system users on page 648
show system users lcc no-resolve (Routing Matrix) on page 648
Table 135 on page 648 describes the output fields for the show system users command.
Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
647
Field Description
time and up
Current time, in the local time zone, and how long the router has been operational.
users
load averages
USER
Username
TTY
FROM
System from which the user has logged in. A hyphen indicates that the user is logged in through the
console.
LOGIN@
IDLE
WHAT
648
Release Information
Description
Options
information for all T640 routing nodes (or line-card chassis) connected to a
TX Matrix platform.
lcc number(Routing matrix only) (Optional) Display kernel dynamic memory usage
information for a specific T640 routing node (or line-card chassis) that is
connected to a TX Matrix platform. Replace number with a value from 0 through 3.
scc(Routing matrix only) (Optional) Display kernel dynamic memory usage
By default, when you issue the show system virtual-memory command on a TX Matrix
master Routing Engine, the command is broadcast to all the T640 master Routing
Engines connected to it. Likewise, if you issue the same command on the TX Matrix
backup Routing Engine, the command is broadcast to all the T640 backup Routing
Engines that are connected to it.
view
show system virtual-memory on page 651
show system virtual-memory scc (Routing Matrix) on page 655
Table 136 on page 650 lists the output fields for the show system virtual-memory
command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
649
Field Description
Memory block size (bytes). The kernel memory allocator appropriates blocks of memory whose size
is exactly a power of 2.
In Use
Free
Requests
HighWater
Maximum value the free list can have. Once the system starts reclaiming physical memory, it
continues until the free list is increased to this value.
Couldfree
Total number of times that the free elements for a bucket size exceed the high-water mark for that
bucket size.
Type(s)
Kernel modules that are using these memory blocks. For a definition of each type, refer to a FreeBSD
book.
InUse
Number of memory blocks used by this type. The number is rounded up.
MemUse
HighUse
Limit
Requests
Total number of dynamic memory allocation requests this type has made.
Type Limit
Number of times requests were blocked for reaching the maximum limit.
Kern Limit
Size(s)
Memory Totals
In Use
Free
Requests
ITEM
Size
650
Field Description
LImit
Used
Number of memory blocks used by this type. The number is rounded up.
Free
Requests
interrupt
total
rate
Interruption rate.
Total
show system
virtual-memory
Couldfree
0
0
20
81
4
0
0
1368
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
651
256
512
1K
2K
4K
8K
16K
32K
64K
128K
256K
512K
652
Size(s)
64
32
16,2K
16
4K
256K
256
16,64,256,1K,4K
128
64K
512,2K,4K
128K
64,256
256
32
32
32
32
128
32
64
32,16K
64
32
32,256
128,128K
64,32K
16,32,64K
16,32,64,128,256
64
16
128
128K
1K
256
8K
COS
353
BPF
189
MSDOSFS mount
1
NULLFS hash
1
DEVFS mount
2
DEVFS name
487
DEVFS node
471
vnodes
28
mount
15
cluster_save buffer
vfscache 1898
BIO buffer
49
pcb
159
soname
82
proc-args
57
ptys
32
ttys
254
kqueue
5
sigio
1
file
383
file desc
76
shm
1
dev_t
286
timecounter
10
kld
11
AR driver
1
AD driver
2
Gzip trees
0
ISOFS node 1136
ISOFS mount
9
sem
3
MD disk
2
msg
4
rman
59
ioctlops
0
taskqueue
2
SWAP
2
ATA generic
6
eventhandler
17
bus
340
sysctl
0
uidinfo
4
cred
22
subproc
156
proc
2
session
12
pgrp
16
ippool
1
pfestat
0
pic
5
lr
1
itable32
110
itable16
161
ifstate
694
pfe_ipc
0
mkey
250
ifaddr
9
sysctl
0
rtable
49
ifmaddr
22
ipfw
23
44K
3K
64K
1K
1K
31K
58K
7K
8K
0
376K
98K
16K
10K
2K
16K
33K
3K
1K
24K
19K
12K
36K
2K
117K
1K
2K
0K
142K
132K
6K
2K
25K
4K
0K
1K
413K
3K
1K
30K
0K
1K
3K
10K
1K
2K
1K
1K
0K
1K
1K
4K
26K
159K
0K
4K
1K
0K
6K
1K
10K
44K127753K
353
3K127753K
189
64K127753K
1
1K127753K
1
1K127753K
2
31K127753K
487
58K127753K
479
7K127753K
429
8K127753K
18
0K
1K127753K
376K127753K
3228
398K127753K
495
17K127753K
399
10K127753K
42847
3K127753K
2105
16K127753K
32
33K127753K
522
4K127753K
23
1K127753K
27
24K127753K
16060
20K127753K
3968
12K127753K
1
36K127753K
286
2K127753K
10
122K127753K
34
3K127753K
5
3K127753K
2755
46K127753K
133848
142K127753K
1189
132K127753K
10
6K127753K
3
2K127753K
2
25K127753K
4
4K127753K
461
2K127753K
992
1K127753K
2
413K127753K
2
3K127753K
6
1K127753K
17
31K127753K
794
1K127753K
130262
1K127753K
10
3K127753K
3450
10K127753K
7882
1K127753K
2
2K127753K
34
1K127753K
45
1K127753K
1
1K127753K
47349
1K127753K
5
1K127753K
1
4K127753K
110
26K127753K
161
160K127753K
1735
1K127753K
56218
4K127753K
824
1K127753K
9
1K127753K
30
6K127753K
307
1K127753K
22
10K127753K
48
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
55
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
16,32,64,128
16
64K
64
16
64
16,128
16,32,64,128,256
16,128,512
0 32,64
64,128,256K
512,2K
16,32,64,128,2K
16,32,64,128
16,32,64,128,256
512
128,512
256,1K
32
64
256
16K
128
128
16,32,128,1K,4K
64,512,2K
64,1K
32,64,128,256
128
512,128K
1K,4K
16,1K
512,4K,16K
16,64
512,2K
32
32,512K
16,512
32,64
16,32,64,128,256
16,32,64
32,128
128
32,64,256
512
128
32
16
16,32,64,512
64,128
512
32
128,256
16,32,64,128,1K
16,32,64,128,1K
16,32,64
64
256
16,32,64,128,512
16,32
16,32,64,512,2K
653
ifstat
rcache
rnode
metrics
rtnexthop
iffamily
In Use
9311K
ITEM
PIPE:
SWAPMETA:
unpcb:
ripcb:
syncache:
tcpcb:
udpcb:
socket:
KNOTE:
NFSNODE:
NFSMOUNT:
VNODE:
NAMEI:
VMSPACE:
PROC:
DP fakepg:
PV ENTRY:
MAP ENTRY:
KMAP ENTRY:
MAP:
VM OBJECT:
SIZE
192,
160,
160,
192,
128,
576,
192,
256,
96,
352,
544,
224,
1024,
192,
448,
64,
28,
48,
48,
108,
92,
805K
8K
1K
1K
9K
2K
Memory Totals:
792644
9863474
286510
390851
3596829
16
3880
27
0
0
0
0
0
380
395
122
1476
0
0
101
161722
0
84623
83063
7
535606
0
238254
654
698
4
27
1
57
12
805K127753K
8K127753K
1K127753K
1K127753K
9K127753K
2K127753K
Free
54K
LIMIT
0,
95814,
0,
25330,
15359,
25330,
25330,
25330,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
0,
499566,
0,
35645,
0,
0,
698
4
285
3
312
12
0
0
0
0
0
0
Requests
489068
USED
FREE REQUESTS
4,
81,
4422
0,
0,
0
114,
36,
279
5,
37,
5
0,
64,
5
23,
12,
32
14,
28,
255
246,
26,
819
27,
57,
71
0,
0,
0
0,
0,
0
2778,
43,
2778
0,
8,
40725
57,
71,
3906
73,
17,
3923
0,
0,
0
44530, 152053, 1525141
1439,
134,
351075
179,
119,
10904
7,
3,
7
2575,
109,
66912
0
0
0
0
0
0
128,512,2K
2K
16,32
128
32,128,256,512
128
2535
0
283379
0
190091
17458
29166
0
10395
134610
4096
183419
interrupt
ata0 irq14
mux irq7
fxp1 irq10
sio0 irq4
clk irq0
rtc irq8
Total
show system
virtual-memory scc
(Routing Matrix)
total
113338
727643
1178671
833
3439769
4403221
9863475
rate
3
21
34
0
99
127
286
Couldfree
0
632
5365
In Use
6091K
Free
1554K
Size(s)
64
32
16,2K
Requests
2897122
655
show task
show task
<logical-system (all | logical-system-name)>
<summary>
<task-name>
Syntax
Release Information
Description
noneDisplay all routing protocol tasks on the Routing Engine on all logical systems.
Options
Related Topics
Table 137 on page 656 describes the output fields for the show task command. Output
fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Output Fields
Field Description
Pri
Task Name
Pro
Port
So
Flags
656
show task
LowPrioTask will be dispatched to read its socket after other higher-priority tasks.
show task
Port So Flags
9
12
10
<LowPrio>
179 15 <Accept LowPrio>
179 17 <LowPrio>
179 16 <LowPrio>
<LowPrio>
<LowPrio>
1
14 <LowPrio>
13 <Accept LowPrio>
8 <LowPrio>
show task
657
show task io
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
show task io
<logical-system (all | logical-system-name)>
logical systems.
logical-system (all | logical-system-name)(Optional) Perform this operation on all
view
show task io on page 658
Table 138 on page 658 describes the output fields for the show task io command.
Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Table 138: show task io Output Fields
show task io
658
show task io
Field Name
Field Description
Task Name
Reads
Writes
Rcvd
Sent
Dropped
Reads
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
1
2
0
0
0
Writes
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Rcvd
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Sent Dropped
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
ICMP
Router-Advertisement
ICMPv6
IS-IS I/O./var/run/ppmd_contro
l2vpn global task
IS-IS
BFD I/O./var/run/bfdd_control
TED
ASPaths
Resolve tree 1
KStat
KRT Request
KRT Ifstate
KRT
Redirect
...
0
0
0
1307
0
0
1307
0
0
0
0
0
106
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
63
295
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
show task io
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
659
Release Information
Description
Options
view
show task memory on page 661
show task memory detail on page 662
Table 139 on page 660 describes the output fields for the command. Output fields
are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Field Description
Level of Output
Memory Currently In
Use
none specified
Memory Maximum
Ever Used
none specified
Memory Available
none specified
Size (kB)
none specified
%Available
none specified
When
Timestamp.
none specified
660
Field Description
Level of Output
Overall Memory
Report
detail
block size.
Allocator Memory
Report
Malloc Usage
Report
detail
AllocsNumber of allocations.
detail
Dynamically
allocated memory
detail
Program data+BSS
memory
detail
detail
detail
detail
%Available
3%
4%
100%
When
now
00/02/11 22:07:03
now
661
765952
Maximum:
765952
1568768
Maximum:
1568768
53248
Maximum:
53248
4096
Maximum:
4096
---------Total bytes in use:
2392064 (0% of available memory)
662
Options
Required Privilege Level
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
Field Name
Field Description
Stateful replication
RE mode
Protocol
Synchronization Status
Synchronization Status
NotStarted
Complete
NotStarted
Complete
663
show version
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
show version
<brief | detail>
show version
<brief | detail>
<all-lcc | lcc number | scc>
running on all T640 routing nodes (or line-card chassis) that are connected to a
TX Matrix platform.
lcc number(Optional) Display the hostname and version information about the
software running on a T640 routing node (or line-card chassis) that is connected
to a TX Matrix platform. Replace number with a value from 0 through 3.
scc(Optional) Display the hostname and version information about the software
664
show version
By default, when you issue the show version command on a TX Matrix master Routing
Engine, the command is broadcast to all the T640 master Routing Engines connected
to it. Likewise, if you issue the same command on the TX Matrix backup Routing
Engine, the command is broadcast to all the T640 backup Routing Engines that are
connected to it.
view
show version on page 665
Output field descriptions to be provided.
show version
show version
665
Options
software running on the other Routing Engine. For example, if you issue this
command on the master Routing Engine on an M320 router, the JUNOS software
displays the hostname and version information on the backup Routing Engine.
On a routing matrix, if you issue this command on the TX Matrix platform master
Routing Engine, the JUNOS software displays all the hostnames and version
information on all the backup Routing Engines.
Required Privilege Level
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
show version invoke-on
all-routing-engines
(Routing Matrix)
view
show version invoke-on all-routing-engines (Routing Matrix) on page 666
show version invoke-on other-routing-engine (Routing Matrix) on page 668
Output field descriptions to be provided.
user@host> show version invoke-on all-routing-engines
scc-re0:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------Hostname: bob
Model: TX Matrix
JUNOS Base OS boot [7.1-20041024.0]
JUNOS Base OS Software Suite [7.1-20041024.0]
JUNOS Kernel Software Suite [7.1-20041024.0]
JUNOS Packet Forwarding Engine Support (T-Series) [7.1-20041024.0]
JUNOS Routing Software Suite [7.1-20041024.0]
JUNOS Online Documentation [7.1-20041024.0]
JUNOS Crypto Software Suite [7.1-20041024.0]
JUNOS Support Tools Package [7.1-20041025.1]
scc-re1:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------Hostname: bob1
Model: TX Matrix
JUNOS Base OS boot [7.1-20041024.0]
JUNOS Base OS Software Suite [7.1-20041024.0]
JUNOS Kernel Software Suite [7.1-20041024.0]
JUNOS Packet Forwarding Engine Support (T-Series) [7.1-20041024.0]
JUNOS Routing Software Suite [7.1-20041024.0]
JUNOS Online Documentation [7.1-20041024.0]
JUNOS Crypto Software Suite [7.1-20041024.0]
JUNOS Support Tools Package [7.1-20041025.1]
666
lcc0-re0:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------Hostname: cas
Model: t640
JUNOS Base OS boot [7.1-20041024.0]
JUNOS Base OS Software Suite [7.1-20041024.0]
JUNOS Kernel Software Suite [7.1-20041024.0]
JUNOS Packet Forwarding Engine Support (T-Series) [7.1-20041024.0]
JUNOS Routing Software Suite [7.1-20041024.0]
JUNOS Online Documentation [7.1-20041024.0]
JUNOS Crypto Software Suite [7.1-20041024.0]
lcc0-re1:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------Hostname: cas1-lcc0
Model: t640
JUNOS Base OS boot [7.1-20041024.0]
JUNOS Base OS Software Suite [7.1-20041024.0]
JUNOS Kernel Software Suite [7.1-20041024.0]
JUNOS Packet Forwarding Engine Support (T-Series) [7.1-20041024.0]
JUNOS Routing Software Suite [7.1-20041024.0]
JUNOS Online Documentation [7.1-20041024.0]
JUNOS Crypto Software Suite [7.1-20041024.0]
lcc1-re0:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------Hostname: jas
Model: t640
JUNOS Base OS boot [7.1-20041024.0]
JUNOS Base OS Software Suite [7.1-20041024.0]
JUNOS Kernel Software Suite [7.1-20041024.0]
JUNOS Packet Forwarding Engine Support (T-Series) [7.1-20041024.0]
JUNOS Routing Software Suite [7.1-20041024.0]
JUNOS Online Documentation [7.1-20041024.0]
JUNOS Crypto Software Suite [7.1-20041024.0]
lcc1-re1:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------Hostname: jas1
Model: t640
JUNOS Base OS boot [7.1-20041024.0]
JUNOS Base OS Software Suite [7.1-20041024.0]
JUNOS Kernel Software Suite [7.1-20041024.0]
JUNOS Packet Forwarding Engine Support (T-Series) [7.1-20041024.0]
JUNOS Routing Software Suite [7.1-20041024.0]
JUNOS Online Documentation [7.1-20041024.0]
JUNOS Crypto Software Suite [7.1-20041024.0]
lcc2-re0:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------Hostname: dew
Model: t640
JUNOS Base OS boot [7.1-20041024.0]
JUNOS Base OS Software Suite [7.1-20041024.0]
JUNOS Kernel Software Suite [7.1-20041024.0]
JUNOS Packet Forwarding Engine Support (T-Series) [7.1-20041024.0]
JUNOS Routing Software Suite [7.1-20041024.0]
JUNOS Online Documentation [7.1-20041024.0]
JUNOS Crypto Software Suite [7.1-20041024.0]
lcc2-re1:
667
-------------------------------------------------------------------------Hostname: dew1
Model: t640
JUNOS Base OS boot [7.1-20041024.0]
JUNOS Base OS Software Suite [7.1-20041024.0]
JUNOS Kernel Software Suite [7.1-20041024.0]
JUNOS Packet Forwarding Engine Support (T-Series) [7.1-20041024.0]
JUNOS Routing Software Suite [7.1-20041024.0]
JUNOS Online Documentation [7.1-20041024.0]
JUNOS Crypto Software Suite [7.1-20041024.0]
lcc3-re0:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------Hostname: wa
Model: t640
JUNOS Base OS boot [7.1-20041024.0]
JUNOS Base OS Software Suite [7.1-20041024.0]
JUNOS Kernel Software Suite [7.1-20041024.0]
JUNOS Packet Forwarding Engine Support (T-Series) [7.1-20041024.0]
JUNOS Routing Software Suite [7.1-20041024.0]
JUNOS Online Documentation [7.1-20041024.0]
JUNOS Crypto Software Suite [7.1-20041024.0]
lcc3-re1:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------Hostname: wa1
Model: t640
JUNOS Base OS boot [7.1-20041024.0]
JUNOS Base OS Software Suite [7.1-20041025.1]
JUNOS Kernel Software Suite [7.1-20041024.0]
JUNOS Packet Forwarding Engine Support (T-Series) [7.1-20041024.0]
JUNOS Routing Software Suite [7.1-20041024.0]
JUNOS Online Documentation [7.1-20041024.0]
JUNOS Crypto Software Suite [7.1-20041024.0]
668
-------------------------------------------------------------------------Hostname: jas1
Model: t640
JUNOS Base OS boot [7.1-20041024.0]
JUNOS Base OS Software Suite [7.1-20041024.0]
JUNOS Kernel Software Suite [7.1-20041024.0]
JUNOS Packet Forwarding Engine Support (T-Series) [7.1-20041024.0]
JUNOS Routing Software Suite [7.1-20041024.0]
JUNOS Online Documentation [7.1-20041024.0]
JUNOS Crypto Software Suite [7.1-20041024.0]
lcc2-re1:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------Hostname: dew1
Model: t640
JUNOS Base OS boot [7.1-20041024.0]
JUNOS Base OS Software Suite [7.1-20041024.0]
JUNOS Kernel Software Suite [7.1-20041024.0]
JUNOS Packet Forwarding Engine Support (T-Series) [7.1-20041024.0]
JUNOS Routing Software Suite [7.1-20041024.0]
JUNOS Online Documentation [7.1-20041024.0]
JUNOS Crypto Software Suite [7.1-20041024.0]
lcc3-re1:
-------------------------------------------------------------------------Hostname: wa1
Model: t640
JUNOS Base OS boot [7.1-20041024.0]
JUNOS Base OS Software Suite [7.1-20041025.1]
JUNOS Kernel Software Suite [7.1-20041024.0]
JUNOS Packet Forwarding Engine Support (T-Series) [7.1-20041024.0]
JUNOS Routing Software Suite [7.1-20041024.0]
JUNOS Online Documentation [7.1-20041024.0]
JUNOS Crypto Software Suite [7.1-20041024.0]
669
start shell
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Additional Information
When you are in the shell, the shell prompt has the following format:
username@hostname%
670
start shell
test configuration
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Required Privilege Level
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
test configuration
view
test configuration on page 671
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request.
user@host> test configuration terminal
[Type ^D to end input]
system {
host-name bluesky;
paris-23;
login;
}
terminal:3:(8) syntax error: paris
[edit system]
'paris-23;'
syntax error
terminal:4:(11) statement must contain additional statements: ;
[edit system login]
'login ;'
statement must contain additional statements
configuration syntax failed
test configuration
671
672
test configuration
Part 3
Class of Service
Class of Service
673
674
Class of Service
Chapter 14
Command
show class-of-service
adaptive-shaper on page 680
show class-of-service
code-point-aliases on page 683
show class-of-service
forwarding-class on page 691
show class-of-service
forwarding-table on page 692
675
676
Task
Command
show class-of-service
fragmentation-map on page 706
show class-of-service
loss-priority-map on page 710
show class-of-service
routing-instance on page 714
show class-of-service
scheduler-map on page 715
Command
show class-of-service
traffic-control-profile on page 717
show class-of-service
virtual-channel on page 719
show class-of-service
virtual-channel-group on page 720
NOTE: For information about how to configure CoS, see the JUNOS Class of Service
Configuration Guide. For information about the related show interfaces queue
command, see the JUNOS Interfaces Command Reference.
677
show class-of-service
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Required Privilege Level
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
show class-of-service
678
show class-of-service
show class-of-service
000001
best-effort
low
000010
best-effort
low
...
Loss-priority-map: frame-relay-de-default, Code point type: frame-relay-de, Index:
12
Code point
Loss priority
0
low
1
high
Rewrite rule: dscp-default, Code point type: dscp, Index: 23
Forwarding class
Loss priority
Code point
best-effort
low
000000
best-effort
high
000000
expedited-forwarding
low
101110
...
Rewrite rule: dscp-ipv6-default, Code point type: dscp-ipv6, Index: 24
Forwarding class
Loss priority
Code point
best-effort
low
000000
best-effort
high
000000
...
....
Drop profile: <default-drop-profile>, Type: discrete, Index: 1
Fill level
Drop probability
100
100
Scheduler map: <default>, Index: 2
Scheduler: <default-be>, Forwarding class: best-effort, Index: 16
Transmit rate: 95 percent, Rate Limit: none, Buffer size: 95 percent, Priority:
low
Drop profiles:
Loss priority
Protocol
Index
Name
Low
any
1
<default-drop-profile>
Medium low
any
1
<default-drop-profile>
Medium high
any
1
<default-drop-profile>
High
any
1
<default-drop-profile>
...
Physical interface: fe-0/0/0, Index: 137
Queues supported: 8, Queues in use: 4
Scheduler map: <default>, Index: 2
Logical interface: fe-0/0/0.0, Index: 69
Object
Name
Adaptive-shaper
fr-shaper
Classifier
ipprec-compatibility
Type
ip
Index
35320
11
show class-of-service
679
Release Information
Description
Options
view
show class-of-service adaptive-shaper on page 680
Table 142 on page 680 describes the output fields for the show class-of-service
adaptive-shaper command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which
they appear.
Table 142: show class-of-service adaptive-shaper Output Fields
show class-of-service
adaptive-shaper
680
Field Name
Field Description
Adaptive shaper
Index
Trigger type
Adaptive shaper trigger type. The trigger type can be the backward
explicit congestion notification (BECN) bit in Frame Relay packet
headers.
Shaping rate
Release Information
Description
Options
(DSCP) type.
type dscp-ipv6(Optional) Display all classifiers of the DSCP for IPv6 type.
type exp(Optional) Display all classifiers of the Multiprotocol Label Switching (MPLS)
view
show class-of-service classifier type ieee-802.1 on page 682
Table 143 on page 681 describes the output fields for the show class-of-service classifier
command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Table 143: show class-of-service classifier Output Fields
Field Name
Field Description
Classifier
Index
Code point
Forwarding class
Loss priority
Loss priority value used for classification. For most platforms, the
value is high or low. For some platforms, the value is high,
medium-high, medium-low, or low.
681
show class-of-service
classifier type
ieee-802.1
682
Release Information
Description
Options
view
show class-of-service code-point-aliases exp on page 684
Table 144 on page 683 describes the output fields for the show class-of-service
code-point-aliases command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in
which they appear.
Table 144: show class-of-service code-point-aliases Output Fields
Field Name
Field Description
Alias
Bit pattern
683
show class-of-service
code-point-aliases exp
684
Release Information
Description
Options
view
show class-of-service drop-profile on page 686
Table 145 on page 685 describes the output fields for the show class-of-service
drop-profile command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which
they appear.
Table 145: show class-of-service drop-profile Output Fields
Field Name
Field Description
Drop profile
Type
Index
Fill Level
Drop probability
685
show class-of-service
drop-profile
686
Syntax
Release Information
(M320 routers and T-series routing platforms only) Display the mapping of
class-of-service (CoS) schedulers to switch fabric traffic priorities and a summary of
scheduler parameters for each priority.
Description
Options
view
Table 146 on page 687 describes the output fields for the show class-of-service fabric
scheduler-map command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which
they appear.
Output Fields
Field Description
Fabric priority
Indicates the fabric traffic priority. Currently, two priorities are supported: low and high.
Scheduler
Index
Index of the indicated object. Objects that have indexes in this output include schedulers and drop
profiles.
Drop profiles
Display the assignment of drop profile by name and index to a given loss priority and protocol pair:
show class-of-service
fabric scheduler-map
687
Low
High
High
688
TCP
non-TCP
TCP
44321
44321
44321
fab-ef-profile
fab-ef-profile
fab-ef-profile
Syntax
Release Information
(M320 routers and T-series routing platforms only) Display class-of-service (CoS)
switch fabric queue statistics.
Description
noneSame as summary.
Options
view
Table 147 on page 689 describes the output fields for the show class-of-service fabric
statistics command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they
appear.
Output Fields
Field Description
Total statistics
Tx statistics
689
Field Description
Drop statistics
show class-of-service
fabric statistics
690
show class-of-service
forwarding-class
Field Name
Field Description
Forwarding class
ID
Queue
Restricted Queue
Fabric Priority
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
0
1
2
3
0
1
2
3
4
4
5
5
6
6
7
7
0
1
2
3
0
1
2
3
0
0
1
1
2
2
3
3
Fabric
Priority
low
low
low
low
low
low
low
low
low
low
low
low
low
low
low
low
691
Release Information
Description
Options
configuration for a specific T640 routing node (or line-card chassis) that is
connected to a TX Matrix platform. Replace number with a value from 0 through 3.
Required Privilege Level
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
show class-of-service
forwarding-table
view
show class-of-service forwarding-table on page 692
See the output field descriptions for the remaining show class-of-service forwarding-table
commands in this chapter.
user@host> show class-of-service forwarding-table
Classifier table index: 9, # entries: 8, Table type: EXP
Entry #
Code point
Forwarding-class #
PLP
0
000
0
0
1
001
0
1
2
010
1
0
3
011
1
1
4
100
2
0
5
101
2
1
6
110
3
0
7
111
3
1
Interface
Index
sp-0/0/0.1001
66
sp-0/0/0.2001
67
sp-0/0/0.16383
68
fe-0/0/0.0
69
Table Index/
Q num
11
11
11
11
Table type
IPv4 precedence
IPv4 precedence
IPv4 precedence
IPv4 precedence
692
...
RED drop profile index: 1, # entries: 1
Drop
Entry
Fullness(%)
Probability(%)
0
100
100
693
Options
Required Privilege Level
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
show class-of-service
forwarding-table
classifier
694
Field Name
Field Description
Entries
Table type
Type of code points in the table: DSCP, EXP, IEEE 802.1, IPv4
precedence, or IPv6 DSCP.
Entry #
Entry number.
Code point
Forwarding-class #
PLP
Code point
000000
000001
000010
000011
000100
000101
Forwarding-class #
0
0
0
0
0
0
PLP
0
0
0
0
0
0
6
7
8
9
10
11
...
60
61
62
63
000110
000111
001000
001001
001010
001011
0
0
0
0
1
0
0
0
0
0
1
0
111100
111101
111110
111111
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
695
Options
Required Privilege Level
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
show class-of-service
forwarding-table
classifier mapping
696
Field Name
Field Description
Table index/
If the type is Fixed, the number of the queue to which the interface
is mapped. For all other types, this value is the classifier index
number.
Interface
Index
Q num
Table type
Type of code points in the table: DSCP, EXP, IEEE 802.1, IPv4
precedence, or IPv6 DSCP.
Options
Required Privilege Level
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
show class-of-service
forwarding-table
drop-profile
Field Name
Field Description
# entries
Entry
Fullness(%)
Drop probability(%)
697
...
61
62
63
98
99
100
99
99
100
698
Options
Additional Information
show class-of-service
forwarding-table fabric
scheduler-map
Field Name
Field Description
Fabric priority
Scheduler index
PLP high
PLP low
699
Options
Required Privilege Level
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
show class-of-service
forwarding-table
loss-priority-map
Field Name
Field Description
Entries
Table type
Entry #
Code point
PLP
700
Options
Required Privilege Level
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
show class-of-service
forwarding-table
loss-priority-map
mapping
Field Name
Field Description
Interface
Index
Table index
Table type
701
Options
Required Privilege Level
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
show class-of-service
forwarding-table
rewrite-rule
702
Field Name
Field Description
# entries
Table type
Q#
Low bits
State
High bits
Options
Required Privilege Level
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
show class-of-service
forwarding-table
rewrite-rule mapping
Field Name
Field Description
Interface
Index
Table index
Type
703
Options
Required Privilege Level
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
Field Description
Interface
Index
Map index
Num of queues
Entry
Scheduler index
Forwarding-class #
Tx rate
Configured transmit rate of the scheduler (in bps). The rate is a percentage of the total interface
bandwidth, or the keyword remainder, which indicates that the scheduler receives the remaining
bandwidth of the interface.
Amount of transmit delay (in milliseconds) or buffer size of the queue. This amount is a percentage
of the total interface buffer allocation or the keyword remainder, which indicates that the buffer is
sized according to what remains after other scheduler buffer allocations.
If this line appears in the output, the queue priority is high. Otherwise, it is low.
PLP high
PLP low
PLP medium-high
PLP medium-low
704
Field Description
Drop profile index for a high TCP packet loss priority profile.
Drop profile index for a low TCP packet loss priority profile.
Policy is exact
If this line appears in the output, exact rate limiting is enabled. Otherwise, no rate limiting is enabled.
show class-of-service
forwarding-table
scheduler-map
705
Options
Required Privilege Level
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
show class-of-service
fragmentation-map
Field Name
Field Description
Fragmentation map
Index
Forwarding class
Fragmentation threshold
No Fragmentation
Multilink Class
706
No Fragmentation
Forwarding class: fcSilver
Fragmentation threshold: 100
Forwarding class: fcCritical
Fragmentation threshold: 100
707
Release Information
Description
Options
Output Fields
view
show class-of-service interface (physical) on page 709
show class-of-service interface (logical) on page 709
show class-of-service interface (Gigabit Ethernet IQ) on page 709
Table 159 on page 708 describes the output fields for the show class-of-service interface
command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Field Description
Physical interface
Index
Queues supported
Queues in use
Shaping rate
Maximum transmission rate on the physical interface. You can configure the shaping rate on the
physical interface, or on the logical interface, but not both. Therefore, the Shaping rate field is displayed
for the physical interface or the logical interface, but not both.
Scheduler map
For Gigabit Ethernet IQ2 PICs, maximum transmission rate on the input interface.
For Gigabit Ethernet IQ2 PICs, name of the input scheduler map associated with this interface.
Name of the scheduler map associated with the packet forwarding component queues.
Rewrite
Name and type of the rewrite rules associated with this interface.
Classifier
Logical interface
708
Field Description
Shaping rate
Maximum transmission rate on the logical interface. You can configure the shaping rate on the
physical interface, or on the logical interface, but not both. Therefore, the Shaping rate field is displayed
for the physical interface or the logical interface, but not both.
Object
Name
Name of an object.
Type
show class-of-service
interface (physical)
show class-of-service
interface (logical)
show class-of-service
interface
(Gigabit Ethernet IQ)
Index
27
21
5
8
Index
27
21
5
8
709
Release Information
Description
Options
view
show class-of-service loss-priority-map on page 710
Table 160 on page 710 describes the output fields for the show class-of-service
loss-priority-map command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which
they appear.
Table 160: show class-of-service loss-priority-map Output Fields
show class-of-service
loss-priority-map
Field Name
Field Description
Loss-priority-map
Type: frame-relay-de.
Index
Internal index.
Code point
Loss priority
710
0
1
medium-high
high
711
Release Information
Description
Options
view
show class-of-service rewrite-rule type dscp on page 713
Table 161 on page 712 describes the output fields for the show class-of-service
rewrite-rule command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they
appear.
Field Description
Rewrite rule
Forwarding class
Classification of a packet affecting the forwarding, scheduling, and marking policies applied as the
packet transits the router.
Index
Loss priority
Code point
712
show class-of-service
rewrite-rule type dscp
Code point
000000
110000
111000
001010
001100
101110
713
Release Information
Description
Options
Required Privilege Level
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
view
show class-of-service routing-instance on page 714
Table 162 on page 714 describes the output fields for the show class-of-service
routing-instance command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which
they appear.
Table 162: show class-of-service routing-instance Output Fields
show class-of-service
routing-instance
Field Name
Field Description
Index
Internal index.
Name
Name of an object.
Object
Routing instance
Type
Type: exp.
714
Type
exp
Index
8
Index
57507
Release Information
Description
Options
view
show class-of-service scheduler-map on page 716
Table 163 on page 715 describes the output fields for the show class-of-service
scheduler-map command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which
they appear.
Field Description
Scheduler map
Index
Index of the indicated object. Objects having indexes in this output include scheduler maps,
schedulers, and drop profiles.
Scheduler
Forwarding class
Classification of a packet affecting the forwarding, scheduling, and marking policies applied as the
packet transits the router.
Transmit rate
Configured transmit rate of the scheduler (in bps). The rate is a percentage of the total interface
bandwidth, or the keyword remainder, which indicates that the scheduler receives the remaining
bandwidth of the interface.
Rate Limit
Rate limiting configuration of the queue. Possible values are none, meaning no rate limiting, and
exact, meaning the queue only transmits at the configured rate.
Amount of transmit delay (in milliseconds) or the buffer size of the queue. The buffer size is shown
as a percentage of the total interface buffer allocation, or by the keyword remainder to indicate that
the buffer is sized according to what remains after other scheduler buffer allocations.
Priority
Drop profiles
Table displaying the assignment of drop profile by name and index to a given loss priority and
protocol pair.
Loss priority
715
Field Description
Protocol
Name
show class-of-service
scheduler-map
716
Release Information
Description
Options
view
show class-of-service traffic-control-profile on page 717
Table 164 on page 717 describes the output fields for the show class-of-service
traffic-control-profile command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in
which they appear.
Table 164: show class-of-service traffic-control-profile Output Fields
show class-of-service
traffic-control-profile
Field Name
Field Description
Index
Scheduler map
Guaranteed rate
717
718
Release Information
Description
Options
view
show class-of-service virtual-channel on page 719
Table 165 on page 719 describes the output fields for the show class-of-service
virtual-channel command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which
they appear.
Table 165: show class-of-service virtual-channel Output Fields
show class-of-service
virtual-channel
Field Name
Field Description
Virtual channel
Index
Internal index.
719
Release Information
Description
Options
only.
Required Privilege Level
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
view
show class-of-service virtual-channel-group on page 720
Table 166 on page 720 describes the output fields for the show class-of-service
virtual-channel-group command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in
which they appear.
Table 166: show class-of-service virtual-channel-group Output Fields
show class-of-service
virtual-channel-group
720
Field Name
Field Description
Index
Internal index.
Part 4
Services
Services
721
722
Services
Chapter 15
Command
NOTE: For information about how to configure CRTP services, see the JUNOS Services
Interfaces Configuration Guide.
723
Release Information
Description
Options
interface:
724
view
clear services crtp statistics on page 724
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request.
user@host> clear services crtp statistics
Release Information
Description
Options
interface:
view
show services crtp extensive on page 726
Table 168 on page 725 lists the output fields for the show services crtp command.
Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Field Description
Level of Output
Interface
to be provided
Port minimum
Compression is applied to UDP packets with even ports in the specified range.
to be provided
Maximum UDP
compressed
sessions
to be provided
CRTP maximum
period
to be provided
CRTP maximum
time
to be provided
Compression ratio
to be provided
Port maximum
725
Field Description
Level of Output
Decompression
ratio
to be provided
Discards
Number of frames that the incoming packet match code discarded because
they were not recognized.
to be provided
Sessions
to be provided
IP bytes
to be provided
Compressed bytes
to be provided
CRTP packets
to be provided
CUDP/CNTCP
packets
to be provided
Number of full header packets sent and received. Full header packets
communicate the uncompressed IP header plus any following headers and
data to establish the uncompressed header state in the decompressor for a
particular context.
to be provided
Context state
packet
Number of context state packets sent and received. Context state packets are
sent from the decompressor to the compressor to communicate a list of context
IDs for which synchronization is lost or might be lost.
to be provided
IP packets
to be provided
Compressed
packets
to be provided
726
Release Information
Description
Options
view
show services crtp flows on page 727
Table 169 on page 727 lists the output fields for the show services crtp flows command.
Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Table 169: show services crtp flows Output Fields
Field Name
Field Description
Interface
Flow
Source
IP source address.
Destination
IP destination address.
SSRC ID
Ctx ID
Destination
80.1.1.3:26000
60.1.1.3:28004
SSRC ID
123
123
Ctx ID
0
2
727
728
Chapter 16
Command
NOTE: CoS services are supported on the adaptive services interface on the following
routing platforms:
CoS services are also supported on the redundant adaptive services interface
(rspnumber) on M-series and T-series routing platforms.
NOTE: For information about how to configure CoS services, see the JUNOS Services
Interfaces Configuration Guide.
729
Options
only.
Required Privilege Level
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
730
view
clear services cos statistics on page 730
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request.
user@host> clear services cos statistics
Release Information
Description
Options
only.
summary(Optional) Display summary of statistics on a per-interface basis.
Required Privilege Level
view
show
show
show
show
Output Fields
services
services
services
services
cos
cos
cos
cos
Table 171 on page 731 describes the output fields for the show services cos statistics
command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Field Description
Level of Output
Interface
Name of interface.
All levels
Service set
All levels
DSCP
All levels
Packets in
All levels
Packets out
All levels
731
Field Description
Level of Output
Forwarding class
All levels
732
110001
110010
110011
110100
110101
110110
110111
111000
111001
111010
111011
111100
111101
111110
111111
Forwarding class
0
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Packets in
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
Packets out
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
0
The output for the show services cos statistics brief command is identical to that for
the show services cos statistics command. For sample output, see show services cos
statistics on page 731.
The output for the show services cos statistics detail command is identical to that for
the show services cos statistics command. For sample output, see show services cos
statistics on page 731.
The output for the show services cos statistics extensive command is identical to that
for the show services cos statistics command. For sample output, see show services
cos statistics on page 731.
733
734
Chapter 17
Command
735
NOTE: For information about how to configure DLSw, see the JUNOS Services Interfaces
Configuration Guide or the J-series Services Router Advanced WAN Access Configuration
Guide.
736
Related Topics
Output Fields
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request.
user@host> clear dlsw reachability
737
Options
Required Privilege Level
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
738
Field Name
Field Description
Peer
Vendor ID
Version number
DLSw version.
Version string
Release Information
Description
Options
view
show dlsw circuits on page 740
show dlsw circuits detail on page 740
Table 174 on page 739 describes the output fields for the show dlsw circuits command.
Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Field Description
Level of Output
Circuit id
Circuit ID
detail
Local address
All levels
LSAP
All levels
Remote address
All levels
DSAP
All levels
All levels
Circuit state
detail
Uptime
All levels
detail
Circuit priority
detail
739
Field Description
Level of Output
Statistics
Statistics:
detail
740
DSAP
04
Peer
10.255.18.2
Uptime
00:06:42
Release Information
Description
Options
peer.
Required Privilege Level
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
view
show dlsw peers brief on page 742
show dlsw peers detail on page 742
Table 175 on page 741 describes the output fields for the show dlsw peers command.
Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Field Description
Level of Output
Peer
All levels
State
All levels
Circuits
All levels
Uptime
All levels
Local address
detail
Connected time
detail
Receive initial
pacing
detail
No circuits timeout
detail
Type-of-service
value
detail
Peer cost
detail
Load balancing
detail
Circuit weight
detail
741
Field Description
Level of Output
Statistics
Statistics:
detail
742
Uptime
00:00:00
00:12:03
Field Name
Field Description
MAC index
MAC address
Location
Peer/interface
22:22:00:00:00:06
local
Peer/Interface
17.255.17.2
18.255.18.2
fe-0/0/1.0
743
Release Information
Description
Options
view
show llc2 redundancy on page 745
show llc2 redundancy detail on page 745
Table 177 on page 744 describes the output fields for the show llc2 redundancy
command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Field Description
Level of Output
Interface
All levels
Unit
brief
Group
Group number.
All levels
Int state or
Interface state
All levels
Er state or state
All levels
Index
detail
Priority
detail
Advertisement
interval
detail
Preempt
detail
Advertisement timer
detail
Master router
uptime
detail
Tracking
detail
744
ER state
master
745
Field Description
Interface
Index
Group
Advertisement received
746
statistics
: 5
2959
0
0
Field Name
Field Description
Local mac
Remote mac
Interface
Group
Interface
fe-0/0/1.0
fe-0/0/1.0
fe-0/0/1.0
fe-0/0/1.0
fe-0/0/1.0
group
5
5
5
5
5
747
Release Information
Description
Options
Output Fields
view
show llc2 redundancy track dlsw-remote-destination on page 749
show llc2 redundancy track dlsw-remote-peer on page 749
show llc2 redundancy track interfaces on page 749
Table 180 on page 748 lists the output fields for the show llc2 redundancy track
command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Field Description
Level of Output
Remote dest
to be provided
Peer dest
to be provided
Track if
to be provided
Connectivity
to be provided
Cost
to be provided
Interface
to be provided
Group
to be provided
Cfg
to be provided
Run
to be provided
ER state
to be provided
748
dlsw-remote-destination
Interface
Group
Cfg
fe-0/0/1.0 5
255
fe-0/0/1.0 5
255
yes
no
yes
10
10
10
fe-0/0/1.0
fe-0/0/1.0
fe-0/0/1.0
5
5
5
255
255
255
Run
255
Run
245
245
245
Run
255
255
ER state
master
master
ER state
master
master
master
ER state
master
749
750
Chapter 18
Command
751
Command
Flow Collection
752
NOTE: For information about how to configure flow collection and monitoring
services, see the JUNOS Services Interfaces Configuration Guide.
753
Release Information
Description
Options
clear services
dynamic-flow-capture
754
network
clear services dynamic-flow-capture on page 754
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request.
user@host> clear services dynamic-flow-capture capture-group flow-a
Options
clear passive-monitoring
statistics
network
clear passive-monitoring statistics on page 755
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request.
user@host> clear passive-monitoring statistics interface mo-5/0/0
755
Options
clear services
flow-collector statistics
756
network
clear services flow-collector statistics on page 756
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request.
user@host> clear services flow-collector statistics interface cp-5/0/0
Flow collector interface: cp-5/0/0
Interface state: Collecting flows
Statistics cleared successfully
Release Information
Description
Options
maintenance
Output Fields
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request.
request services
flow-collector
change-destination
primary interface
757
Release Information
Description
Options
secondary destination.
clear-files(Optional) Request clearing of existing data files in the FTP wait queue
request services
flow-collector
change-destination
secondary interface
758
maintenance
request services flow-collector change-destination secondary interface on page 758
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request.
user@host> request services flow-collector change-destination secondary interface
cp-6/0/0
Flow collector interface: cp-6/0/0
Interface state: Collecting flows
Destination change successful
Release Information
Description
Options
as a flow collector.
Required Privilege Level
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
request services
flow-collector
test-file-transfer
network
request services flow-collector test-file-transfer on page 759
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request.
user@router> request services flow-collector test-file-transfer test_file interface
cp-7/1/0 channel-one primary
759
Syntax
Release Information
(M40e, M160, and M320 routers and T-series routing platforms only) Display passive
monitoring error statistics.
Description
Options
Table 182 on page 760 lists the output fields for the show passive-monitoring error
command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Output Fields
Field Description
Passive monitoring
interface
Interface state
Not monitoringThe interface is operational, but not monitoring. This condition occurs when
an interface first comes online, or when the interface is operational, but no logical unit has been
configured under the physical interface.
UnknownUnknown state.
ErrorAn error occurred during the process of determining the state of the interface.
Error information
Packets dropped (no
memory)
Number of packets dropped because they failed the IPv4 version check.
Packets dropped
(header too small)
Number of packets dropped because the packet length or IP header length was too small.
Memory allocation
failures
Number of flow record memory allocation failures. A small number reflects failures to replenish the
free list. A large number indicates the monitoring station is almost out of memory space.
760
Field Description
Number of flow records received from free list that failed. Memory is nearly exhausted or too many
new flows greater than 128 KB are being created per second.
Memory warning
Whether the flows have exceeded 1 million packets per second (Mpps) on a Monitoring Services PIC
or 2 Mpps on a Monitoring Services II PIC. The response can be Yes or No.
Memory overload
Whether the memory has been overloaded. The response can be Yes or No.
PPS overload
Whether the PIC is receiving more packets per second than the configured threshold. The response
can be Yes or No.
BPS overload
Whether the PIC is receiving more bits per second than the configured threshold. The response can
be Yes or No.
show passive-monitoring
error all
761
Syntax
Release Information
Description
(M40e, M160, and M320 routers and T-series routing platforms only) Display passive
flow statistics.
Options
Table 183 on page 762 lists the output fields for the show passive-monitoring flow
command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Output Fields
Field Description
Passive monitoring
interface
Interface state
Not monitoringThe interface is operational, but not monitoring. This condition occurs when
an interface first comes online, or when the interface is operational, but no logical unit has been
configured under the physical interface.
UnknownUnknown state.
ErrorAn error occurred during the process of determining the state of the interface.
Flow information
Flow packets
Flow bytes
Number of packets per second handled by the PIC and displayed as a 10-second average.
Number of bytes per second handled by the PIC and displayed as a 10-second average.
Active flows
Total flows
762
Field Description
Flows exported
Total number of long-lived flows that are exported because of an active timeout.
show passive-monitoring
flow all
763
Options
view
show passive-monitoring memory all on page 764
Table 184 on page 764 lists the output fields for the show passive-monitoring memory
command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Field Description
Passive monitoring
interface
Memory utilization
Allocation count
Free count
Maximum allocated
Maximum number of flow records allocated since the monitoring station booted. This number
represents the peak number of flow records allocated at a time.
Flow records allocated per second during the last statistics interval on the PIC.
Flow records freed per second during the last statistics interval on the PIC.
Total memory currently used and total amount of memory currently free (in bytes).
show passive-monitoring
memory all
764
Syntax
Release Information
(M40e, M160, and M320 routers and T-series routing platforms only) Display passive
monitoring status.
Description
Options
Table 185 on page 765 lists the output fields for the show passive-monitoring status
command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Output Fields
Passive monitoring
interface
Interface state
Not monitoringPIC is operational, but not monitoring. This condition can happen while the
PIC is coming online, or when the PIC is operational but has no logical unit configured under
the physical interface.
Unknown
Group index
Integer that represents the monitoring group of which the PIC is a member. Group index is a mapping
from the group name to an index. It is not related to the number of monitoring groups.
Export interval
Export format
Protocol
Engine type
Engine ID
765
show passive-monitoring
status all
766
Options
view
show passive-monitoring usage all on page 767
Table 186 on page 767 lists the output fields for the show passive-monitoring usage
command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Passive monitoring
interface
CPU utilization
Uptime
Interrupt time
Total time that the PIC has spent processing packets since the last PIC reset.
Load (5 second)
CPU load on the PIC, averaged more than 5 seconds. The number is a percentage obtained by dividing
the time spent on active tasks by the total elapsed time.
Load (1 minute)
CPU load on the PIC, averaged more than 1 minute. The number is a percentage obtained by dividing
the time spent on active tasks by the total elapsed time.
show passive-monitoring
usage all
767
768
Release Information
Description
Options
prefix.
default is no limit.
name service-name(Optional) Display information about the aggregated flows for
For information about aggregation configuration options, see the JUNOS Services
Interfaces Configuration Guide.
view
show services accounting aggregation protocol-port detail on page 771
show services accounting aggregation source-destination-prefix on page 771
show services accounting aggregation source-destination- prefix order packet
detail on page 771
769
Table 187 on page 770 lists the output fields for the show services accounting
aggregation command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which
they appear.
Field Description
Level of Output
Service Accounting
interface
to be provided
Local interface
index
to be provided
Service name
to be provided
Protocol
to be provided
Source Port
to be provided
Destination Port
to be provided
Source-AS
to be provided
Destination-AS
Destination AS number.
to be provided
Source Prefix
Source prefix.
to be provided
Destination Prefix
Destination prefix.
to be provided
Source address
Source address.
to be provided
to be provided
Destination address
Destination address.
to be provided
Destination prefix
length
to be provided
Input SNMP
interface index
to be provided
Output SNMP
interface index
to be provided
Start time
Actual time when the packet in this aggregation was first seen.
to be provided
End time
Actual time when the packet in this aggregation was last seen.
to be provided
Flow count
to be provided
770
Field Description
Level of Output
Packet count
to be provided
Byte count
to be provided
show services
accounting aggregation
protocol-port detail
show services
accounting aggregation
source-destination-prefix
Packet
count
491761
show services
accounting aggregation
source-destinationprefix order packet
detail
show services
accounting aggregation
771
show services
accounting aggregation
source-destination-prefix
name terse
772
Release Information
Description
Options
Required Privilege Level
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
view
show services accounting aggregation template on page 773
Table 188 on page 773 lists the output fields for the show services accounting
aggregation template command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in
which they appear.
Field Description
MPLS Label 1
MPLS Label 2
MPLS Label 3
Packet Count
show services
accounting aggregation
template
10002
10003
1597
773
Release Information
Description
Options
view
show services accounting errors on page 775
Table 189 on page 774 lists the output fields for the show services accounting errors
command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Field Description
Service Accounting
interface
Service name
Name of a service that was configured at the [edit forwarding-options accounting] hierarchy level. The
default display, (default sampling), indicates the service was configured at the [edit forwarding-options
sampling-level] hierarchy level.
Error Information
Packets dropped (no
memory)
Number of packets dropped because they failed the IPv4 version check.
Packets dropped
(header too small)
Number of packets dropped because the packet length or IP header length was too small.
Memory allocation
failures
Number of flow record memory allocation failures. A small number reflects failures to replenish the
free list. A large number indicates the monitoring station is almost out of memory space.
Number of flow records received from the free list that failed. Memory is nearly exhausted, or too
many new flows greater than 128 KB are being created per second.
774
Field Description
Memory overload
Whether the memory has been overloaded. The response can be Yes or No.
PPS overload
Whether the PIC is receiving more packets per second than the configured threshold. The response
can be Yes or No.
BPS overload
Whether the PIC is receiving more bits per second than the configured threshold. The response can
be Yes or No.
show services
accounting errors
775
Release Information
Description
Options
Output Fields
view
show services accounting flow on page 777
show services accounting flow name on page 777
show services accounting flow name all on page 777
Table 190 on page 776 lists the output fields for the show services accounting flow
command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Service Accounting
interface
Service name
Name of a service that was configured at the [edit forwarding-options accounting] hierarchy level. The
default display, (default sampling), indicates the service was configured at the [edit forwarding-options
sampling-level] hierarchy level.
Flow Information
Flow packets
Flow bytes
Number of packets per second handled by the PIC and displayed as a 10-second average.
Number of bytes per second handled by the PIC and displayed as a 10-second average.
Active flows
Total flows
Flows exported
776
Total number of long-lived flows that are exported because of an active timeout.
show services
accounting flow
show services
accounting flow name
show services
accounting flow name
all
777
778
Release Information
Description
Options
following filters query actively changing data structures and result in different
results for multiple invocations:
system information.
information.
information.
limit limit-value(Optional) Limit the display output to the specified number of flows.
779
Additional Information
When no PIC is active, or when no route record has been downloaded from the PIC,
this command reports no flows, even though packets are being sampled. This
command displays information about two concurrent sessions only. If a third session
is attempted, the command pauses with no output until one of the previous sessions
is completed.
view
show
show
show
show
show
Output Fields
services
services
services
services
services
accounting
accounting
accounting
accounting
accounting
Table 191 on page 780 lists the output fields for the show services accounting flow-detail
command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Field Description
Output Level
Service Accounting
interface
All levels
Service name
All levels
Local interface
index
All levels
TOS
extensive
Input SNMP
interface index
extensive
Output SNMP
interface index
extensive
Source-AS
Source AS number.
extensive
Destination-AS
Destination AS number.
extensive
Protocol
Name of the protocol used for the packet flow from the corresponding source
address.
All levels
Input interface
All levels
Output interface
All levels
TCP flags
extensive
Source address
All levels
Source port
All levels
extensive
780
Field Description
Output Level
Destination address
All levels
Destination prefix
length
extensive
Destination port
All levels
Start time
Actual time when the packet in this aggregation was first seen.
detail extensive
End time
Actual time when the packet in this aggregation was last seen.
detail extensive
Packet count
All levels
Byte count
All levels
Amount of time elapsed since the last active timeout, in the format hh:mm:ss.
None specified
None specified
None specified
show services
accounting flow-detail
In this sample, the output is split into three sections, with ellipses (...) indicating
where the sections are continued.
user@host> show services accounting flow-detail
Service Accounting interface: rsp0, Local interface index: 171
Service name: (default sampling)
Interface state: Accounting
Protocol
Input
Source
Source
Output
interface
address
port
interface...
tcp(6)
ge-5/0/1.0
11.1.1.2
0
ge-5/0/0.0
tcp(6)
ge-5/0/1.0
11.1.1.2
0
ge-5/0/0.0
Destination
address
40.0.3.149
40.0.3.138
Packet count for
last active timeout
2805
2805
show services
accounting flow-detail
limit
Destination
port
0
0
Packet
count
2660
2660
Byte
count
170240
170240
In this sample, the output is split into three sections, with ellipses (...) indicating
where the sections are continued.
user@host> show services accounting flow-detail limit 1
Service Accounting interface: rsp0, Local interface index: 171
Service name: (default sampling)
Interface state: Accounting
781
Protocol
tcp(6)
Input
interface
ge-5/0/1.0
Destination
address
40.0.3.149
Source
address
11.1.1.2
Destination
port
0
Source
port
0
Packet
count
2158
Byte
count
138112
Output
interface...
ge-5/0/0.0
Time since last
active timeout...
00:00:47
show services
accounting flow-detail
name extensive
show services
accounting flow-detail
limit order bytes
The output of the following command is displayed over 141 columns, not the standard
80 columns. In this sample, the output is split into three sections, with ellipses (...)
indicating where the sections are continued.
user@host> show services accounting flow-detail limit 5 order bytes
Service Accounting interface: mo-2/0/0, Local interface index: 356
Service name: (default sampling)
Input
Source
Source
Output
Protocol
interface
address
port
interface...
icmp(1)
ge-2/3/0.0
11.1.1.2
0 .local.
icmp(1)
ge-2/3/0.0
11.1.1.2
0 .local.
icmp(1)
ge-2/3/0.0
11.1.1.2
0 .local.
icmp(1)
ge-2/3/0.0
11.1.1.2
0 .local.
icmp(1)
ge-2/3/0.0
11.1.1.2
0 .local.
Destination
address
51.88.128.2
52.78.144.2
51.147.192.2
51.136.16.2
50.214.48.2
Packet count for
last active timeout
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
Not applicable
show services
accounting flow-detail
source-port
782
Destination
port
0
0
0
0
0
Packet
count
16
16
16
16
16
Byte
count
12148
15229
13296
13924
13428
user@host> show services accounting flow-detail name cf-2 detail source-port 1173
Service Accounting interface: mo-0/2/0, Local interface index: 145
Service name: cf-2
Protocol: udp(17), Source address: 10.10.10.1, Source port: 1173, Destination
address:
20.20.20.20, Destination port: 69
Start time: 62425, End time: 811115, Packet count: 142438, Byte count: 8118966
Service Accounting
interface
Memory Utilization
Local interface index
Allocation count
Free count
Maximum allocated
Maximum number of flow records allocated since the monitoring station booted. This number
represents the peak number of flow records allocated at a time.
Flow records allocated per second during the last statistics interval on the PIC.
Flow records freed per second during the last statistics interval on the PIC.
show services
accounting memory
783
Release Information
Description
Options
Use a wildcard character, specify all services, or provide a specific services name.
Required Privilege Level
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
view
show services accounting packet-size-distribution name on page 784
Table 193 on page 784 lists the output fields for the show services accounting
packet-size-distribution command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order
in which they appear.
Field Description
Service Accounting
interface
Service name
Name of a service that was configured at the [edit-forwarding-options accounting] hierarchy level. The
default display, (default sampling), indicates the service was configured at the [edit-forwarding-options
sampling-level] hierarchy level.
Range start
Range end
Number of packets
Count of packets detected in the size between Range start and Range end.
Percentage packets
Percentage of the total number of packets that are in this size range.
show services
accounting
packet-size-distribution
name
784
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
Table 194 on page 785 lists the output fields for the show services accounting status
command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Output Fields
Field Description
Service Accounting
interface
Service name
Name of a service that was configured at the [edit-forwarding-options accounting] hierarchy level. The
default display, (default sampling), indicates the service was configured at the [edit-forwarding-options
sampling-level] hierarchy level.
Interface state
Not accountingPIC is up but not accounting. This can happen while the PIC is coming online,
or when the PIC is up but has no logical unit configured under the physical interface.
Unknown
Group index
Integer that represents the monitoring group of which the PIC is a member. Group index is a mapping
from the group name to an index. It is not related to the number of monitoring groups.
Export format
Protocol
Engine type
785
Field Description
Engine ID
show services
accounting status name
786
Release Information
Description
Options
Additional Information
When no route record has been downloaded from the PIC, this command reports
no flows, even though packets are being sampled.
view
show services accounting usage on page 788
Table 195 on page 787 lists the output fields for the show services accounting usage
command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Service Accounting
interface
Service name
Name of a service that was configured at the [edit-forwarding-options accounting] hierarchy level. The
default display, (default sampling), indicates the service was configured at the [edit-forwarding-options
sampling-level] hierarchy level.
Uptime
Interrupt time
Total time that the PIC has spent processing packets since the last PIC reset (in microseconds).
Load (5 second)
CPU load on the PIC, averaged more than 5 seconds. The number is a percentage obtained by dividing
the time spent on active tasks by the total elapsed time.
Load (1 minute)
CPU load on the PIC, averaged more than 1 minute. The number is a percentage obtained by dividing
the time spent on active tasks by the total elapsed time.
787
show services
accounting usage
788
Release Information
Description
Options
view
show services dynamic-flow-capture content-destination on page 790
Table 196 on page 789 lists the output fields for the show services dynamic-flow-capture
content-destination command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in
which they appear.
Level of Output
Capture group
to be provided
Content destination
to be provided
Criteria
to be provided
Bandwidth
to be provided
Matched packets
to be provided
Matched bytes
to be provided
Congestion
notifications
to be provided
789
show services
dynamic-flow-capture
content-destination
790
Release Information
Description
Options
view
show services dynamic-flow-capture control-source on page 792
show services dynamic-flow-capture control-source detail on page 792
Table 197 on page 791 lists the output fields for the show services dynamic-flow-capture
control-source scommand. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which
they appear.
Level of Output
Capture group
to be provided
Control source
to be provided
Criteria added,
Criteria add failed
to be provided
Active criteria
to be provided
Static criteria,
Dynamic criteria
to be provided
Control protocol
requests
to be provided
Requests
Number of Add, Delete, List, Refresh, and No-op control protocol requests.
to be provided
Failed
Number of Add, Delete, List, Refresh, and No-op failed control protocol requests.
to be provided
to be provided
to be provided
791
Level of Output
Bandwidth across
all criteria
to be provided
Total notifications
to be provided
Criteria deleted
Total number of criteria deleted and the number of deleted criteria by category:
Timeout idle, Timeout total, Packets, and Bytes.
to be provided
Sequence number
Sequence number.
to be provided
show services
dynamic-flow-capture
control-source
show services
dynamic-flow-capture
control-source detail
28
792
Syntax
Release Information
(M320 routers and T-series routing platforms only) Display statistics information
about the capture group specified for dynamic flow capture.
Description
Options
view
Table 198 on page 793 lists the output fields for the show services dynamic-flow-capture
statistics command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they
appear.
Output Fields
Input
Not UDP packetsDropped packets were not User Datagram Protocol (UDP) packets.
Unauthorized control sourcePackets dropped because the control source was not authenticated.
Unknown control sourcePackets dropped because the control source was not known.
Not DTCPDropped packets did not adhere to the control protocol format.
Drop rate due to exceeded bandwidthRate of traffic dropped because the bandwidth was
exceeded.
793
Input drops
Incoming dynamic flow capture packets dropped for the following reasons:
Unknown packetsPackets dropped because the packet type was not recognized.
Captured data not IPv4Packets dropped because they were not IPv4 packets.
Captured data too smallPackets dropped because they were smaller than the size reported in
their headers.
Captured data not matchedPackets dropped because they did not match filter criteria.
Drop rate due to exceeded bandwidthRate of traffic dropped because the bandwidth was
exceeded.
Outgoing dynamic flow capture packet statistics:
Output
Output drops
Flow Statistics
show services
dynamic-flow-capture
statistics
Number of criteria
794
Input drops:
Unknown packets: 0, Captured data not IPv4: 0, Captured data too small: 0,
Captured data drops: 0, Captured data not matched: 0,
Bandwidth exceeded: 0, Drop rate due to exceeded bandwidth: 0
Output:
Control protocol packets: 644, Captured data packets: 1119624
Output drops:
Control protocol drops: 0, Captured data drops: 0
Flow Statistics:
Active flow cache entries: 40, Active flow cache usage percentage: 0, Flow cache
entries allocated: 40,
Number of control sources: 4, Number of content destinations: 64, Number of
criteria: 640,
Maximum criteria matching one flow: 16, Cached flows purged for memory: 0,
Maximum filters matching one packet: 16
795
Syntax
Release Information
(M40e, M160, and M320 routers and T-series routing platforms only) Display
information about flow collector files.
Description
all | cp-fpc/pic/portDisplay file information for all configured flow collector interfaces
Options
No entries are displayed for files that have been successfully transferred.
Additional Information
view
Table 199 on page 796 lists the output fields for the show services flow-collector file
interface command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they
appear.
Output Fields
Level of Output
Filename
All levels
Flows
Total number of collector flows for which records are present in the file.
none specified
Throughput
Throughput statistics:
extensive
796
Table 199: show services flow-collector file interface Output Fields (continued)
Output Field
Level of Output
Status
File statistics:
All levels
have been compressed. The file is exported only when the compressed
block count and block count become the same.
file.
show services
flow-collector file
interface extensive
797
Release Information
Description
Options
view
show services flow-collector input interface on page 798
show services flow-collector input interface all on page 798
Table 200 on page 798 lists the output fields for the show services flow-collector input
interface command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they
appear.
Level of Output
Interface
to be provided
Packets
Number of packets traveling from the monitoring interface to the flow collector
interface.
to be provided
Bytes
Number of bytes traveling from the monitoring interface to the flow collector
interface.
to be provided
798
show services
flow-collector input
interface
show services
flow-collector input
interface all
mo-4/0/0.0
mo-4/1/0.0
mo-4/2/0.0
mo-4/3/0.0
mo-5/0/0.0
mo-5/1/0.0
mo-5/2/0.0
mo-5/3/0.0
mo-6/0/0.0
274
274
274
274
274
274
274
274
274
416232
416232
416184
416232
416232
416232
416232
416232
416232
799
Release Information
Description
(M40e, M160, and M320 routers and T-series routing platforms only) Display overall
statistics for the flow collector application.
Options
view
show
show
show
show
Output Fields
services
services
services
services
flow-collector
flow-collector
flow-collector
flow-collector
interface
interface
interface
interface
Table 201 on page 800 lists the output fields for the show services flow-collector interface
command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Level of Output
Flow collector
interface
All levels
Interface state
All levels
Packets
none specified
Flows
Uncompressed
Bytes
Total uncompressed data size for all files created on this PIC.
none specified
Compressed Bytes
Total compressed data size for all files created on this PIC.
none specified
FTP bytes
Total number of bytes transferred to the FTP server, including those dropped
during transfer.
none specified
FTP files
none specified
Memory
detail extensive
800
Level of Output
Input
detail extensive
Allocation
extensive
Files
detail extensive
Throughput statistics:
detail extensive
on this PIC.
Compressed bytesTotal compressed data size for all files created on this
PIC.
801
Level of Output
Packet drops
extensive
Too smallPackets dropped because each packet was smaller than the
not reassembled.
Not JUNOS flowPackets dropped because they are not interpreted by the
JUNOS software. The JUNOS software interprets only IPv4, UDP cflowd
version 5 packets.
File transfer
detail extensive
Flow collector
interface
detail
Export channel
detail extensive
is
files.
UnknownFirst file transfer has not been sent to the primary server.
files.
802
UnknownFirst file transfer has not been sent to the secondary server.
show services
flow-collector interface
all detail
show services
flow-collector interface
all extensive
803
804
show services
flow-collector interface
all terse
show services
flow-collector interface
extensive
Compressed
Bytes
0
805
806
Chapter 19
Command
NOTE: IDS is supported on the adaptive services interface on the following routing
platforms:
NOTE: For information about how to configure IDS, see the JUNOS Services Interfaces
Configuration Guide.
807
Release Information
Description
Options
set.
Required Privilege Level
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
808
view
clear services ids on page 808
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request.
user@host> clear services ids
Release Information
Description
Options
view
clear services ids destination-table on page 809
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request.
user@host> clear services ids destination-table
809
Release Information
Description
Options
810
view
clear services ids pair-table on page 810
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request.
user@host> clear services ids pair-table
Release Information
Description
Options
view
clear services ids source-table on page 811
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request.
user@host> clear services ids source-table
811
Release Information
Description
Options
address pair.
source-tableDisplay information for an address that is a suspected attacker.
brief | extensive | terse(Optional) Display the specified level of output.
destination-prefix destination-prefix-name(Optional) Display information for a particular
destination prefix.
interface interface-name(Optional) On M-series and T-series routing platforms, the
interface-name can be sp-fpc/pic/port or rspnumber. On the J-series routing
platform, the interface-name is sp-pim/0/port.
limit number(Optional) Maximum number of entries to display. By default, all tables
display the top 32 entries sorted by the number of events for the criteria chosen.
To display additional entries, configure the limit option to set up to 256 entries.
order(Optional) Display events according to one of the following table-ordering
set.
812
source prefix.
threshold number(Optional) Limit the display to events with this number of
anomalies, bytes, flows, or packets, whichever criterion you specify for order.
For example, to display all events with more than 100 flows, specify order flows
and threshold 100.
Required Privilege Level
view
show
show
show
show
show
show
show
Output Fields
services
services
services
services
services
services
services
ids
ids
ids
ids
ids
ids
ids
Table 203 on page 813 lists the output fields for the show services ids command.
Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Field Description
Output Level
Interface
All levels
Service set
Name of a service set. Individual empty service sets are not displayed, but if
no service set has any flows, a flow table header is printed for each service
set.
All levels
Sorting order
All levels
Source address
All levels
Dest address
All levels
Time
All levels
Flags
Flags can be Forced, F (terse output only), SYNcookie, S (terse output only),
Forced+SYNcookie, and F+S (terse output only). The SYNcookie flag is visible
All levels
All levels
Bytes
Total number of bytes sent from the source to the destination address, in
thousands (k) or millions (m).
All levels
Packets
Total number of packets sent from the source to the destination address, in
thousands (k) or millions (m).
All levels
Flows
Total number of flows of packets sent from the source to the destination
address, in thousands (k) or millions (m).
All levels
Anomalies
Total number of packets in the anomaly table, in thousands (k) or millions (m).
All levels
813
Field Description
Output Level
Anomaly description
One or more of the following types of anomalies. For more information, see
the detailed descriptions in the stateful firewall section of the JUNOS System
Log Messages Reference.
extensive
814
ICMP echo request dropped. Too many echo requests without echo reply
IP fragment overlap
Field Description
Output Level
Anomaly description
(continued)
SFW rules request FTP active mode data packets to be accepted; attempting
to create forward flow
SFW rules request FTP passive mode data packets to be accepted; attempting
to create forward flow
extensive
Count
extensive
Rate (eps)
extensive
Elapsed
extensive
Number of entries in the IDS table. This number is not necessarily the sum of
all entries displayed.
All levels
815
Field Description
Output Level
Number of IDS entries not allowed into the table because the table was full
All levels
Total number of
events (closed flows
and anomalies
detected)
Total number of events since the system was started or since the show ids
services command was executed.
All levels
Application
->
10.58.255.146
36m12s SYN cookie
35.0 m, Packets: 822.0 k, Flows: 274.0 k, Anomalies: 2251.0 k
Application
any
->
10.58.255.146
35m52s SYN cookie
Bytes:
34.0 m, Packets: 798.0 k, Flows: 266.0 k, Anomalies: 2251.0 k
Anomalies
Count
Rate(eps) Elapsed
First packet of TCP session not SYN
160.0 k
0
14s
TCP source or destination port zero
634.0 k
154.6
3m37s
UDP source or destination port zero
633.0 k
170.0
3m37s
ICMP header length check failed
2875
0.9
3m37s
IP fragment assembly timeout
820.0 k
12.8
3m18s
UDP header length check failed
385
0.5
3m53s
TCP header length check failed
383
0.5
3m53s
Total IDS table entries:
87
Total failed IDS table entry insertions
0
Total number of events (closed flows and anomalies detected):
2598063
816
0.8
3
0
11
Application
junos-ftp
18s
Rate
8.8
Elapsed
2m17s
21.0
7.1
2m17s
359.0
99.7
2m16s
41.0
1.9
1m30s
3
0
462
817
19
0.0
6m56s
Application
junos-ftp
Rate
8.8
Elapsed
2m40s
21.0
7.1
2m40s
359.0
99.7
2m39s
41.0
1.9
1m53s
3
0
462
Application
10.58.255.18
->
any
40m 0s SYN cookie
Bytes: 250.0 m, Packets: 1978.0 k, Flows: 356.0 k, Anomalies: 387.0 k
Anomalies
Count
Rate(eps) Elapsed
TCP source or destination port zero
37.0 k
9.8
6m26s
First packet of TCP session not SYN
160.0 k
0.0
40s
TCP source or destination port zero
69.0 k
62.5
7m45s
UDP source or destination port zero
68.0 k
56.2
7m45s
ICMP header length check failed
319
0.1
7m49s
IP fragment assembly timeout
89.0 k
4.4
7m26s
UDP header length check failed
39
0.0
8m17s
TCP header length check failed
46
0.0
8m4s
10.58.255.30
->
any
20m 7s SYN cookie
Bytes: 107.0 m, Packets: 427.0 k, Flows:
264, Anomalies: 125.0 k
Anomalies
Count
Rate(eps) Elapsed
UDP source or destination port zero
38.0 k
65.5
7m45s
TCP source or destination port zero
37.0 k
38.1
7m45s
IP fragment assembly timeout
49.0 k
4.1
7m26s
TCP header length check failed
24
0.0
9m23s
ICMP header length check failed
165
0.1
8m6s
UDP header length check failed
26
0.0
8m13s
10.58.255.17
->
Bytes: 107.0 m, Packets:
Anomalies
818
any
20m10s SYN cookie
426.0 k, Flows:
262, Anomalies: 125.0 k
Count
Rate(eps) Elapsed
55.
55.1
0.1
2.8
0.0
0.0
7m45s
7m45s
7m50s
7m26s
9m33s
8m1s
Ports in use
1
819
820
Chapter 20
Command
821
Command
Encryption Interface
822
Command
NOTE: For information about how to configure IPSec services, see the JUNOS Services
Interfaces Configuration Guide for adaptive services interfaces and the JUNOS System
Basics Configuration Guide for encryption interfaces.
823
Release Information
Description
Options
destination address.
Required Privilege Level
view
Related Topics
Output Fields
clear ike
security-associations
824
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request.
user@host> clear ike security-associations
Release Information
Description
Options
view
Related Topics
Output Fields
See the show ipsec security-associations on page 858 for an explanation of output
fields.
clear ipsec
security-associations
The following output from the show ipsec security-associations detail command is
displayed before and after the clear ipsec security-associations command is issued:
user@host> show ipsec security-associations detail
Security association: sa-dynamic, Interface family: Up
Direction: inbound, SPI: 242379418, State: Installed
Mode: tunnel, Type: dynamic
Protocol: ESP, Authentication: hmac-md5-96, Encryption: None
Soft lifetime: Expires in 22979 seconds
Hard lifetime: Expires in 28739 seconds
Direction: outbound, SPI: 368592771, State: Installed
Mode: tunnel, Type: dynamic
Protocol: ESP, Authentication: hmac-md5-96, Encryption: None
Soft lifetime: Expires in 22979 seconds
Hard lifetime: Expires in 28739 seconds
user@host> clear ipsec security-associations
user@host> show ipsec security-associations detail
Security association: sa-dynamic, Interface family: Up
Direction: inbound, SPI: 1031597683, State: Installed
Mode: tunnel, Type: dynamic
Protocol: ESP, Authentication: hmac-md5-96, Encryption: None
Soft lifetime: Expires in 23037 seconds
Hard lifetime: Expires in 28797 seconds
Direction: outbound, SPI: 1618419878, State: Installed
Mode: tunnel, Type: dynamic
825
826
Options
clear
request security pki ca-certificate enroll on page 838
request security pki ca-certificate load on page 839
show security pki ca-certificate on page 861
827
Options
828
clear
show security pki certificate-request on page 865
clear security pki certificate-request all on page 828
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request.
user@host> clear security pki certificate-request all
Options
clear
clear security pki crl ca-profile all on page 829
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request.
user@host> clear security pki crl ca-profile all
829
Options
clear
request security pki local-certificate enroll on page 844
show security pki local-certificate on page 869
830
Release Information
Description
Options
specified cache entry number. To view the certificate cache entry numbers, issue
the show services ipsec-vpn certificates command.
Required Privilege Level
Related Topics
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
clear
show services ipsec-vpn certificates on page 872
clear services ipsec-vpn certificates all on page 831
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request.
user@host> clear services ipsec-vpn certificates all
831
Release Information
Description
Options
peer address.
service-set service-set-name(Optional) Clear only the security association specified
832
view
show services ipsec-vpn ike security-associations on page 875
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request.
user@host> clear services ipsec-vpn ike security-associations
Release Information
Description
Options
view
Related Topics
Output Fields
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request.
user@host> clear services ipsec-vpn ipsec statistics
833
Release Information
Description
Options
peer address.
remote-gateway remote-gateway-address(Optional) Clear only the security association
service-set name.
tunnel-index tunnel-index-number(Optional) Clear only the security association
834
view
show services ipsec-vpn ipsec security-associations on page 879
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request.
user@host> clear services ipsec-vpn ipsec security-associations
Release Information
Description
Options
in the configuration.
encoding (binary | pem)File format used for the certificate. The format can be a
request security
certificate (signed)
maintenance
request security certificate (signed) on page 835
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request.
user@host> request security certificate enroll filename host.crt subject
c=uk,o=london alternative-subject 10.50.1.4 certification-authority verisign
key-file host-1.prv domain-name host.juniper.net
CA name: juniper.net CA file: ca_verisign
local pub/private key pair: host.prv
subject: c=uk,o=london domain name: host.juniper.net
alternative subject: 10.50.1.4
Encoding: binary
Certificate enrollment has started. To view the status of your enrollment, check
the key management process (kmd) log file at /var/log/kmd. <--------------
835
Release Information
Description
Options
request security certificate enroll filename filename ca-file ca-file ca-name ca-name
encoding (binary | perm) url url
request security
certificate (unsigned)
836
maintenance
request security certificate (unsigned) on page 836
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request.
user@host> request security certificate enroll filename ca_verisign ca-file
verisign ca-name juniper.net url http://pilotonsiteipsec.verisign.com/cgi-bin/pkiclient.exe
URL: http://pilotonsiteipsec.verisign.com/cgi-bin/pkiclient.exe CA name:
juniper.net CA file: verisign Encoding: binary
Certificate enrollment has started. To view the status of your enrollment, check
the key management process (kmd) log file at /var/log/kmd. <--------------
Release Information
Description
Options
maintenance
request security key-pair on page 837
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request.
user@host> request security key-pair security-key-file
837
Options
Required Privilege Level
Related Topics
maintenance
clear security pki ca-certificate on page 827
show security pki ca-certificate on page 861
838
Options
maintenance
clear security pki ca-certificate on page 827
show security pki ca-certificate on page 861
839
Options
840
maintenance
request security pki crl load on page 840
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request.
user@host> request security pki crl load ca-profile ca-private filename pki-file
Release Information
Description
Options
the identity of the certificate owner for Internet Key Exchange (IKE) negotiations
and provides an alternative to the subject name.
subject subject-distinguished-nameDistinguished name format that contains the
CNCommon name
OOrganization name
STState
CCountry
filename (path | terminal)(Optional) Location where the local digital certificate request
841
maintenance
clear security pki certificate-request on page 828
show security pki certificate-request on page 865
842
Release Information
Description
Options
maintenance
request security pki generate-key-pair on page 843
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request.
user@host> request security pki generate-key-pair certificate-id billy size 2048
Generated key pair billy, key size 2048 bits
843
Release Information
Description
Options
obtained from the SCEP enrollment web page of the CA. The password is
16 characters in length.
domain-name domain-nameFully qualified domain name (FQDN). The FQDN provides
the identity of the certificate owner for Internet Key Exchange (IKE) negotiations
and provides an alternative to the subject name.
subject subject-distinguished-name Distinguished name format that contains the
CNCommon name
OOrganization name
STState
CCountry
becomes invalid. You must configure the time in the following format:
YYYY-MO-DD.HH:MN:SS. If you do not specify an end time value, the end time is
assigned by the default CA policy.
844
Additional Information
845
Options
846
maintenance
request security pki local-certificate load on page 846
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request.
user@host> request security pki local-certificate load filename /tmp/router2-cert
certificate-id local-entrust2
Local certificate local-entrust2 loaded successfully
Options
view
show ipsec redundancy on page 856
request ipsec switch on page 847
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request.
user@host> request ipsec switch security-associations sa-private
847
Release Information
Description
Options
address.
Required Privilege Level
Related Topics
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
request services
ipsec-vpn ipsec switch
tunnel
848
view
show services ipsec-vpn ipsec security-associations on page 879
request services ipsec-vpn ipsec switch tunnel on page 848
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request.
user@host> request services ipsec-vpn ipsec switch tunnel local-gateway 10.1.1.1
remote gateway 10.100.10.1
Release Information
Description
Options
(Encryption interface on M-series and T-series routing platforms only) Add a certificate
provided by the Juniper Networks certificate authority (CA).
filenameFilename (URL, local, or remote).
terminalUse login terminal.
request system
certificate add
maintenance
request system certificate add on page 849
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request.
user@host> request system certificate add terminal
849
Release Information
Description
Options
address.
Required Privilege Level
Related Topics
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
view
clear ike security-associations on page 824
show ike security-associations on page 853
show ike security-associations detail on page 853
Table 205 on page 850 lists the output fields for the show ike security-associations
command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Field Description
Level of Output
IKE peer
detail
Role
Part played in the IKE session. The router triggering the IKE negotiation is the
initiator, and the router accepting the first IKE exchange packets is the
responder.
detail
Remote Address
Responder's address.
none specified
State
none specified
Initiator cookie
850
When the IKE negotiation is triggered, a random number is sent to the remote
node.
All levels
Field Description
Level of Output
Responder cookie
The remote node generates its own random number and sends it back to the
initiator as a verification that the packets were received.
All levels
Specifies the number of messages in an IKE exchange, and the payload types
that are contained in each message. Each exchange type provides a particular
set of security services, such as anonymity of the participants, perfect forward
secrecy of the keying material, and authentication of the participants. JUNOS
software supports two types of exchanges:
All Levels
MainThe exchange is done with six messages. Main encrypts the payload,
not encrypt the payload, leaving the identity of the neighbor unprotected.
Authentication
method
detail
Local
detail
Remote
detail
Lifetime
detail
Algorithms
detail
Traffic statistics
Number of bytes and packets received and transmitted on the IKE security
association.
detail
851
Field Description
Level of Output
Flags
Notification to the key management process of the status of the IKE negotiation:
detail
waiting for doneNegotiation is done. The library is waiting for the remote
waiting for removeNegotiation has failed. The library is waiting for the
policy manager.
IPSec security
associates
Number of IPSec security associations created and deleted with this IKE security
association.
detail
Phase 2
negotiations in
progress
detail
IKE negotiation:
852
show ike
security-associations
show ike
security-associations
detail
Responder cookie
723a20713700003e
Exchange type
Main
853
Release Information
Description
Options
database.
brief | detail(Optional) Display the specified level of output.
crl crl-name | serial-number(Optional) Display information about the entries on the
certificate revocation list (CRL) or for the specified serial number. A CRL is a
timestamped list identifying revoked certificates. The CRL is signed by a certificate
authority (CA) or CRL issuer and made freely available in a public repository.
Each revoked certificate is identified in a CRL by its certificate serial number.
Required Privilege Level
Related Topics
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
view
clear ipsec security-associations on page 825
show ipsec certificates detail on page 855
Table 206 on page 854 lists the output fields for the show ipsec certificates command.
Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Field Description
Level of Output
Database
All levels
marked as deleted.
Distinguished name for the certificate for C, O, CN, as described in RFC 3280,
Internet x.509 Public Key Infrastructure Certificate and Certificate Revocation List
(CRL) Profile.
All levels
ID
All levels
References
Reference number the certificate manager has for the particular entry.
detail
854
Field Description
Level of Output
Serial
All levels
Flags
detail
RootEntry is locked and may have been learned through IKE or a locally
configured CA certificate.
Validity period
starts
Start time that the certificate is valid, in the format yyyy mon dd, hh:mm:ss GMT.
detail
End time that the certificate is valid, in the format yyyy mon dd, hh:mm:ss GMT.
detail
Alternative name
information
detail
Issuer
Information about the entity that has signed and issued the CRL as described
in RFC 2459, Internet X.509 Public Key Infrastructure Certificate and CRL Profile.
detail
855
Options
view
request ipsec switch on page 847
show ipsec redundancy interface on page 857
show ipsec redundancy security-associations on page 857
Table 207 on page 856 lists the output fields for the show ipsec redundancy command.
Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Field Description
Failure counter
Number of times a PIC switched between primary and backup interfaces, or the number of times
the tunnel switched between the primary and remote peers since the software has been activated.
Backup interface
State
State of the primary or backup interface can be Active, Offline, or Standby. Both ES PICs are initialized
to Offline. For primary and remote peers, State can be Active or Standby. Both peers are in a state of
Standby by default (there is not yet a connection between the two peers).
Security association
Local IP
Local IP address.
Primary remote IP
Backup remote IP
856
857
Release Information
Description
Options
view
show ipsec security-associations sa-name on page 860
show ipsec security-associations sa-name detail on page 860
Table 208 on page 858 lists the output fields for the show ipsec security-associations
command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Field Description
Level of Output
Security association
All levels
Interface family
Status of the interface family of the security association. If the interface family
field is absent, it is a transport mode security association. The interface family
can have one of three options:
All levels
family.
Local gateway
All levels
Remote gateway
All levels
Local identity
All levels
Remote identity
All levels
Direction
All levels
SPI
All levels
858
Field Description
Level of Output
AUX-SPI
All levels
State
detail
association database.
Mode
Type
All levels
All levels
All levels
Protocol supported:
Authentication
detail
Encryption
detail
Soft lifetime
(dynamic output only) Each lifetime of a security association has two display
options, hard and soft, one of which must be present for a dynamic security
association. The hard lifetime specifies the lifetime of the SA. The soft lifetime,
which is derived from the hard lifetime, informs the IPSec key management
system that the SA is about to expire. This allows the key management system
to negotiate a new SA before the hard lifetime expires.
detail
Hard lifetime
association expires.
association expires.
Anti-replay service
State of the service that prevents packets from being replayed: Enabled or
Disabled.
detail
detail
859
show ipsec
security-associations
sa-name
show ipsec
security-associations
sa-name detail
brief
Protocol
AH
AH
860
Release Information
Description
Options
profile.
Required Privilege Level
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
view
show security pki ca-certificate on page 862
show security pki ca-certificate detail on page 863
Table 209 on page 861 lists the output fields for the show security pki ca-certificate
command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Field Description
Level of Output
Certificate identifier
All levels
Certificate version
detail
Serial number
detail
Issued by
none brief
Issued to
none brief
Issuer
Authority that issued the digital certificate, including details of the authority
organized using the distinguished name format. Possible subfields are:
detail
OrganizationOrganization of origin.
StateState of origin.
CountryCountry of origin.
861
Field Description
Level of Output
Subject
Details of the digital certificate holder organized using the distinguished name
format. Possible subfields are:
detail
OrganizationOrganization of origin.
StateState of origin.
CountryCountry of origin.
Validity
All levels
All levels
Signature algorithm
Encryption algorithm that the CA used to sign the digital certificate, such as
sha1WithRSAEncryption.
detail
Fingerprint
Secure Hash Algorithm (SHA1) and Message Digest 5 (MD5) hashes used to
identify the digital certificate.
detail
Distribution CRL
Distinguished name information and the URL for the certificate revocation list
(CRL) server.
detail
Use of the public key, such as Certificate signing, CRL signing, Digital signature,
or Key encipherment.
detail
862
863
864
Release Information
Description
Options
view
clear security pki certificate-request on page 828
show security pki certificate-request on page 866
show security pki certificate-request detail on page 866
Table 210 on page 865 lists the output fields for the show security pki certificate-request
command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Field Description
Level of Output
Certificate identifier
All levels
Certificate version
detail
Issued to
none brief
Subject
Details of the digital certificate holder organized using the distinguished name
format. Possible subfields are:
detail
OrganizationOrganization of origin.
StateState of origin.
CountryCountry of origin.
Alternate subject
detail
Validity
All levels
865
Field Description
Level of Output
All levels
Public key
verification status
Public key verification status: Failed or Passed. The detail output also provides
the verification hash.
All levels
Fingerprint
Secure Hash Algorithm (SHA1) and Message Digest 5 (MD5) hashes used to
identify the digital certificate.
detail
Use of the public key, such as Certificate signing, CRL signing, Digital signature,
or Key encipherment.
detail
866
Release Information
Description
Options
CA profile.
Required Privilege Level
Related Topics
view
clear security pki crl on page 829
show security pki crl on page 867
Field Description
Level of Output
CA profile
All levels
CRL version
All levels
CRL number
All levels
CRL Issuer
All levels
Issuer
Details of the digital certificate holder organized using the distinguished name
format. Possible subfields are:
detail
Effective date
OrganizationOrganization of origin.
StateState of origin.
CountryCountry of origin.
All levels
867
Field Description
Level of Output
Next update
Date and time the routing platform will download the latest version of the
certificate revocation list.
All levels
Revocation List
List of digital certificates that have been revoked before their expiration date.
Values are:
detail
Revocation dateDate and time that the digital certificate was revoked.
CA profile entrust
CRL version: V2
CRL number: 24
CRL issuer: C=CA, O=juniper
Effective date: 2006 May 31st, 05:35:25 GMT
Next update: 2006 Jun 1st, 06:35:25 GMT
CA profile: entrust
CRL version: V2
CRL number: 24
Issuer:
Organization: juniper, Country: ca
Validity:
Effective date: 2006 May 31st, 05:35:25 GMT
Next update: 2006 Jun 1st, 06:35:25 GMT
Revocation List:
Serial number
Revocation date
4451aca3 2006
May 25th, 09:13:38 GMT
4451aca4 2006
May 25th, 10:11:33 GMT
4451acb4 2006
May 29th, 11:28:54 GMT
4451aceb 2006
May 29th, 11:29:01 GMT
4451acfe 2006
May 29th, 11:29:17 GMT
4451acff 2006
May 31st, 05:29:55 GMT
868
Release Information
Description
(Adaptive services interfaces only) Display information about the local digital
certificates and the corresponding public keys installed in the routing platform.
Options
none(same as brief) Display information about all local digital certificates and
view
clear security pki local-certificate on page 830
show security pki local-certificate on page 870
show security pki local-certificate detail on page 871
Table 212 on page 869 lists the output fields for the show security pki local-certificate
command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Field Description
Level of Output
Certificate identifier
All levels
Certificate version
detail
Serial number
detail
Issued by
none brief
Issued to
none brief
Issuer
Authority that issued the digital certificate, including details of the authority
organized using the distinguished name format. Possible subfields are:
detail
OrganizationOrganization of origin.
StateState of origin.
CountryCountry of origin.
869
Field Description
Level of Output
Subject
Details of the digital certificate holder organized using the distinguished name
format. Possible subfields are:
detail
OrganizationOrganization of origin.
StateState of origin.
CountryCountry of origin.
Alternate subject
detail
Validity
All levels
Encryption algorithm used with the private key, such as rsaEncryption (1024
bits).
All levels
Public key
verification status
Public key verification status: Failed or Passed. The detail output also provides
the verification hash.
All levels
Signature algorithm
Encryption algorithm that the CA used to sign the digital certificate, such as
sha1WithRSAEncryption.
detail
Fingerprint
Secure Hash Algorithm (SHA1) and Message Digest 5 (MD5) hashes used to
identify the digital certificate.
detail
Distribution CRL
Distinguished name information and URL for the certificate revocation list
(CRL) server.
detail
Use of the public key, such as Certificate signing, CRL signing, Digital signature,
or Key encipherment.
detail
870
871
Release Information
Description
Options
view
show security ipsec-vpn certificates on page 873
show security ipsec-vpn certificates detail on page 874
Table 213 on page 872 lists the output fields for the show services ipsec-vpn certificates
command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Field Description
Level of Output
Service set
All levels
Total entries
All levels
Certificate cache
entry
All levels
Flags
none brief
Issued to
none brief
Issued by
none brief
Certificate version
detail
Serial number
detail
Alternate subject
All levels
872
Field Description
Level of Output
Validity
none brief
Specifies the encryption algorithm used with the private key, such as
rsaEncryption (1024 bits).
detail
Signature algorithm
Encryption algorithm that the CA used to sign the digital certificate, such as
sha1WithRSAEncryption.
detail
Fingerprint
Secure Hash Algorithm (SHA1) and Message Digest 5 (MD5) hashes used to
identify the digital certificate.
detail
Distribution CRL
Distinguished name information and the URL for the certificate revocation list
(CRL) server.
detail
Use of the public key, such as Certificate signing, CRL signing, Digital signature,
or Key encipherment.
detail
873
874
Release Information
Description
(Adaptive services interface only) Display information for Internet Key Exchange
(IKE) security associations. If no security association is specified, the information for
all security associations is displayed.
Options
none(same as brief) Display standard information for all IPSec security associations.
brief | detail(Optional) Display the specified level of output.
peer-address(Optional) Display information about a particular security association
address.
Required Privilege Level
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
view
show services ipsec-vpn ike security-associations on page 877
show services ipsec-vpn ike security-associations detail on page 877
Table 214 on page 875 lists the output fields for the show services ipsec-vpn ike
security-associations command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in
which they appear.
Field Description
Level of Output
IKE peer
detail
Role
Part played in the IKE session. The router triggering the IKE negotiation is the
initiator, and the router accepting the first IKE exchange packets is the
responder.
detail
Remote Address
Responder's address.
none specified
State
none specified
Initiator cookie
When the IKE negotiation is triggered, a random number is sent to the remote
node.
All levels
875
Table 214: show services ipsec-vpn ike security-associations Output Fields (continued)
Field Name
Field Description
Level of Output
Responder cookie
The remote node generates its own random number and sends it back to the
initiator as a verification that the packets were received.
All levels
Specifies the number of messages in an IKE exchange, and the payload types
that are contained in each message. Each exchange type provides a particular
set of security services, such as anonymity of the participants, perfect forward
secrecy of the keying material, and authentication of the participants. JUNOS
software supports two types of exchanges:
All levels
MainThe exchange is done with six messages. Main encrypts the payload,
not encrypt the payload, leaving the identity of the neighbor unprotected.
Authentication
method
detail
Local
detail
Remote
detail
Lifetime
detail
Algorithms
detail
Traffic statistics
Number of bytes and packets received and transmitted on the IKE security
association.
876
detail
Table 214: show services ipsec-vpn ike security-associations Output Fields (continued)
Field Name
Field Description
Level of Output
Flags
Notification to the key management process of the status of the IKE negotiation:
detail
waiting for doneNegotiation is done. The library is waiting for the remote
waiting for removeNegotiation has failed. The library is waiting for the
policy manager.
IPSec security
associates
Number of IPSec security associations created and deleted with this IKE security
association.
detail
Phase 2
negotiations in
progress
detail
Exchange type
6.6.6.1
Matured
062d291d21275fc7
82ef00e3d1f1c981
Main
6.6.6.1
Matured
cd6d581d7bb1664d
88a707779f3ad8d1
Main
877
Algorithms:
Authentication
: md5
Encryption
: 3des-cbc
Pseudo random function: hmac-md5
Traffic statistics:
Input bytes :
1000
Output bytes :
1280
Input packets:
5
Output packets:
9
Flags: Caller notification sent
IPsec security associations: 2 created, 0 deleted
Phase 2 negotiations in progress: 1
Negotiation type: Quick mode, Role: Initiator, Message ID: 3582889153
Local: 4.4.4.5:500, Remote: 4.4.4.4:500
Local identity: ipv4_subnet(tcp:80,[0..7]=10.1.1.0/24)
Remote identity: ipv4_subnet(tcp:100,[0..7]=10.1.2.0/24)
Flags: Caller notification sent, Waiting for done
878
Release Information
Description
(Adaptive services interface only) Display IPSec security associations for the specified
service set. If no service set is specified, the security associations for all service sets
are displayed.
Options
noneDisplay standard information about IPSec security associations for all service
sets.
brief | detail | extensive(Optional) Display the specified level of output.
service-set service-set-name(Optional) Display information about a particular service
set.
Required Privilege Level
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
view
show services ipsec-vpn ipsec security associations extensive on page 881
Table 215 on page 879 lists the output fields for the show services ipsec-vpn ipsec
security-associations command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in
which they appear.
Field Description
Level of Output
Service set
Name of the service set for which the IPSec security associations are defined.
If appropriate, includes the outside service interface VRF name.
All levels
Rule
detail extensive
Term
detail extensive
Tunnel index
Numeric identifier of the specific IPSec tunnel for the security association.
detail extensive
Local gateway
All levels
Remote gateway
All levels
IPSec inside
interface
All levels
Local identity
All levels
Remote identity
All levels
Primary remote
gateway
All levels
879
Table 215: show services ipsec-vpn ipsec security-associations Output Fields (continued)
Field Name
Field Description
Level of Output
Backup remote
gateway
All levels
State
All levels
Failover counter
All levels
Direction
All levels
SPI
All levels
AUX-SPI
All levels
Mode
Type
detail extensive
detail extensive
State
detail extensive
association database.
Protocol supported:
Protocol
All levels
Authentication
detail extensive
Encryption
Type of encryption algorithm used: can be aes-cbc (128 bits), aes-cbc (192 bits),
aes-cbc (256 bits), des-cbc, 3des-cbc, or None.
detail
880
Table 215: show services ipsec-vpn ipsec security-associations Output Fields (continued)
Field Name
Field Description
Level of Output
Soft lifetime
Each lifetime of a security association has two display options, hard and soft,
one of which must be present for a dynamic security association. The hard
lifetime specifies the lifetime of the SA. The soft lifetime, which is derived from
the hard lifetime, informs the IPSec key management system that the SA is
about to expire. This information allows the key management system to
negotiate a new SA before the hard lifetime expires.
detail extensive
Hard lifetime
association expires.
association expires.
Anti-replay service
State of the service that prevents packets from being replayed: Enabled or
Disabled.
detail extensive
detail
881
Release Information
Description
Options
set.
Required Privilege Level
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
view
show services ipsec-vpn ipsec statistics detail on page 884
show services ipsec-vpn ipsec statistics remote-gw on page 884
Table 216 on page 882 lists the output fields for the show services ipsec-vpn ipsec
statistics command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they
appear.
Field Description
Level of Output
PIC
All levels
Service set
Name of the service set for which the IPSec tunnel is defined.
All levels
Local gateway
All levels
Remote gateway
All levels
Tunnel index
Numeric identifier of the specific IPSec tunnel for the security association.
All levels
882
Table 216: show services ipsec-vpn ipsec statistics Output Fields (continued)
Field Name
Field Description
Level of Output
ESP statistics
All levels
All levels
All levels
883
884
Release Information
Description
Options
authority.
certificate-id(Optional) Display the details of a particular certificate.
Required Privilege Level
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
maintenance
show system certificate on page 885
Table 217 on page 885 lists the output fields for the show system certificate command.
Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Table 217: show system certificate Output Fields
Field Name
Field Description
Certificate identifier
Issuer
Subject
system is located.
certificate.
Validity
Signature algorithm
885
886
Chapter 21
Command
NOTE: L2TP services are supported on the adaptive services (sp-fpc/pic/port) interface
on M7i and M10i routers.
NOTE: For information about how to configure L2TP services, see the JUNOS Services
Interfaces Configuration Guide.
887
Release Information
Description
Options
clear services l2tp multilink (all <statistics> | bundle-id number <statistics> | statistics (all
| bundle-id number))
multilink sessions.
bundle-id number <statistics>L2TP multilink bundle ID. The value is an internally
generated number from 1 to 65535. Close the specified L2TP multilink session,
or using the statistics keyword with this option, clear statistics for the specified
session.
statistics (all | bundle-id number)Clear all session statistics or clear statistics for the
888
view
show services l2tp multilink on page 892
clear services l2tp multilink statistics all on page 888
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request.
user@host> clear services l2tp multilink statistics all
Multilink 1 statistics cleared
Release Information
Description
Options
clear statistics for the session using a specific local endpoint, or clear statistics
for the session with a specific username.
tunnel-group group-nameClear statistics for only the L2TP tunnels that have the
view
show services l2tp session on page 899
889
890
Release Information
Description
Options
view
show services l2tp tunnel on page 905
clear services l2tp tunnel statistics all on page 891
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request.
user@host> clear services l2tp tunnel statistics all
Tunnel 9933 statistics cleared
891
Release Information
Description
Options
specified bundle.
Required Privilege Level
Related Topics
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
view
clear services l2tp multilink on page 888
show services l2tp multilink extensive on page 894
Table 219 on page 892 lists the output fields for the show services l2tp multilink
command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Field Description
Bundle ID
Bundle identifier.
Links
Bundle endpoint
Input MRRU
Output MRRU
Session local ID
Identifier of the local endpoint of the L2TP session, as assigned by the L2TP
network server (LNS).
Session remote ID
Identifier of the remote endpoint of the L2TP session, as assigned by the L2TP
access concentrator (LAC).
892
Field Description
State
Mode
Local IP
Remote IP
Local name
Remote name
Local MRU
Remote MRU
Statistics since
bytes.
893
894
Release Information
Description
Options
only.
statistics(Optional) Display RADIUS authentication and accounting statistics
information only.
Required Privilege Level
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
view
show services l2tp radius servers on page 896
show services l2tp radius statistics on page 897
Table 220 on page 895 lists the output fields for the show services l2tp radius command.
Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Field Description
IP Address
State
UDP Port
Number of the UDP port used to send authentication or accounting messages to the server.
Retry Count
(servers keyword only) Number of times the RADIUS client resends a packet if no ACK is received.
Timeout
(servers keyword only) Length of time the client waits for an ACK before retransmission.
Pending Requests
895
Field Description
Maximum Sessions
(servers keyword only) Maximum number of pending requests on each RADIUS client before the
server moves to the next RADIUS client, which is 200 times the maximum number of clients that
can be created on a server (which is 12).
Dead Time
(servers keyword only) Interval to wait before retrying a server after it fails to send a response to an
authentication or accounting request.
Secret Type
Access requests
Rollover requests
(statistics keyword only) Number of requests coming into the server as a result of the previous server
timing out.
Retransmissions
Access accepts
(statistics keyword only) Number of access accept messages received from the server.
Access rejects
(statistics keyword only) Number of access reject messages received from the server.
Access challenges
(statistics keyword only) Number of access challenges received from the server.
Malformed responses
(statistics keyword only) Number of responses with attributes having an invalid length or unexpected
attributes (such as two attributes when the response is required to have at most one).
Bad authenticators
(statistics keyword only) Number of responses in which the authenticator is incorrect for the matching
request. This can occur if the RADIUS secrets for the client and server do not match.
Requests pending
Request timeouts
Unknown responses
(statistics keyword only) Number of unknown responses. The RADIUS response type in the header
is invalid or unsupported.
Packets dropped
(statistics keyword only) Number of packets dropped because they are too short or because the
router receives a response for which there is no corresponding request. For example, if the router
sends a request that times out, the router removes the request from the list and sends a new request.
If the server is slow and sends a response to the first request after the router removes the request,
the packet is dropped.
896
IP Address
17.1.1.1
State
Active
UDP Retry
Pending Maximum Dead
Secret
Port Count Timeout Requests Sessions Time
Type
1812 2
25
0
2400
300 radius-key
133.122.1.1
Active
1812 5
35
2400
300
radius-key
134.141.1.1
Active
1812 2
25
2400
300
radius-key
172.28.30.174
Active
1812 7
75
2400
300
radius-key
172.28.30.175
Active
1812 7
75
2400
300
radius-key
172.28.30.176
Active
1812 4
55
2400
300
radius-key
172.128.30.176 Active
172.128.130.174 Active
1812 3
1812 7
3
75
0
0
2400
2400
300
300
none-set
radius-key
IP Address
17.1.1.1
State
Active
UDP Retry
Pending Maximum Dead
Secret
Port Count Timeout Requests Sessions Time
Type
1813 2
25
0
2400
300 radius-key
133.122.1.1
Active
1813 5
35
2400
300
radius-key
134.141.1.1
Active
1813 2
25
2400
300
radius-key
172.28.30.174
Active
1813 7
75
2400
300
radius-key
172.28.30.175
Active
1813 7
75
2400
300
radius-key
172.28.30.176
Active
1813 4
55
2400
300
radius-key
172.128.30.176 Active
172.128.130.174 Active
1813 3
1813 7
3
75
0
0
2400
2400
300
300
none-set
radius-key
897
Malformed responses
Bad authenticators
Requests pending
Request timeouts
Unknown responses
Packets dropped
898
:
:
:
:
:
:
0
0
1
0
0
0
Release Information
Description
Options
specified tunnel group. To display information about L2TP CPU and memory
usage, you can include the tunnel group name in the show services service-sets
memory-usage group-name and show services service-sets cpu-usage group-name
commands.
user username(Optional) Display L2TP session information for only the specified
username.
899
view
Related Topics
Output Fields
Table 221 on page 900 lists the output fields for the show services l2tp session
command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Field Description
Level of Output
Interface
All levels
Tunnel group
All levels
Tunnel local ID
Identifier of the local endpoint of the tunnel, as assigned by the L2TP network
server (LNS).
All levels
Session local ID
Identifier of the local endpoint of the L2TP session, as assigned by the LNS.
All levels
Session remote ID
Identifier of the remote endpoint of the L2TP session, as assigned by the L2TP
access concentrator (LAC).
All levels
State
All levels
All levels
Mode
extensive
Local IP
extensive
Remote IP
extensive
Username
All levels
Assigned IP address
extensive
Local name
extensive
900
Field Description
Level of Output
Remote name
extensive
Local MRU
extensive
Remote MRU
extensive
Tx speed
extensive
Rx speed
extensive
Bearer type
extensive
0Might indicate that the call was not received over a physical link (for
example, when the LAC and PPP are located in the same subsystem).
Framing type
1Synchronous framing
2Asynchronous framing
extensive
LCP renegotiation
extensive
Authentication
extensive
Interface ID
extensive
Interface unit
All levels
extensive
Policer bandwidth
extensive
extensive
Firewall filter
extensive
Session
encapsulation
overhead
extensive
Session cell
overhead
extensive
Create time
extensive
Up time
Length of time elapsed since the call became active, in hours, minutes, and
seconds.
extensive
901
Field Description
Level of Output
Idle time
Length of time elapsed since the call became idle, in hours, minutes, and
seconds.
extensive
Statistics since
extensive
bytes.
902
903
Release Information
Description
Options
view
show services l2tp summary on page 904
Table 222 on page 904 lists the output fields for the show services l2tp summary
command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Table 222: show services l2tp summary Output Fields
904
Field Name
Field Description
Tunnels
Sessions
Errors
Number of errors.
Control
Data
Memory (bytes)
688k
3054
Release Information
Description
Options
view
show services l2tp tunnel extensive on page 907
Table 223 on page 906 lists the output fields for the show services l2tp tunnel command.
Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
905
Field Description
Interface
Tunnel group
Local ID
Numeric identifier of the local endpoint of the tunnel, as assigned by the L2TP
network server (LNS).
Remote ID
Remote IP
Sessions
State
connection response (SCCRP) and is waiting for the start control connection
connected (SCCCN) message.
Local IP
Local name
Remote name
Max sessions
Window size
Hello interval
Create time
Date and time when the tunnel was created. While the LNS and LAC are
connected, this value should correspond to the router's uptime. If connection
to the LAC is severed, the State changes to Unknown and the Create time value
resets.
Up time
Amount of time elapsed since the tunnel became active, in hours, minutes,
and seconds.
906
Field Description
Idle time
Amount of time elapsed since the tunnel became idle, in hours, minutes, and
seconds.
Statistics since
bytes.
907
Release Information
Description
Options
username.
Required Privilege Level
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
view
show services l2tp user extensive on page 910
Table 224 on page 908 lists the output fields for the show services l2tp user command.
Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Field Description
Level of Output
Interface
to be provided
Tunnel group
to be provided
Tunnel local ID
Local identifier of the tunnel, as assigned by the L2TP network server (LNS).
to be provided
Session local ID
Local identifier of the session, as assigned by the L2TP network server (LNS).
to be provided
Session remote ID
to be provided
State
to be provided
908
Field Description
Level of Output
Mode
to be provided
Local IP
to be provided
Remote IP
to be provided
Username
to be provided
Assigned IP address
to be provided
Local name
to be provided
Remote name
to be provided
Local MRU
to be provided
Remote MRU
to be provided
Tx speed
to be provided
Rx speed
to be provided
Bearer type
to be provided
0Might indicate that the call was not received over a physical link (for
example, when the LAC and PPP are located in the same subsystem)
Framing type
1Synchronous framing
2Asynchronous framing
to be provided
LCP renegotiation
to be provided
Authentication
to be provided
Interface ID
to be provided
Interface unit
to be provided
to be provided
Create time
to be provided
Up time
Amount of time elapsed since the call became active, in hours, minutes, and
seconds.
to be provided
Idle time
Amount of time elapsed since the call became idle, in hours, minutes, and
seconds.
to be provided
909
Field Description
Level of Output
Statistics sine
to be provided
bytes.
910
Chapter 22
Command
NOTE: For information about how to configure link services, see the JUNOS Services
Interfaces Configuration Guide.
911
Release Information
Description
Options
interface.
Required Privilege Level
view
show
show
show
show
Output Fields
services
services
services
services
link-services
link-services
link-services
link-services
cpu-usage
cpu-usage
cpu-usage
cpu-usage
Table 226 on page 912 lists the output fields for the show services link-services
cpu-usage command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they
appear.
Field Description
Level of Output
Role
brief
1 Second Average
All levels
5 Second Average
All levels
QoS
Quality of service (QoS) CPU, which takes care of queuing and scheduling of
incoming IP packets on a per-bundle basis. It schedules packets with higher
QoS values first.
All levels
Sequencer
All levels
Load Balancer
All levels
Fragmenter
Main LSQ CPU; fragments IP packets into MLPPP fragments and also
reassembles MLPPP fragments into IP packets.
All levels
Total
brief
912
Field Description
Level of Output
Idle
Counts idle cycles when the CPU does not have any work.
detail
Timer
detail
System
detail
Input (QoS)
detail
Output (QoS)
detail
detail
Bypass (QoS)
detail
detail
CPUnumber
detail
Drop (Fragmenter)
detail
Frag (Fragmenter)
detail
Reass
detail
detail
Receives LFI traffic from QoS CPU and transmits it with strict priority over
MLPPP.
detail
detail
(Sequencer)
Output Frag
detail
Retry (Sequencer)
detail
detail
Performs error and sanity checks and check frames for PortMapping.
detail
detail
detail
(Fragmenter)
Freeback
(Fragmenter)
Input LFI
(Sequencer)
Input Frag
(Sequencer)
Balancer)
Input (Load
Balancer)
Output (Load
Balancer)
Freeback (Load
Balancer)
913
show services
link-services cpu-usage
brief (AS PIC)
show services
link-services cpu-usage
brief (MultiServices PIC)
show services
link-services cpu-usage
detail (AS PIC)
QoS
Fragmenter
Load Balancer
Total
QoS
Idle
Timer
System
99.1%
99.8%
99.5%
99.5%
0.9%
0.1%
0.5%
0.5%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
Idle
Timer
System
Drop
Frag
Reass
Free
back
CPU0
CPU1
CPU2
CPU3
CPU4
CPU5
CPU6
CPU7
CPU8
1 sec ave
5 sec ave
96.6%
99.9%
99.9%
99.9%
99.9%
99.9%
99.9%
99.9%
99.9%
99.5%
99.5%
0.1%
0.1%
0.1%
0.1%
0.1%
0.1%
0.1%
0.1%
0.1%
0.1%
0.1%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
3.3%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.4%
0.4%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
Sequencer
Idle
System
Input
LFI
Input Output
Frag
Frag
Retry
CPU0
CPU1
1 sec ave
5 sec ave
99.9%
100.0%
99.9%
99.9%
0.1%
0.0%
0.1%
0.1%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
Fragmenter
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
Free
frame
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
914
0.1%
0.1%
0.0%
0.1%
CPU0
CPU1
1 sec ave
5 sec ave
show services
link-services cpu-usage
detail (MultiServices
PIC)
0.1%
0.1%
0.0%
0.1%
99.9%
99.9%
99.9%
99.9%
99.9%
99.9%
99.9%
0.1%
0.1%
0.1%
0.1%
0.1%
0.1%
0.1%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
Idle
Timer
System
Drop
Frag
Reass
Free
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
back
CPU0
CPU1
CPU2
CPU3
CPU4
CPU5
CPU6
CPU7
CPU8
CPU9
CPU10
CPU11
CPU12
CPU13
CPU14
CPU15
CPU16
CPU17
1 sec ave
5 sec ave
Load-Balancer
CPU0
CPU1
1 sec ave
5 sec ave
99.9%
99.9%
99.9%
99.9%
99.9%
99.9%
99.9%
99.9%
99.9%
99.9%
99.9%
99.9%
99.9%
99.9%
99.9%
99.9%
99.9%
99.9%
99.9%
99.9%
0.1%
0.1%
0.1%
0.1%
0.1%
0.1%
0.1%
0.1%
0.1%
0.1%
0.1%
0.1%
0.1%
0.1%
0.1%
0.1%
0.1%
0.1%
0.1%
0.1%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
Idle
System
Input
Alloc
100.0%
100.0%
100.0%
100.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
Input Output
Free
back
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
0.0%
915
916
Chapter 23
Command
NOTE: For information about how to configure mobile IP services, see the JUNOS
Subscriber Access Configuration Guide.
917
Release Information
Description
Options
(HoA).
nai nai-stringClear the mobile IP binding for the specified network access identifier.
allClear all mobile IP bindings.
Required Privilege Level
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
918
view
clear mobile-ip binding on page 918
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request.
user@host> clear mobile-ip binding all
Release Information
Description
Options
home address.
nai nai-string(Optional) Display information about the specified mobile IP network
access identifier.
summary(Optional) Display only summary (total bindings) information.
Required Privilege Level
view
show
show
show
show
Output Fields
mobile-ip
mobile-ip
mobile-ip
mobile-ip
home-agent
home-agent
home-agent
home-agent
Table 228 on page 919 lists the output fields for the show mobile-ip home-agent bindings
command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Field Description
Home Address
NAI
Home agent
Care-of-address
Lifetime Granted
Lifetime Remaining
Tunnel Type
Tunnel ID
Tunnel Source
Tunnel Destination
Identification
919
Field Description
Revocation Support
Notify MN
Total Bindings
show mobile-ip
home-agent bindings
show mobile-ip
home-agent bindings
ip-address
show mobile-ip
home-agent bindings nai
show mobile-ip
home-agent bindings
summary
920
Field Description
Status
Service Enabled on
Home Agents
Authentication
show mobile-ip
home-agent overview
921
Field Description
Registration request
received
Registration request
forwarded
Registration request
denied
Registration replies
sent
Registration Errors
unspecified
Total number of registration requests denied by the home agent for reasons
unspecified.
Registration Errors
Administrative
prohibited
Registration Errors
Insufficient
Resource
Total number of registration requests denied by the home agent for insufficient
resources.
Registration Errors
Bad request form
Total number of registration requests denied by the home agent due to a bad
request form.
Registration Errors
Too many Bindings
Total number of registration requests denied by the home agent for having too
many bindings.
Registration Errors
Unknown HA
Total number of registration requests denied by the home agent for having an
unknown home agent.
Registration Errors
ID mismatch
Total number of registration requests denied by the home agent for having a
mismatched ID.
922
Field Description
Registration Errors
Authentication
failed MN
Total number of registration requests denied by the home agent because the
mobile node failed authentication.
Registration Errors
Authentication
failed FA
Total number of registration requests denied by the home agent because the
foreign agent failed authentication.
show mobile-ip
home-agent traffic
923
Field Description
Home agent
address
Registration
Lifetime
Time Tolerance
Address Pool
Total MNs
Home address
NAI
Care-of-address
RegLifetime Granted
RegLifetime
Remaining
show mobile-ip
home-agent
virtual-network
924
MN's :
Home address
:
NAI
:
Care-of-address
:
Reglifetime granted :
Reglifetime remaining:
Home address
:
NAI
:
Care-of-address
:
Reglifetime granted :
Reglifetime remaining:
60.60.60.1
[email protected]
50.50.50.1
120
100
70.70.70.1
[email protected]
80.80.80.1
120
100
925
926
Chapter 24
Command
NOTE: NAT is supported on the adaptive services interface on the following routing
platforms:
NOTE: For information about how to configure NAT services, see the JUNOS Services
Interfaces Configuration Guide.
927
Release Information
Description
Options
gateway.
ports-per-session(Optional) Display the number of ports allocated per session from
view
show services nat pool brief on page 929
show services nat pool detail on page 929
Table 233 on page 928 lists the output fields for the show services nat pool command.
Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Field Description
Level of Output
Interface
All levels
Service set
Name of a service set. Individual empty service sets are not displayed, but if
none of the service sets has any flows, a flow table header is printed for each
service set.
All levels
NAT pool
All levels
Type or Translation
type
All levels
Address or Address
range
All levels
928
Field Description
Level of Output
Port range of the pool. Applicable only for dynamic NAT pools. Not displayed
for static NAT pools.
All levels
Number of ports allocated in this pool with this name. Applicable only for
dynamic NAT pools. Not displayed for static NAT pools.
All levels
Number of port allocation errors. Applicable only for dynamic NAT pools. Not
displayed for static NAT pools.
detail
Maximum number of ports used. Applicable only for dynamic NAT pools. Not
displayed for static NAT pools.
detail
Addresses in use
detail
929
930
Chapter 25
Command
NOTE: For information about how to configure PGCP services, see the JUNOS Multiplay
Solutions Guide.
931
Options
932
view
clear services pgcp on page 932
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request.
user@host> clear services pgcp gates
Syntax
Release Information
Display information about the active Packet Gateway Control Protocol (PGCP)
configuration, which includes information received from the adaptive services process
and information negotiated with the packet gateway controller.
Description
Options
view
Table 235 on page 933 lists the output fields for the show services pgcp
active-configuration command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in
which they appear.
Output Fields
Field Description
Nat poolName of the Network Address Translation (NAT) pool used on a virtual interface.
Media Service nameName of the media service configured for the virtual interface.
933
Field Description
Packet gateway
configuration
Active gateway controllerPacket gateway controller (PGC) that is currently controlling this VPG.
Replication socket
DisconnectedThe backup Routing Engine is down. There is no route to the backup Routing
Engine.
Cleanup timeoutTime to wait before the VPG removes gates following a disconnection from
Gate inactivity delayTime to wait before packet inactivity detection begins on a gate for which
Gate inactivity durationTime during which the VPG monitors gates for packet inactivity.
Latching Deadlock durationTime to wait before packet inactivity detection begins on a gate for
Max waiting delay (MWD)Maximum time the packet gateway waits before contacting a new
Max retransmission delay (T-MAX)Maximum delay time allowed a transaction resulting from
retransmissions.
H248 options
configuration
Wildcard response service-changeWhether or not the packet gateway issues service change
Event historyWhether or not the packet gateway has enabled its history of all event notifications
934
Field Description
H248 diffserv
configuration
DSCPDSCP value set in the Diffserv configuration. If there is no configured value, the default
value is shown.
Notification Behavior
Information about the regulation of media inactivity notifications sent to the PGC.
Event timestamp
Notification
Requested timestampWhether or not the packet gateway has enabled timestamp information
MG segmentation timerDefault time within which the PGC should expect to receive outstanding
message segments from the packet gateway after it receives the SegmentationCompleteToken
message.
MG maximum PDU sizeDefault maximum size of the packet gateways incoming protocol data
unit for the control associations transport protocol. The PGC should avoid building messages
that exceed this size.
MGC segmentation timerDefault time within which the packet gateway should expect to receive
outstanding message segments from the PGC after it receives the SegmentationCompleteToken
message.
MGC maximum PDU sizeDefault maximum size of the PGCs incoming protocol data unit for
the control association's transport protocol. The packet gateway will not build messages that
exceed this size.
H248 base-root
Normal MG execution timeDefault value for the interval within which the PGC expects a response
MG Provisional response timerDefault value for the time within which the PGC should expect
MG Originated pending limitDefault number of transaction pending messages that the PGC can
Normal MGC execution timeDefault value for the interval within which the packet gateway
should expect a response to a transaction from the PGC (exclusive of network delay).
MGC Provisional response timerDefault value for the time within which the packet gateway
should expect a pending response from the PGC if a transaction cannot be completed.
MGC Originated pending limitDefault number of transaction pending messages that the packet
Maximum termsMaximum number of FUF terms that can be installed for the VPG.
Maximum term percentageMaximum percentage of gates with FUF filters relative to all gates
935
Field Description
Overload control
configuration:
Queue limit percentageMaximum percentage of a work queue for H.248 transactions that can
Controller portListening port of the PGC to which the VPG sends messages.
Rule nameName of the rule set configured for the service set.
Firewall
StatusStatus of the firewall associated with the VPG: Connected or Unsupported Platform.
Number of termsNumber of match condition terms used in the VPG. For each filter, a default
term is installed to allow traffic to pass through (otherwise, all traffic is dropped because it is
the default firewall action). For example, there are two terms listed when there are two filters.
936
Status
Interface name
Media Service Name
:
:
:
In-Service
ge-0/1/0.0
peer_rtp_ms
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
:
PG1
10.5.12.102
2944
In-Service
3600
30
0
15
:
:
10000
25000
1000
5000
NO
YES
requested
H248 segmentation
MG segmentation timer [millisec]
MG maximum PDU size
MGC segmentation timer [millisec]
MGC maximum PDU size
:
:
:
:
default
4000
1472
4000
1472
default
500
2000
4
500
4000
4
Packet gateway
Controller
Controller
Controller
:
:
byte
byte
20000
10
80
controller configuration:
name
: PGC1
IP address
: 10.9.1.149
port
: 2944
937
938
:
:
:
Connected
0
0
Release Information
Description
Options
are being mirrored. You must have a login with sufficient permission to view
session mirroring information. The set system login class class-name permissions
pgcp-session-mirroring command grants this permission.
Required Privilege Level
List of Sample Output
view
pgcp-session-mirroringTo view session mirroring fields.
show
show
show
show
show
show
services
services
services
services
services
services
pgcp
pgcp
pgcp
pgcp
pgcp
pgcp
939
Table 236 on page 940 lists the output fields for the show services pgcp gates
command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Field Description
Level of Output
Packet gateway
configuration
All levels
940
Field Description
Level of Output
Gate information
remote source.
local source.
Latch(extensive level only) State of the latch action on the gate: none,
latch, or relatch.
the gate.
Gate PDR(extensive level only) Current peak data rate enforced on the
gate.
on the gate.
RTCP gates.
RTCP PDR(extensive level only) Current peak data rate enforced on RTCP
gates.
941
Field Description
Level of Output
on RTCP gates.
Gate Statistics
Fast update filter(extensive level only) Status of the fast update filter: On
or Off.
statistics
dropped because they did not conform to rate limits plus the number of
PIC input packets.
and the PIC dropped because they did not conform to rate limits.
Lost RTP packetsNumber of RTP packets that have been lost on this
gate.
Rate limiting
statistics
Rate-limiting statistics for the gate. Shows the number of packets and the
number of bytes that were marked for each show color.
statistics
FUF statistics
Fast update filter statistics for the gate. Shows the number of packets that were
dropped because they did not conform to the rate limits.
statistics
RTCP statistics
statistics
packet.
RTCP Receiver
statistics
statistics
packet.
Gateway Name
none specified
Session mirroring
status
session-mirroring
Session mirroring
correlation number
Encrypted correlation number received from the PGC in PGCP requests. The
PGCP software uses the correlation number to determine whether session
mirroring is performed on a gate.
session-mirroring
942
Field Description
Level of Output
Session mirroring
target ID list
List of target IDs, one ID for each copy of the session mirroring packets that
are collected.
session-mirroring
Session mirroring
direction
session-mirroring
Gate count
none specified
943
Name
IP address
Port
Status
Gate information:
================
Gate id: 4295033089
Gate state: active
Direction: B->A
Action: forward
VRF: vrf-1 > vrf-2
Remote source address: 4.0.0.102
Remote source port: *
Remote destination address: 3.0.0.101
Remote destination port: 20000
Local source address: [3.99.99.100]
Local source port: [1024]
Local destination address: 4.99.99.100
Local destination port: 1028
Transport: rtp/avp
RTCP: Off
Latch: none
DSCP: 0x00 (Effective 0)
Policing: On
Gate SDR : 10000 bytes per second
Gate PDR : 10000 bytes per second
Gate MBS : 1000 bytes
RTCP SDR : 500 bytes per second
RTCP PDR : 500 bytes per second
RTCP MBS : 1000 bytes
Fast update filter: Off
Gate information:
================
Gate id: 4295033088
Gate state: active
Direction: A->B
Action: forward
VRF: vrf-2 > vrf-1
Remote source address:
Remote source port: *
Remote destination address: 4.0.0.102
Remote destination port: 10000
Local source address: [4.99.99.100]
Local source port: [1028]
Local destination address: 3.99.99.100
Local destination port: 1024
Transport: rtp/avp
RTCP: Off
Latch: none
DSCP: 0x00 (Effective 0)
Policing: Off
Fast update filter: Off
944
:
:
:
:
ogle
10.9.1.138
2944
In-Service
32270
7500
375
9
Lost packets
0
0
0
Lost fraction
0.000
0.000
0.000
Jitter
0
0
0
945
Number of Packets
Number of Bytes
582
0
0
34920
0
0
Green
Yellow
Red
FUF statistics:
Drop count: 0
946
view
show services pgcp root-termination on page 947
Table 237 on page 947 lists the output fields for the show services pgcp root-termination
command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Field Description
Root termination
information
947
SEG/MGMAXPDUSIZE = 500,
SEG/MGSEGMENTATIONTIMERVALUE = 6000 }
},
948
Syntax
Release Information
Description
Options
brief | extensive(Optional) Display the specified level of output. The default level is
brief.
view
Table 238 on page 949 lists the output fields for the show services pgcp statistics
command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Output Fields
Field Description
Packet gateway
configuration
H.248 statistics
949
Field Description
Command Requests
Information about command requests sent and received by the VPG. It shows the number of requests
for each type of command.
The number of requests are divided into sent and received requests as follows:
Sent and receivedCommands that have a specific context ID and termination ID.
WildcardsCommands that contain wildcard context IDs and/or wildcard termination IDs. The
counter counts the total number of matches on wildcards.
Command Responses
The command was not fully executed because of its own syntax error, which made it impossible
to obtain the command type itself.
ROOT SVC
Each error response sent increments both the sent and the error counter.
Information about ServiceChange requests sent by the VPG on the root termination and responses
received.
The number of commands are divided into sent and received as follows:
WildcardsSent commands that contain wildcard context IDs and/or wildcard termination IDs.
The counter counts the total number of matches on wildcards.
950
Field Description
IP Termination SVC
Information about ServiceChange requests sent by the VPG on the IP termination and responses
received.
The number of commands are divided into sent and received as follows:
WildcardsSent commands that contain wildcard context IDs and/or wildcard termination IDs.
The counter counts the total number of matches on wildcards.
IP Termination Notify
:
:
:
303852
303726
329
Command Requests
Add
Modify
Notify
ServiceChange
Subtract
sent/wildcards
0/0
0/0
33/0
330/0
0/0
Command Responses
Add
Modify
Notify
ServiceChange
Subtract
received/error
0/0
0/0
33/0
1/0
0/0
received/wildcards
207557/0
206955/0
0/0
0/0
191195/0
sent/error
207557/378
206898/110
0/0
0/0
191073/503
951
952
:
:
:
108
68
4
sent/wildcards
0 /0
0 /0
0 /0
20 /0
4 /0
0 /0
received/error
0 /0
0 /0
0 /0
18 /0
2 /0
0 /0
received/wildcards
40 /0
2 /0
42 /0
0 /0
0 /0
0 /0
sent/error
40 /0
2 /0
42 /0
0 /0
0 /0
0 /0
ROOT SVC
DC/900
FL/908
FL/909
FL/919
FL/920
FO/904
FO/905
FO/908
GR/905
HO/903
RS/900
RS/901
RS/902
RS/918
sent/wildcards
1/0
0/0
0/0
0/0
0/0
0/0
0/0
0/0
0/0
0/0
0/0
3/0
0/0
0/0
IP Termination SVC
FO/904
FO/905
FO/906
FO/907
FO/910
FO/915
GR/905
RS/900
RS/918
sent/wildcards
0/0
0/0
0/0
0/0
0/0
0/0
0/0
0/0
0/0
response/error
0/0
0/0
0/0
0/0
0/0
0/0
0/0
0/0
0/0
ROOT Notify
ocp/mg_overload
IP Termination Notify
nt/qualert
hangterm/thb
adr/rsac
sent/wildcards
0/0
sent/wildcards
0/0
0/0
0/0
response/error
0/0
response/error
0/0
0/0
0/0
response/error
1/0
0/0
0/0
0/0
0/0
0/0
0/0
0/0
0/0
0/0
0/0
1/0
0/0
0/0
adid/ipstop
0/0
0/0
953
Release Information
Description
Options
application protocols:
bootpBootstrap protocol
protocols
954
execExec
h323H.323 standards
loginLogin
netbiosNetBIOS
netshowNetShow
realaudioRealAudio
shellShell
sqlnetSQLNet
tracerouteTraceroute
winframeWinFrame
destination prefix.
gateway-name(Optional) Display information about a VPG.
limit number(Optional) Maximum number of entries to display.
protocol protocol(Optional) Display information about one of the following IP protocol
types:
955
prefix.
Required Privilege Level
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
view
show services pgcp conversations on page 957
show services pgcp conversations extensive on page 957
Table 239 on page 956 lists the output fields for the show services pgcp conversations
command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Field Description
Level of Output
Interface
All levels
Service set
Name of a service set. Individual empty service sets are not displayed. If no
service set has any flows, a flow table header is printed for each service set.
All levels
Conversation
All levels
Flow
All levels
Source
All levels
Destination
All levels
State
All levels
Dir
All levels
Frm Count
All levels
Gate id
All levels
NAT source
Original and translated source IPv4 or IPv6 addresses are displayed if Network
Address Translation (NAT) is configured on this particular flow or conversation.
All levels
NAT dest
Original and translated destination IPv4 or IPv6 addresses are displayed if NAT
is configured on this particular flow or conversation.
All levels
Byte count
extensive
Flow role
extensive
Timeout
extensive
956
Field Description
Level of Output
Tman Policing
extensive
SDR
extensive
SDR MBS
Sustained data rate maximum burst size being enforced for the gate.
extensive
PDR
extensive
PDR MBS
Peak data rate maximum burst size being enforced for the gate.
extensive
Frm count
20051
19551
Frm count
2
Frm count
0
957
NAT dest
10.50.100.1:1024
->
4.0.0.101:10000
Byte count: 0
Flow role: Master, Timeout: 429496728
Tman Policing: ON
SDR
: 10000 bytes per second
SDR MBS: 1000 bytes
PDR
: 10000 bytes per second
PDR MBS: 1000 bytes
Gate id: 4295033088
UDP
4.0.0.102:0
->
10.50.100.1:1025 Forward I
NAT source
4.0.0.102:0
->
20.50.100.1:1025
NAT dest
10.50.100.1:1025
->
4.0.0.101:10001
Byte count: 0
Flow role: Initiator, Timeout: 429496728
Tman Policing: ON
SDR
: 500 bytes per second
SDR MBS: 1000 bytes
PDR
: 500 bytes per second
PDR MBS: 1000 bytes
Gate id: 4295033089
UDP
4.0.0.101:0
->
20.50.100.1:1024 Forward I
NAT source
4.0.0.101:0
->
10.50.100.1:1024
NAT dest
20.50.100.1:1024
->
4.0.0.102:10000
Byte count: 0
Flow role: Responder, Timeout: 6000
Tman Policing: OFF
Gate id: 4295033089
UDP
4.0.0.101:0
->
20.50.100.1:1025 Forward I
NAT source
4.0.0.101:0
->
10.50.100.1:1025
NAT dest
20.50.100.1:1025
->
4.0.0.102:10001
Byte count: 0
Flow role: Responder, Timeout: 429496728
Tman Policing: OFF
958
Release Information
Description
Options
application protocols:
bootpBootstrap protocol
protocols
execExec
h323H.323 standards
loginLogin
netbiosNetBIOS
959
netshowNetShow
realaudioRealAudio
shellShell
sqlnetSQLNet
tracerouteTraceroute
winframeWinFrame
destination prefix.
destination-routing-instance vrf(Optional) Display information for a particular
types:
960
prefix.
source-routing-instance vrf(Optional) Display information for a particular source
view
show services pgcp flows on page 962
show services pgcp flows extensive on page 963
Table 240 on page 961 lists the output fields for the show services pgcp flows
command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Field Description
Level of Output
Interface
All levels
Service set
Name of a service set. Individual empty service sets are not displayed. If no
service set has any flows, a flow table header is displayed for each service set.
All levels
Flow
All levels
Source
All levels
Dest
All levels
State
All levels
Dir
All levels
Frm count
All levels
Gate id
All levels
961
Field Description
Level of Output
NAT source
Original and translated source IPv4 or IPv6 addresses are displayed if Network
Address Translation (NAT) is configured on this particular flow or conversation.
All levels
NAT dest
Original and translated destination IPv4 or IPv6 addresses are displayed if NAT
is configured on this particular flow or conversation.
All levels
VRF
If you have VPN aggregation configured, shows the source (ingress) VRF and
the destination (egress) VRF.
extensive
Byte count
extensive
Flow role
extensive
Timeout
extensive
Tman Policing
extensive
SDR
extensive
SDR MBS
Sustained data rate maximum burst size being enforced for the gate.
extensive
PDR
extensive
PDR MBS
Peak data rate maximum burst size being enforced for the gate.
extensive
962
Frm count
21531
20999
Frm count
0
963
Release Information
Description
Options
prefix.
Required Privilege Level
view
show
show
show
show
show
show
Output Fields
services
services
services
services
services
services
pgcp
pgcp
pgcp
pgcp
pgcp
pgcp
Table 241 on page 964 lists the output fields for the show services pgcp terminations
command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Field Description
Level of Output
Packet gateway
configuration
Termination name
State
Duration
964
Field Description
Level of Output
Gate-id
Direction
State
brief
brief
Action
brief
Gateway name
Terminations count
Number of terminations.
count
Termination
Information
h248
:
:
:
:
Termination name
State
ip/4/vif-0/2
Duration(msecs)
In-service
9628
Gate-id
Direction
State
Action
4295033088
4295033089
A->B
B->A
active
active
forward
forward
Termination name
State
ip/4/vif-0/3
pg1
3.0.0.2
2944
In-Service
In-service
Duration(msecs)
9632
Gate-id
Direction
State
Action
4295033088
4295033089
A->B
B->A
active
active
forward
forward
965
Name
IP address
Port
Status
:
:
:
:
Termination name
pg1
3.0.0.2
2944
In-Service
State
ip/4/vif-0/1
In-service
Duration(msecs)
109735
Gate-id
Direction
State
Action
4295033088
4295033089
A->B
B->A
active
active
forward
drop
Termination name
State
ip/4/vif-0/2
In-service
Duration(msecs)
109736
Gate-id
Direction
State
Action
4295033088
4295033089
A->B
B->A
active
active
forward
drop
966
:
:
PG1
10.50.10.100
: 2944
: Connected
967
Termination name
ip/4/vif-0/2
In-service
42068
Gate-id
Direction
State
184683659520
184683659521
A->B
B->A
active
active
Duration(msecs)
Action
forward
forward
968
State
Chapter 26
Command
NOTE: Service sets are supported on the adaptive services interface on the following
routing platforms:
Service sets are also supported on the redundant adaptive services interface
(rspnumber) on M-series and T-series routing platforms.
NOTE: For information about how to configure service sets, see the JUNOS Services
Interfaces Configuration Guide.
969
Release Information
Description
Clear dropped-packet statistics for one adaptive services interface or for all adaptive
services interfaces.
Options
network
Related Topics
Output Fields
clear services
service-sets statistics
packet-drops
970
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request.
user@host> clear services service-sets statistics packet-drops interface sp-5/0/0
Flow collector interface: cp-5/0/0
Interface state: Collecting flows
Statistics cleared successfully
Release Information
Description
Options
set. For the Layer 2 Tunneling Protocol (L2TP), you can use a tunnel group to
represent a service set.
Required Privilege Level
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
view
show services service-sets cpu-usage on page 971
Table 243 on page 971 lists the output fields for the show services service-sets cpu-usage
ccommand. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Table 243: show services service-sets cpu-usage Output Fields
show services
service-sets cpu-usage
Field Name
Field Description
Interface
Service set
CPU Utilization %
CPU utilization %
0.00
971
Release Information
Description
Options
set. For L2TP, you can use a tunnel group to represent a service set.
zone(Optional) Display the memory usage zone of the adaptive services interface
view
show services service-sets memory-usage on page 973
show services service-sets memory-usage zone on page 973
Table 244 on page 972 lists the output fields for the show services service-sets
memory-usage command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which
they appear.
Table 244: show services service-sets memory-usage Output Fields
Field Name
Field Description
Interface
Service set
Memory Utilization %
Memory zone
allowed.
OrangeNew flows are only allowed for service sets that are
972
show services
service-sets
memory-usage
show services
service-sets
memory-usage zone
Memory utilization %
44
973
Release Information
Description
Options
interfaces.
interface interface-name(Optional) Display the number of dropped service sets
view
clear services flow-collector statistics on page 756
show services service-sets statistics packet-drops interface on page 974
Table 245 on page 974 lists the output fields for the show services service-sets
packet-drops command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which
they appear.
Table 245: show services service-sets packet-drops Output Fields
show services
service-sets statistics
packet-drops interface
974
Field Name
Field Description
Interface
Service set
Release Information
Description
Options
view
show services service-sets summary on page 975
show services service-sets summary interface on page 976
Table 246 on page 975 lists the output fields for the show services service-sets summary
command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Table 246: show services service-sets summary Output Fields
show services
service-sets summary
Field Name
Field Description
Interface
Service type
Total number of service sets configured on the PIC that use internal
service set IDs and do not consume external service sets, including
CRTP and L2TP.
Bytes used
CPU utilization
CPU
utilization
0.00 %
0.00 %
975
show services
service-sets summary
interface
976
Chapter 27
Command
977
NOTE: Stateful firewall services are supported on the adaptive services interface on
the following routing platforms:
Stateful firewall services are also supported on the redundant adaptive services
interface (rspnumber) on M-series and T-series routing platforms. For information
about how to configure stateful firewall services, see the JUNOS Services Interfaces
Configuration Guide.
978
Release Information
Description
Options
application protocols:
bootpBootstrap protocol
protocols
execExec
h323H.323 standards
loginLogin
netbiosNetBIOS
netshowNetShow
realaudioRealAudio
shellShell
979
sqlnetSQLNet
tracerouteTraceroute
winframeWinFrame
types:
set.
source-port source-port(Optional) Clear stateful firewall flows for a particular source
source prefix.
Required Privilege Level
980
view
Related Topics
Output Fields
Table 248 on page 981 lists the output fields for the clear services stateful-firewall flows
command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Table 248: clear services stateful-firewall flows Output Fields
clear services
stateful-firewall flows
Field Name
Field Description
Interface
Service set
Name of the service set from which flows are being cleared.
Conv removed
Conv removed
0
0
981
Release Information
Description
Options
application protocols:
Call protocols
982
h323H.323 standards
loginLogin
netbiosNetBIOS
netshowNetShow
realaudioRealAudio
shellShell
sqlnetSQLNet
tracerouteTraceroute
winframeWinFrame
destination prefix.
interface interface-name(Optional) Clear information for a particular adaptive services
interface. On M-series and T-series routing platforms, the interface-name can be
sp-fpc/pic/port or rspnumber. On the J-series routing platform, the interface-name
is sp-pim/0/port.
protocol(Optional) Clear information about one of the following IP protocol types:
ipv6IPv6 within IP
view
Related Topics
983
Output Fields
Table 249 on page 984 lists the output fields for the clear services stateful-firewall
sip-call command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they
appear.
Table 249: clear services stateful-firewall sip-call Output Fields
clear services
stateful-firewall sip-call
984
Field Name
Field Description
Interface
Service set
Name of the service set from which flows are being cleared.
Release Information
Description
Options
application protocols:
Call protocols
h323H.323 standards
loginLogin
netbiosNetBIOS
netshowNetShow
realaudioRealAudio
shellShell
sqlnetSQLNet
985
tracerouteTraceroute
winframeWinFrame
destination prefix.
interface interface(Optional) Clear information about a particular interface. On
M-series and T-series routing platforms, the interface-name can be sp-fpc/pic/port
or rspnumber. On the J-series routing platform, the interface-name is sp-pim/0/port.
protocol(Optional) Clear information about one of the following IP protocol types:
ipv6IPv6 within IP
986
view
show services stateful-firewall sip-register on page 1002
clear services stateful-firewall sip-register on page 987
Output Fields
Table 250 on page 987 lists the output fields for the clear services stateful-firewall
sip-register command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they
appear.
Table 250: clear services stateful-firewall sip-register Output Fields
clear services
stateful-firewall
sip-register
Field Name
Field Description
Interface
Service set
Name of the service set from which flows are being cleared.
987
Release Information
Description
Options
service set.
Required Privilege Level
Related Topics
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
clear services
stateful-firewall
statistics
988
view
show services stateful-firewall statistics on page 1006
clear services stateful-firewall statistics on page 988
When you enter this command, you are provided feedback on the status of your
request.
user@host> clear services stateful-firewall statistics
Release Information
Description
Options
application protocols:
bootpBootstrap protocol
protocols
execExec
h323H.323 standards
loginLogin
netbiosNetBIOS
netshowNetShow
realaudioRealAudio
989
shellShell
sqlnetSQLNet
tracerouteTraceroute
winframeWinFrame
destination prefix.
interface interface-name(Optional) Display information about a particular interface.
On M-series and T-series routing platforms, the interface-name can be
sp-fpc/pic/port or rspnumber. On the J-series routing platform, the interface-name
is sp-pim/0/port.
limit number(Optional) Maximum number of entries to display.
pgcp (Optional) Display information about stateful firewall conversations for Packet
types:
990
prefix.
Required Privilege Level
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
view
show services stateful-firewall conversations on page 992
show services stateful-firewall conversations destination-port on page 992
Table 251 on page 991 lists the output fields for the show services stateful-firewall
conversations command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which
they appear.
Field Description
Interface
Service set
Name of a service set. Individual empty service sets are not displayed, but if
no service set has any flows, a flow table header is printed for each service
set.
Conversation
Source
Destination
State
Dir
Source NAT
Original and translated source IPv4 or IPv6 addresses are displayed if Network
Address Translation (NAT) is configured on this particular flow or conversation.
Frm Count
Destin NAT
Original and translated destination IPv4 or IPv6 addresses are displayed if NAT
is configured on this particular flow or conversation.
991
Field Description
Byte count
TCP established
TCP acknowledge
TCP tickle
Whether TCP inquiry mode is on (enabled or disabled) and the time remaining
to send the next inquiry, in seconds.
Master flow
TImeout
show services
stateful-firewall
conversations
show services
stateful-firewall
conversations
destination-port
992
Dir
O
I
I
Frm count
0
0
0
Release Information
Description
Options
application protocols:
bootpBootstrap protocol
protocols
execExec
h323H.323 standards
loginLogin
netbiosNetBIOS
netshowNetShow
realaudioRealAudio
993
shellShell
sqlnetSQLNet
tracerouteTraceroute
winframeWinFrame
destination prefix.
interface interface-name(Optional) Display information about a particular interface.
On M-series and T-series routing platforms, interface-name can be sp-fpc/pic/port
or rspnumber. On the J-series routing platform, interface-name is sp-pim/0/port.
limit number(Optional) Maximum number of entries to display.
pgcp (Optional) Display stateful firewall information for Packet Gateway Control
types:
994
prefix.
Required Privilege Level
Related Topics
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
view
clear services stateful-firewall flows on page 979
show
show
show
show
show
show
show
services
services
services
services
services
services
services
stateful-firewall
stateful-firewall
stateful-firewall
stateful-firewall
stateful-firewall
stateful-firewall
stateful-firewall
Table 252 on page 995 lists the output fields for the show services stateful-firewall flows
command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they appear.
Field Description
Interface
Service set
Name of a service set. Individual empty service sets are not displayed. If no
service set has any flows, a flow table header is displayed for each service set.
Flow Count
Source
Source prefix of the flow in the format source-prefix:port. For ICMP flows, port
information is not displayed.
Dest
Destination prefix of the flow. For ICMP flows, port information is not displayed.
State
Dir
Frm count
995
show services
stateful-firewall flows
Dir
O
I
Frm count
1
show services
stateful-firewall flows
brief
The output for the show services stateful-firewall flows brief command is identical to
that for the show services stateful-firewall flows command. For sample output, see
show services stateful-firewall flows on page 993.
show services
stateful-firewall flows
extensive
Dir
Frm
show services
stateful-firewall flows
count
show services
stateful-firewall flows
destination port
show services
stateful-firewall flows
source port
show services
stateful-firewall flows
(Twice NAT)
996
sp-1/3/0
green
Flow Count
2
Frm count
20
UDP
20
997
Release Information
Description
Options
application protocols:
Call protocols
998
h323H.323 standards
loginLogin
netbiosNetBIOS
netshowNetShow
realaudioRealAudio
shellShell
sqlnetSQLNet
tracerouteTraceroute
winframeWinFrame
destination prefix.
interface interface-name(Optional) Display information about a particular adaptive
services interface. On M-series and T-series routing platforms, interface-name
can be sp-fpc/pic/port or rspnumber. On the J-series routing platform,
interface-name is sp-pim/0/port.
limit number(Optional) Maximum number of entries to display.
protocol(Optional) Display information about one of the following IP protocol types:
ipv6IPv6 within IP
999
prefix.
Required Privilege Level
Related Topics
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
view
clear services stateful-firewall sip-call on page 982
show services stateful-firewall sip-call extensive on page 1001
Table 253 on page 1000 lists the output fields for the show services stateful-firewall
sip-call command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they
appear.
Field Description
Interface
Service set
From
Initiator address.
To
Responder address.
Call ID
Number of initiator
flows
Number of
responder flows
protocol
source-prefix
destination-prefix
state
UnknownUnknown status.
direction
frame-count
Byte count
1000
Field Description
Flow role
Timeout
show services
stateful-firewall sip-call
extensive
1001
Release Information
Description
Options
application protocols:
Call protocols
1002
h323H.323 standards
loginLogin
netbiosNetBIOS
netshowNetShow
realaudioRealAudio
shellShell
sqlnetSQLNet
tracerouteTraceroute
winframeWinFrame
destination port.
destination-prefix destination-prefix(Optional) Display information for a particular
ipv6IPv6 within IP
1003
prefix.
Required Privilege Level
Related Topics
List of Sample Output
Output Fields
view
clear services stateful-firewall sip-register on page 985
show services stateful-firewall sip-register extensive on page 1004
Table 254 on page 1004 lists the output fields for the show services stateful-firewall
sip-register command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they
appear.
Field Description
Interface
Service set
SIP Register
Protocol
Registered IP
Register IP address.
Port
Expiration timeout
Timeout remaining
From
Initiator address.
To
Responder address.
Call ID
show services
stateful-firewall
sip-register extensive
1004
From: : [email protected]:0;
To: : [email protected]:0;
Call ID: : [email protected]
1005
Release Information
Description
Options
bootpBootstrap protocol
protocols
1006
execExec
h323H.323 standards
loginLogin
netbiosNetBIOS
netshowNetShow
realaudioRealAudio
shellShell
sqlnetSQLNet
tracerouteTraceroute
winframeWinFrame
view
clear services stateful-firewall statistics on page 988
show services stateful-firewall statistics extensive on page 1011
Table 255 on page 1007 lists the output fields for the show services stateful-firewall
statistics command. Output fields are listed in the approximate order in which they
appear.
Field Description
Interface
Service set
New flows
Existing flows
Drops
Drop counters:
NAT ports exhaustedHide mode. The router has no available NAT ports
1007
Field Description
Errors
IP Errors
IPv4 errors:
than the last fragment) must have a length that is a multiple of 8 bytes.
were not received in time, and the reassembly handler dropped partial
fragments.
1008
Field Description
TCP Errors
is zero.
SYN attack (multiple SYN messages seen for the same flow)Multiple SYN
packets received for the same flow are treated as a SYN attack. The packets
might be retransmitted SYN packets and therefore valid, but a large
number is cause for concern.
First packet not SYNFirst packets for a connection are not SYN packets.
TCP port scan (Handshake, RST seen from server for SYN)In the case of
all incoming SYN packets. If the ACK received for the SYN/ACK message
does not match, this counter is incremented.
UDP Errors
UDP header length is 8 bytes. The received IP packets contain less than
8 bytes.
UDP port scan (ICMP error seen for UDP flow)ICMP error is received for a
UDP flow. This could be a genuine UDP flow, but it is counted as an error.
ICMP Errors
IP data length less than minimum ICMP header length (8 bytes)ICMP header
sequence number.
1009
Field Description
ALG drops
protocols errors
1010
ExecExec errors
LoginLogin errors
NetbiosNetBIOS errors
NetshowNetShow errors
RealaudioRealAudio errors
ShellShell errors
SqlnetSQLNet errors
TracerouteTraceroute errors
show services
stateful-firewall
statistics extensive
1011
Field Description
Interface
Service set
ALG
REGISTER
Number of new, invalid, and retransmitted register requests sent to the SIP registrar.
INVITE
Number of new, invalid, and retransmitted invite messages sent by user agent clients.
ReINVITE
Number of new, invalid, and retransmitted reinvite messages sent by user agent clients.
ACK
Number of new, invalid, and retransmitted ACK messages received (in response to a SIP Call Invite
message).
BYE
CANCEL
SUBSCRIBE
Number of new, invalid, and retransmitted SIP requests to subscribe for event notifications.
NOTIFY
OPTIONS
INFO
1012
Table 256: show services stateful-firewall statistics application-protocol-sip Output Fields (continued)
Field Name
Field Description
UPDATE
REFER
Number of new, invalid, and retransmitted requests to the recipient to contact a third party.
Provisional responses
Number of new, invalid, and retransmitted responses from the user agent server to indicate the
progress of a SIP transaction.
OK responses to
INVITEs
OK responses sent from the user agent clients to user agent servers in response to Invite messages.
The server can then return an ACK message.
OK responses to
non-INVITES
Redirection responses
Responses from the user agent server to a user agent client requesting the client to contact a different
SIP uniform resource identifier (URI).
Request failure
responses
Responses that indicate a definite failure from a particular server. The client must not retry the same
request without modification after receiving this response.
Responses that indicate a server has definitive information about a particular user, not just the
particular instance indicated in the Request URI.
Invalid responses
Response (all)
retransmits
Parser
Syntax errors, content errors, and unknown methods counted by the message parser.
show services
stateful-firewall
statistics
application-protocol-sip
1013
1014
Part 5
Index
Index
1015
1016
Index
Index
Symbols
#, comments in configuration statements.................xxiv
( ), in syntax descriptions..........................................xxiv
/altconfig directory
altconfig file system............................................505
/altroot directory
altroot file system...............................................505
/config directory
config file system................................................505
< >, in syntax descriptions......................................xxiv
[ ], in configuration statements..................................xxiv
{ }, in configuration statements................................xxiv
| (pipe), in syntax descriptions..................................xxiv
RMON.................................................................449
system................................................................556
archival configuration
displaying...........................................................570
archiving files.............................................................352
arithmetic and relational operators
for monitor traffic command................................87
ARP table
clearing...............................................................467
displaying...........................................................533
associations, clearing.................................................834
ATM nodes, reachability.................................................7
authorization See permissions
autoinstallation, displaying the status of.....................561
B
A
AAA
subscriber statistics
clearing........................................................472
displaying....................................................544
subscribers
displaying....................................................546
logging out...................................................472
aborting partitioning operation..................................497
accounting profiles
records, displaying..............................................118
status, displaying................................................114
active flow monitoring
aggregated flows, displaying...............................769
available PICs, displaying....................................785
CPU usage, displaying.........................................787
error statistics, displaying...................................774
flow statistics, displaying....................................776
flows, detailed information, displaying...............779
memory statistics, displaying..............................783
packet size distribution, displaying.....................784
adaptive shapers, displaying......................................680
address assignment pools
displaying...........................................................549
Address Resolution Protocol.......................................467
aggregated flows, displaying......................................769
alarms, displaying
chassis................................................................153
health monitor....................................................439
backing up partitions.................................................505
backup JUNOS software files, deleting........................518
backup software, displaying information...................605
BERT
DS0 test
starting..........................................................29
stopping........................................................30
E1 test
starting..........................................................31
stopping........................................................32
E3 test
starting..........................................................33
stopping........................................................34
T1 test
starting..........................................................42
stopping........................................................43
T3 test
starting..........................................................44
stopping........................................................45
binding state of DHCP client
clearing...............................................................468
displaying...........................................................537
bit error rate test See BERT
boot messages, displaying..........................................562
braces, in configuration statements...........................xxiv
brackets
angle, in syntax descriptions..............................xxiv
square, in configuration statements...................xxiv
buffers, displaying system..........................................565
Index
1017
C
CB
environmental information, displaying...............176
Ethernet switch, displaying port
information.....................................................210
operation of, controlling......................................127
SPMB operation, restarting.................................148
certificates
for IKE negotiation, displaying............................872
installed, displaying............................................885
key pairs, generating..........................................837
PKI
CA certificates, clearing...............................827
CA certificates, displaying............................861
CA certificates, loading manually.................839
certificate revocation lists, clearing..............829
certificate revocation lists, displaying..........867
certificate revocation lists, loading
manually..................................................840
key pair, generating.....................................843
local certificates, clearing.............................830
local certificates, displaying.........................869
local certificates, loading manually..............846
local certificates, requesting manually.........841
local certificates, requesting online..............838
local certificates, requesting that CA
install.......................................................844
local certificates, requests, clearing..............828
local certificates, requests, displaying..........865
provided by Juniper Networks, adding................849
signed certificate, obtaining................................835
unsigned certificate, obtaining............................836
CFEB
operation, controlling..........................................128
statistics, displaying............................................371
status, displaying................................................155
chassis
alarm conditions, displaying...............................153
craft interface display messages
clearing the display of..................................126
displaying....................................................151
displaying through the CLI...........................157
stopping the display of.................................151
environmental information, displaying...............163
Ethernet switch information, displaying..............210
firmware version, displaying...............................248
forwarding process, displaying...........................252
installed hardware, displaying.............................261
location, displaying.............................................285
MAC addresses, displaying..................................287
serial numbers, displaying..................................261
switch fabric status
FPCs, displaying..........................................217
SIBs, displaying............................................235
switch fabric topology, displaying.......................240
1018
Index
Index
Index
1019
CoS services
clear statistics.....................................................730
mapping, displaying
code point aliases to bit patterns.................731
craft interface display messages
clearing...............................................................126
displaying
on the craft interface display.......................151
through the CLI............................................157
stopping..............................................................151
CRTP services
flows, displaying.................................................727
output, displaying...............................................725
statistics, clearing................................................724
curly braces, in configuration statements..................xxiv
current time, displaying.............................................645
current working directory
displaying...........................................................347
setting.................................................................333
customer support.....................................................xxxii
contacting JTAC.................................................xxxii
system information, displaying...........................484
D
data link switching See DLSW
date
setting from CLI..................................................342
deleting
backup JUNOS file...............................................518
files.....................................................................359
software packages..............................................515
DHCP
address bindings
clearing........................................................476
displaying....................................................595
address conflicts
clearing........................................................477
displaying....................................................597
address pools, displaying....................................600
address statistics
clearing........................................................478
displaying....................................................602
extended server binding
clearing........................................................468
displaying....................................................537
extended server statistics
clearing........................................................470
displaying....................................................540
global settings, displaying...................................598
DHCP client
binding state
clearing........................................................468
displaying....................................................537
statistics
clearing........................................................470
displaying....................................................540
digital certificates See certificates
Direct Memory Access See DMA statistics
directories
usage information, displaying.............................577
working, displaying.............................................347
disk space available, displaying..................................641
DLSW
circuits, displaying..............................................739
peers
addresses, displaying...................................743
capabilities, displaying.................................738
status, displaying.........................................741
DMA statistics, displaying..........................................397
DNS
hostnames, displaying........................................543
documentation set
comments on....................................................xxxii
Domain Name System See DNS
drop profiles, displaying data points..........................685
dynamic flow capture
content destination, displaying...........................789
control source, displaying...................................791
statistics
clearing........................................................754
displaying....................................................793
Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol See DHCP
E
environmental information
CB, displaying.....................................................176
chassis, displaying..............................................163
FPC, displaying...................................................181
FPM, displaying..................................................189
MCSs, displaying.................................................192
PCGs, displaying.................................................194
PEMs, displaying.................................................196
Routing Engines, displaying................................200
SCG, displaying...................................................202
SFM, displaying...................................................204
SIB, displaying....................................................207
Ethernet switch information, displaying.....................210
F
facilities data link See FDL
far-end alarm and control See FEAC
1020
Index
Index
FDL
loopback test, performing.....................................35
payload loopback test, performing........................36
FEAC
line loopback test, initiating..................................37
line loopback test, terminating..............................38
FEB
firmware version, displaying...............................248
operation of, controlling (M120 routers
only)................................................................139
statistics, displaying............................................374
status, displaying................................................245
FEB redundancy group
status, displaying, M120 routers.........................298
file archive command................................................352
file checksum md5 command....................................354
file compare command..............................................355
file copy command....................................................358
file delete command..................................................359
file list command.......................................................360
file rename command................................................362
file show command...................................................364
file systems
checksum values, displaying...............................557
free disk space, displaying..................................641
partitions, backing up.........................................505
files
archiving.............................................................352
calculating checksum..........................................354
comparing..........................................................355
compressing.......................................................352
contents, displaying............................................364
copying...............................................................358
deleting...............................................................359
list of, displaying.................................................360
log file, clearing...................................................351
renaming............................................................362
status of, displaying..............................................81
firmware
chassis, displaying..............................................248
system, displaying..............................................579
upgrading J-series PIMs.......................................489
flow aggregation
templates............................................................773
flow collector services
interface files, displaying....................................796
packets received, displaying...............................798
primary server, switching to...............................757
secondary server, switching to............................758
statistics
displaying....................................................800
dropped-packet, clearing.............................970
interface, clearing........................................756
test file, transferring............................................759
flow monitoring
active
aggregated flows, displaying........................769
CPU usage, displaying..................................787
detailed information, displaying..................779
error statistics, displaying............................774
flow statistics, displaying.............................776
memory statistics, displaying......................783
packet size distribution, displaying..............784
PICs, displaying available.............................785
passive
flow statistics, displaying.............................762
memory and flow statistics, displaying........764
status, displaying.........................................765
usage statistics, displaying...........................767
font conventions.......................................................xxiii
forwarding classes, displaying............................691, 731
forwarding process, displaying...................................252
forwarding table
CoS information, displaying
classifier information...................................696
code point value to loss priority...................694
code point value to loss priority,
J-series.....................................................700
code point value to queue number..............694
configuration...............................................692
loss priority per classifier.............................694
loss priority table indexes, J-series...............701
RED drop profiles........................................697
rewrite rules................................................702
scheduler map.............................................704
switch fabric scheduler map........................699
FPC
environmental information, displaying...............181
firmware version, displaying...............................248
installed, displaying list.......................................261
operation of, controlling......................................131
statistics, displaying............................................377
status, displaying................................................253
switch fabric status, displaying...........................217
FPM
environmental information, displaying...............189
resynchronizing craft interface status.................133
fragmentation map
CoS information, displaying................................706
free disk space, displaying.........................................641
freeing up storage space............................................527
Front Panel Module See FPM
G
graceful switchover, displaying..................................643
Index
1021
H
halts
pending
clearing........................................................474
displaying....................................................591
requesting...........................................................490
hard disk
partitioning
aborting.......................................................497
requesting....................................................498
hardware, installed, displaying...................................261
health monitor alarms, displaying..............................439
heat dissipation
ratings
displaying for a router.................................294
history, CLI commands
displaying...........................................................348
hostnames, DNS, displaying.......................................543
hosts, reachability
ATM connections....................................................7
general connections................................................4
MPLS Layer 2 circuits............................................11
MPLS Layer 2 VPN connections............................13
MPLS Layer 3 VPN connections............................15
MPLS LDP LSPs.....................................................17
MPLS LSP endpoints.............................................19
MPLS RSVP LSPs...................................................21
I
I/O statistics, routing protocol tasks, displaying..........658
icons defined, notice.................................................xxiii
idle timeout
user, setting........................................................334
IDS events
clearing
for a destination..........................................809
for interfaces and services...........................808
for source addresses....................................811
for source and destination pairs...................810
displaying...........................................................812
IKE
adaptive services interfaces
security associations, clearing......................832
security associations, displaying..................875
statistics, clearing........................................833
encryption services interfaces
security associations, clearing......................824
security associations, displaying..................850
installing software......................................................511
interface diagnostics operational mode
commands.........................................................27, 45
interface statistics, real-time, displaying.......................73
Internet Key Exchange See IKE
intrusion detection service See IDS events
1022
Index
IP addresses
conflicting, displaying.........................................597
removing from DHCP server conflict list.............477
IP multicast
tracing routes
from the receiver to the source......................90
from the source to the gateway router...........97
from the source to the receiver......................92
listen for responses........................................95
IP sockets, displaying active.......................................572
IPSec services
adaptive services interfaces
backup and primary, switching tunnels.......848
IKE security associations, clearing...............832
IKE security associations, displaying............875
IPSec security associations, clearing............834
IPSec security associations, displaying.........879
IPSec statistics, clearing...............................833
IPSec statistics, displaying...........................882
encryption services interfaces
backup and primary, switching
interfaces.................................................847
backup and primary, switching
services....................................................847
certificate database, displaying....................854
IKE security associations, clearing...............824
IKE security associations, displaying............850
IPSec security associations, clearing............825
IPSec security associations, displaying.........858
redundancy information, displaying............856
J
JUNOS software
alarms, displaying...............................................556
autoinstallation status, displaying.......................561
backup files, deleting..........................................518
boot messages, displaying..................................562
buffers, displaying..............................................565
bundles, deleting................................................515
checksum values, displaying...............................557
core-dumps, displaying.......................................575
directory usage, displaying.................................577
disk space, displaying.........................................641
halt, requesting a................................................490
loaded extensions, displaying.............................606
packages, deleting..............................................515
pending reboots
clearing........................................................474
displaying....................................................591
powering off.......................................................499
processes, displaying..........................................582
queue statistics, displaying..................................588
rebooting............................................................501
rolling back.........................................................523
SRC client, displaying..........................................604
Index
K
kernel memory usage, displaying...............................649
kernel replication state, displaying.............................643
key pair for digital certificate, generating...................837
keyboard sequences
used with monitor interface command.................73
used with monitor interface traffic command.......73
used with monitor mpls command.......................78
L
L2TP services
multilink sessions
clearing........................................................888
displaying....................................................892
RADIUS information...........................................895
sessions
clearing........................................................889
displaying....................................................899
summary information, displaying.......................904
tunnel statistics, clearing.....................................891
tunnels, displaying..............................................905
user information, displaying...............................908
Layer 2 circuits
reachability, testing...............................................11
Layer 2 Tunneling Protocol See L2TP
Layer 2 VPNs
reachability, testing...............................................13
Layer 3 VPNs
reachability, testing...............................................15
LDP
tracing LSPs..........................................................99
licenses
adding................................................................493
deleting...............................................................494
displaying...........................................................580
saving.................................................................495
line-card chassis
operation, controlling..........................................134
status, displaying................................................284
location, chassis.........................................................285
log files
clearing contents of............................................351
contents, displaying............................................366
display of
starting..........................................................82
stopping........................................................83
status, displaying..................................................81
logging out users........................................................496
logical operators
for monitor traffic command................................87
logical system view, clearing......................................331
login, specifying a Routing Engine.............................482
logout, users...............................................................496
LSPs
RSVP, real-time status...........................................78
LSQ
CPU usage information, displaying.....................912
M
MAC addresses
displaying...........................................................287
manuals
comments on....................................................xxxii
match conditions
for monitor traffic command................................85
MCS
environmental information, displaying...............192
operation of, controlling......................................135
MD5 checksum, calculating........................................354
memory, displaying for tasks.....................................660
messages
boot, displaying..................................................562
user screens, displaying on.................................481
MIBs
SNMP object values, displaying...........................447
Miscellaneous Control Subsystem See MCS
mobile IP
binding information, displaying..........................919
clear mobile IP binding.......................................918
home agent overview information,
displaying........................................................921
home agent traffic information, displaying.........922
virtual network information, displaying..............924
monitor interface command........................................73
monitor label-switched-path command........................78
monitor list command.................................................81
monitor start command...............................................82
monitor stop command...............................................83
monitor traffic command.............................................84
Index
1023
MPLS
Layer 2 circuit connections
operability, checking......................................11
Layer 2 VPN connections
operability, checking......................................13
Layer 3 VPN connections
operability, checking......................................15
LDP-signaled LSP connections
operability, checking......................................17
LSP endpoint connections
operability, checking......................................19
tracing LSPs..........................................................99
mtrace command........................................................90
mtrace from-source command.....................................92
mtrace monitor command...........................................95
mtrace to-gateway command.......................................97
N
NAT
status information, displaying.............................928
Network Time Protocol See NTP
next hops
PFE, displaying...................................................384
notice icons defined..................................................xxiii
notification statistics, displaying for PFE....................409
NTP
peer status, displaying........................................550
peer values, displaying........................................552
O
op command.............................................................480
op scripts
converting...........................................................504
executing............................................................480
operational mode scripts, executing...........................480
output control keys
for monitor interface command............................73
for monitor interface traffic command..................74
for monitor mpls command..................................78
P
P2MP LSPs, testing.......................................................21
Packet Forwarding Engine See PFE
Packet Forwarding Engine clock generator See PCG
Packet Gateway Control Protocol See PGCP
packet headers, transmitted, displaying.......................84
packet size distribution, displaying............................784
parentheses, in syntax descriptions...........................xxiv
partial command entry, completing...........................332
partitioning the hard disk
aborting..............................................................497
requesting...........................................................498
partitions, backing up................................................505
1024
Index
Index
ping command...............................................................4
ping mpls l2circuit command.......................................11
ping mpls l2vpn command..........................................13
ping mpls l3vpn command..........................................15
ping mpls ldp command..............................................17
ping mpls lsp-end-point command...............................19
ping mpls rsvp command............................................21
ping vpls instance command.......................................25
PKI See certificates, PKI
polled I/O statistics, displaying for PFE.......................411
power consumption
displaying for a router.........................................294
Power Entry Module...................................................196
powering off routing software
requesting a system power off............................499
processes
displaying information........................................582
restarting............................................................529
prompt
setting to display in CLI.......................................336
Q
queues
CoS switch fabric statistics, displaying................689
forwarding class mapping, displaying.................691
statistics, displaying............................................588
R
radius diagnostics testing.............................................47
RADIUS information
displaying...........................................................895
random early detection..............................................685
real-time monitoring
files.......................................................................81
interfaces..............................................................73
IP multicast paths.................................................90
RSVP LSPs............................................................78
traffic....................................................................84
rebooting router software
pending reboots
clearing........................................................474
displaying....................................................591
requesting a system reboot.................................501
RED drop profiles, displaying.....................................685
redundancy group
status, displaying, M120 routers.........................298
Remote Monitoring....................................................449
remote system access, operational mode
commands.....................................................427, 430
removing
backup JUNOS file...............................................518
files.....................................................................359
software packages..............................................515
renaming files............................................................362
Index
1025
1026
Index
S
SCB
firmware version, displaying...............................248
PFE information, displaying................................390
status, displaying................................................310
SCG
environmental information, displaying...............202
operation, controlling..........................................144
screen length, setting.................................................338
screen width, setting..................................................339
scripts
converting...........................................................504
security certificate See certificates
self diagnosis See op scripts
serial numbers, displaying.........................................261
services sets
CPU usage, displaying.........................................971
dropped packet statistics
clearing........................................................970
displaying....................................................974
memory usage, displaying..................................972
summary information, displaying.......................975
Session and Resource Control....................................604
set chassis display message command.......................151
set cli complete-on-space command..........................332
set cli directory command..........................................333
set cli idle-timeout command.....................................334
set cli logical-system command..................................335
set cli prompt command............................................336
set cli restart-on-upgrade command...........................337
set cli screen-length command...................................338
set cli screen-width command....................................339
set cli terminal command..........................................340
set cli timestamp command.......................................341
set date command.....................................................342
SFM
environmental information, displaying...............204
firmware version, displaying...............................248
master, determining...........................................146
operation, controlling..........................................145
statistics, displaying............................................392
status, displaying................................................312
show accounting profile command............................114
show accounting records command...........................118
show arp command...................................................533
Index
Index
1027
1028
Index
Index
Index
1029
SIP statistics
displaying..................................................1012
statistics
clearing........................................................988
displaying..................................................1006
statistics
active flow error..................................................774
active flow instances...........................................776
active flow memory utilization............................783
aggregated active flow........................................769
DHCP server, displaying.....................................602
dynamic flow capture
clearing........................................................754
displaying....................................................793
interfaces, real-time..............................................73
protocol-related, displaying.................................608
routing protocol I/O, displaying...........................658
SIP
clearing........................................................988
displaying..................................................1006
system queues, displaying..................................588
T640 routing node, displaying............................381
storage space, freeing................................................527
subscriber access
subscriber information, displaying......................553
subscribers
displaying...........................................................553
support, technical See technical support
system information, displaying...........................484
switch fabric
queue statistics, displaying..................................689
scheduler mapping, displaying....................687, 699
status, displaying........................................217, 235
switch fabric topology, displaying..............................240
Switch Interface Board See SIB
Switch Processor Mezzanine Board See SPMB
Switching and Forwarding Module.............................145
See also SFM
switchover, displaying information about..................643
synchronization source, displaying............................323
syntax conventions...................................................xxiii
syntax of configuration files, verifying.......................671
System and Switch Board See SSB
System Control Board See SCB
T
T640 routing node
operation of, controlling......................................134
statistics, displaying............................................381
status, displaying................................................284
tasks
I/O statistics, displaying......................................658
memory usage, displaying..................................660
protocol, displaying.............................................656
1030
Index
technical support
contacting JTAC.................................................xxxii
system information, displaying...........................484
telnet command.........................................................430
templates
flow aggregation.................................................773
terminal screen length, setting...................................338
terminal screen width, setting....................................339
terminal type
setting.................................................................340
terminating partitioning operation.............................497
test access profile command........................................48
test access radius-server command..............................52
test configuration command......................................671
test interface fdl-line-loop command............................35
test interface fdl-payload-loop command.....................36
test interface feac-loop-initiate command....................37
test interface feac-loop-terminate command................38
test interface inband-line-loop command.....................39
test interface inband-payload-loop command..............40
test interface restart-auto-negotiation command..........41
test interface ds0-bert-start command.........................29
test interface ds0-bert-stop command..........................30
test interface e1-bert-start command...........................31
test interface e1-bert-stop command............................32
test interface e3-bert-start command...........................33
test interface e3-bert-stop command............................34
test interface t1-bert-start command............................42
test interface t1-bert-stop command............................43
test interface t3-bert-start command............................44
test interface t3-bert-stop command............................45
text message on craft interface
clearing...............................................................126
displaying...........................................................151
time, displaying.........................................................645
timeout, user, setting.................................................334
timestamp, CLI output, setting...................................341
trace files
display of
starting..........................................................82
stopping........................................................83
status, displaying..................................................81
traceroute command....................................................99
traceroute monitor command....................................103
traceroute mpls ldp....................................................105
traceroute mpls rsvp..................................................108
tracing IP multicast path
from receiver to source.........................................90
from router to gateway.........................................97
from server to router............................................92
tracing routes
from the receiver to the source.............................90
from the source to the gateway router..................97
from the source to the receiver.............................92
monitoring............................................................95
traffic, real-time monitoring.........................................84
Index
traps
spoofing..............................................................435
tty connections
specifying for login.............................................482
TWAMP server
connections, clearing............................................56
connections, displaying.........................................67
sessions, displaying..............................................69
U
unified in-service software upgrade See unified ISSU
unified ISSU...............................................................519
aborting..............................................................509
status, displaying................................................282
UNIX-level shell, creating...........................................670
upgrading software
performing..........................................................511
uptime, displaying.....................................................645
user timeout, setting..................................................334
users
CLI permissions, displaying................................344
logged in, displaying...........................................647
logging users out.................................................496
logs, displaying...................................................366
messages, displaying for.....................................481
V
validating software.....................................................525
verifying syntax of configuration file..........................671
version
firmware, displaying...........................................248
software, displaying
for two Routing Engines..............................666
general........................................................664
virtual memory, displaying........................................649
VPLS
testing connectivity...............................................25
W
working directory
current, displaying..............................................347
current, setting...................................................333
X
XSLT
converting to SLAX.............................................504
Index
1031
1032
Index
F
file
file
file
file
file
file
file
file
archive command................................................352
checksum md5 command....................................354
compare command..............................................355
copy command....................................................358
delete command..................................................359
list command.......................................................360
rename command................................................362
show command...................................................364
M
monitor interface command........................................73
monitor label-switched-path command........................78
monitor list command.................................................81
monitor start command...............................................82
monitor stop command...............................................83
monitor traffic command.............................................84
mtrace command........................................................90
mtrace from-source command.....................................92
mtrace monitor command...........................................95
mtrace to-gateway command.......................................97
O
op command.............................................................480
P
ping atm command.......................................................7
ping clns command.......................................................9
ping command...............................................................4
ping mpls l2circuit command.......................................11
ping mpls l2vpn command..........................................13
ping mpls l3vpn command..........................................15
1033
R
request chassis cb command.....................................127
request chassis cfeb command..................................128
request chassis fpc command....................................131
request chassis fpm resync command.......................133
request chassis lcc command.....................................134
request chassis mcs command...................................135
request chassis pcg command...................................136
request chassis pic command....................................137
request chassis redundancy feb slot command..........139
request chassis routing-engine master command.......140
request chassis scg command...................................144
request chassis sfm command...................................145
request chassis sfm master switch command............146
request chassis sib command....................................147
request chassis spmb restart command.....................148
request chassis ssb master switch command.............149
request chassis synchronization switch
command...............................................................150
request ipsec switch command..................................847
request message command.......................................481
request routing-engine login command......................482
request security certificate (signed) command...........835
request security certificate (unsigned) command.......836
request security key-pair command...........................837
request security pki ca-certificate enroll
command...............................................................838
request security pki ca-certificate load command.......839
request security pki crl load command......................840
request security pki generate-certificate-request
command...............................................................841
request security pki generate-key-pair command.......843
request security pki local-certificate enroll
command...............................................................844
request security pki local-certificate load
command...............................................................846
request services flow-collector change-destination
primary interface command...................................757
request services flow-collector change-destination
secondary interface command...............................758
request services flow-collector test-file-transfer
command...............................................................759
request services ipsec-vpn ipsec switch tunnel
command...............................................................848
request snmp spoof-trap command...........................435
request support information command......................484
request system certificate add command...................849
request system configuration rescue delete
command...............................................................487
1034
S
set chassis display message command.......................151
set cli complete-on-space command..........................332
set cli directory command..........................................333
set cli idle-timeout command.....................................334
set cli logical-system command..................................335
set cli prompt command............................................336
set cli restart-on-upgrade command...........................337
set cli screen-length command...................................338
set cli screen-width command....................................339
set cli terminal command..........................................340
set cli timestamp command.......................................341
set date command.....................................................342
show accounting profile command............................114
show accounting records command...........................118
show arp command...................................................533
show chassis alarms command..................................153
show chassis cfeb command......................................155
show chassis craft-interface command.......................157
show chassis environment cb command..................176
show chassis environment command........................163
show chassis environment fpc command..................181
show chassis environment fpm command.................189
show chassis environment mcs command.................192
show chassis environment pcg command..................194
show chassis environment pem command................196
show chassis environment routing-engine
command...............................................................200
show chassis environment scg command..................202
1035
1036
T
telnet command.........................................................430
test access profile command........................................48
test access radius-server command..............................52
test configuration command......................................671
test interface fdl-line-loop command............................35
1037
1038